Initial commit

author: nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> 2025-01-27 14:16:17 -0800
committer: nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> 2025-01-27 14:16:17 -0800
commit: a557096d2658f32bcd341b03f0d199b47730612f (patch)
tree: 29ed112f6b16c0b99f93682b998ca70b312202c9
36 files changed, 11079 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/60620-8.txt b/60620-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cd26b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3616 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll
+have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
+this ebook.
+
+
+
+Title: Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: November 3, 2019 [EBook #60620]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: HARPER'S ROUND TABLE]
+
+Copyright, 1897, by HARPER & BROTHERS. All Rights Reserved.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PUBLISHED WEEKLY. NEW YORK, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1897. FIVE CENTS A
+COPY.
+
+VOL. XVIII.--NO. 901. TWO DOLLARS A YEAR.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+CRYING TOMMY.
+
+BY MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.
+
+
+Jenks, the master-at-arms, otherwise known as Jimmylegs, was the best
+Jimmylegs in the naval service of the United States. His countenance was
+usually as stolid as a mummy's, and his voice as steady as the Sphinx's
+might have been. He would have announced "The magazine is on fire, sir,"
+in precisely the same tone as "John Smith has broken his liberty, sir."
+Therefore when Mr. Belton, First Lieutenant of the training-ship
+_Spitfire_, in his first interview after coming aboard, detected a
+rudimentary grin upon Jimmylegs's usually impassive face, he stopped
+short in the perilous operation of shaving while the ship had a sharp
+roll on, and asked:
+
+"What is it, master-at-arms? Out with it!"
+
+"Just this, sir," replied old Jenks, crossing his arms and tugging at
+his left whisker with his right hand. "Along o' that 'prentice boy,
+Hopkins--the other boys call him Crying Tommy, because he's always
+blubbering about something or 'nother. That boy'd be worth good money to
+a undertaker, he's got such a distressful countenance. Well, sir, I
+brought him down, with a batch o' other boys from the training-station,
+and he didn't half seem to like going aboard ship. Howsomedever, I never
+misdoubted as how he'd jump the ship. But after them boys was landed at
+the dock, I looked around, and there wasn't no Crying Tommy. I brought
+the rest of 'em along, and reported on board ship, and then I started
+out on a quiet hunt for that there boy. I didn't have no luck, though;
+but about dark that evening there come over the for'ard gangway a great
+strappin' red-headed girl about fifteen, holdin' on to Crying Tommy like
+grim death, and he scared half out of his wits. She marches him up to
+me, and she says, 'Here's that dratted boy'--dratted was the very word
+she used, sir--and she kep' on, 'He won't run away no more, I think--not
+if my name is Mary Jane Griggs.' And I says to her, bowin' and tryin' to
+keep from grinnin', for the girl had as honest a face, sir, as I ever
+clapped eyes on, 'Miss Griggs, may I ask what relation you are to Mr.
+Hopkins here?' And she snapped out: 'Not a bit; only after his mother
+died we took him in our house, and he paid his way--when he could. Then
+one day I read in the paper about naval apprentices, and I said to
+Tommy, "That's the place for you." So he went and signed the articles.
+That was six months ago. And this afternoon, when I come home from the
+box factory where I works, there was this great lummux.' Well! how her
+eyes did flash! Mr. Belton, I'm afraid o' red-headed women and girls,
+sir--that I am--and Crying Tommy, I saw, was in mortal fear of Mary Jane
+Griggs. And she says, 'I marched him straight back; he bellowed like a
+calf--he's the greatest crier I ever see; but I want you to take him and
+make him behave himself.' 'I will endeavor to do so, Miss Griggs,' says
+I, and then she gave her flipper to the boy, and went off home, I
+suppose, and we sailed that night."
+
+"Well, what sort of a boy is he?" asked the Lieutenant.
+
+Jimmylegs tugged at his whiskers harder than ever.
+
+"Well, sir," he said, presently, "the boy ain't no shirk. He's a
+foretopman, and the captain of the foretop says he's the smartest boy
+he's got aloft. But he keeps on crying, and I'm mightily afraid he'll
+start some of the other boys to crying, and they'll think the ship is a
+penitentiary. Low spirits is ketchin','specially in the foc's'l', and I
+wish that blessed brat would stop his bawling. I'd like you to speak to
+him, sir; you've got such a fine way with boys, sir." Which was true
+enough.
+
+"Send him here," said the Lieutenant, wiping his face after his shave.
+
+Presently there came a timid knock at the door, and Crying Tommy
+appeared. He was a sandy-haired boy of sixteen, ill-grown for his age,
+and of a most doleful countenance.
+
+"Well, my lad," said the Lieutenant, cheerily, "I hear that you are
+always piping your eye. What's that for?"
+
+Crying Tommy shook his head helplessly, but said nothing.
+
+"Do the men run you?"
+
+"Yes, sir; but--'taint that."
+
+"Do you get enough to eat?"
+
+"Yes, sir--never had such good grub in my life before."
+
+"Then what in the name of sense are you always howling for?"
+
+Crying Tommy looked about him more helplessly than ever, and then burst
+out suddenly and desperately:
+
+"I don't know, sir, except that I've always had--somebody to look out
+for me. Mary Jane Griggs done that--she's a corker, sir--and she made me
+go and be a 'prentice--and I didn't want to; she made me go--that she
+did, sir!"
+
+"I'm not surprised that Mary Jane wanted to get rid of you if this is
+the way you acted. Now mind; do you stop this boo-hooing, and do your
+duty _cheerfully_. Do you understand me? For I hear that you do your
+duty. And if you don't, why"--here the Lieutenant quickly assumed his
+"quarter-deck" voice and roared out, "_I'll give you something to cry
+for!_"
+
+Crying Tommy fled down the gangway. Half an hour afterwards the
+Lieutenant was on the bridge, the anchor was picked up, the _Spitfire_
+was spreading her white wings to the freshening breeze. Mr. Belton,
+watch in hand, was keenly observing the young bluejackets, and when he
+saw that all plain sail was made within ten minutes, he put his watch
+back with a feeling of satisfaction. He had sailor-boys to count on, not
+farmers and haymakers, aloft. Especially had he noticed one boy, who,
+laying out with cat-like swiftness on the very end of the topsail-yard,
+did his work with a quickness and steadiness that many an old
+man-o'-war's man might have envied. When this smart youngster landed on
+deck Mr. Belton was surprised to see that it was Crying Tommy, looking,
+as usual when he was not crying, as if he were just ready to begin.
+
+But Mr. Belton had something else to study besides the boys, and this
+was the ship. The _Spitfire_ was a fine old-fashioned, tall-masted,
+big-sparred frigate, which could leg it considerably faster under her
+great sails than under her small engines. She had the spacious quarters
+for officers and the roomy airy spaces between decks for the men of the
+ships of her class, and was altogether a much more comfortable ship for
+cruising than the modern floating forts that could have blown her out of
+the water with a single round. Stanch and weatherly, Mr. Belton had but
+one fault to find with her, and that was her powder-magazine was exactly
+where it ought not to have been; the breech of one of her guns was
+directly over the chute by which the ammunition was handed up. Whenever
+that gun was fired, Mr. Belton would go up to the gun captain and give
+him a look of warning, and the man would respond to this silent caution
+by touching his cap. Nevertheless, the Lieutenant said to himself
+sometimes, "If we finish this cruise without some trouble with the
+magazine, the _Spitfire_ will deserve her name of a lucky ship."
+
+They had sailed in April, and six very satisfactory weeks had been
+passed at sea. Homesickness and seasickness had disappeared after the
+first week, and the whole ship's company from the Captain down--who
+rejoiced in such a First Lieutenant as Mr. Belton--was happy and
+satisfied, with the possible exception of Crying Tommy. The
+master-at-arms never had so little disagreeable work to do, and so he
+told Mr. Belton one Sunday morning after inspection.
+
+"By-the-way," asked the Lieutenant, "I see that Hopkins boy is doing
+well. He has never had a report against him. Has he stopped that habit
+of howling for nothing?"
+
+"Well, sir," replied old Jimmylegs, "he has, partly. The other boys
+laughed at him, and that done him good. They've caught on to Mary Jane,
+and they asks him if he has to report to Mary Jane twicet a day when he
+is ashore, and such like pullin' of his legs as boys delights in. The
+other day, sir, he got to cryin' about something or 'nother, and they
+run him too hard. I saw 'em and heard 'em, but they didn't know it. Fust
+thing Crying Tommy lights out from the shoulder, and laid the biggest of
+'em sprawlin', and they shoved off pretty quick, sir. I didn't think as
+'twas my duty to report him for fightin', and I 'ain't never had
+occasion to report him for nothin' else. A better boy nor a smarter at
+his duty I 'ain't never seen, sir."
+
+One lovely May morning a few days after this found the _Spitfire_ off
+the glorious bay of Naples. The sun shone from a sapphire sky upon a
+sapphire sea, while in the distance rose the darker blue cone of
+Vesuvius, crowned with fire and flame. Across the rippling water swept
+innumerable sail-boats, while tall-masted merchantmen and steamships
+with inky smoke pouring out of their black funnels ploughed their way in
+and out the harbor. Near a huge government mole half a dozen majestic
+war-ships, strung out in a semicircle, rode at anchor. A great British
+battle-ship, all black and yellow, towered over the smart little cruiser
+near by, which also flew a British ensign from her peak. Not far away
+lay a French ship with remarkably handsome masts and spars and a
+wicked-looking ram as sharp as a knife, that could cut an armored ship
+in half like a cheese if ever she got the chance. Farther off still lay
+three Italian men-of-war, from one of which flew the blue flag of an
+Admiral. The Captain of the _Spitfire_ was with Mr. Belton on the bridge
+as they came in, with a fair wind, and a mountain of canvas piled on the
+ship. The Captain, knowing that no man could handle a sailing-ship more
+beautifully than his First Lieutenant, was quite willing that he should
+show his expertness before the thousands of sailors watching the
+_Spitfire_. On she rushed, the water bellowing against her sides as her
+keen bows cut her way through the blue waves. Mr. Belton, with a
+seaman's eye, selected an admirable anchorage, and just as the
+on-lookers were wondering where the _Spitfire_ meant to bring up, she
+made a beautiful flying move. Her yards were squared like magic, and her
+sails furled with almost incredible swiftness. With a gleam like
+lightning and a rattle like thunder her cable rushed out of the
+hawse-hole, and scarcely had the splash of her anchor resounded when the
+Italian colors were broken at the mast-head and the first gun of the
+salute boomed over the bright water.
+
+"Well done, _Spitfire_!" cried the Captain; and well done it was.
+
+Twenty guns roared out, with scarcely a second's difference in their
+steady boom!--boom!--boom!--and then there was a sudden break before the
+twenty-first gun was fired. Mr. Belton turned, and his eye instinctively
+flashed upon the starboard gun over the magazine. Yes, there it
+was--that accident he had been looking for ever since he set foot on the
+ship. The shreds of a blazing cartridge-bag dropped under the breech,
+and a faint puff of wind blew them over the edge of the open chute, and
+down they went into the powder-magazine.
+
+The Lieutenant hardly knew how he reached the deck and sped along it,
+but in a moment he had leaped down the ladder toward the open door of
+the magazine, where an ominous crackling was heard. And instead of half
+a dozen men at work flooding the magazine, there were half a dozen pale,
+wild-eyed, and panic-stricken creatures, as the bravest will be
+sometimes, crowding out into the passage, and quite dazed with fear.
+
+"Return to your duty!" shouted Mr. Belton, feeling for his pistol, and
+not finding it, seizing a bucket of water that was handy and dashing it
+in the men's faces. The shock brought them to their senses; they stopped
+in their mad flight and turned toward the magazine. Mr. Belton rushed
+like a catapult among them, wedged together in the narrow passage, and
+right behind was old Jimmylegs with a bucket of water. They could see a
+boyish figure on hands and knees in the magazine with a wet swab,
+crawling about and putting out the sparks that flashed from all over the
+floor. The next moment the whole floor was awash; the danger was over,
+and Mr. Belton and the master-at-arms had time to observe that the boy
+who had stood to his post when men fled was Crying Tommy, and he was
+crying vigorously. When he saw that the fire was out, he sat down on the
+wet floor and began to howl louder than ever. Old Jimmylegs seized him
+by the shoulder, and giving him a shake that made his teeth rattle in
+his head, bawled,
+
+"Choke a luff, and tell the orficer about the fire!"
+
+Crying Tommy was so scared at this that he actually stopped weeping, and
+wiped his eyes on the sleeve of his jacket.
+
+"I see the loose powder on the floor burning, and the men saw it, and
+then one of em called out, 'Oh Lord! we're dead men!' and they all ran
+away." Here Crying Tommy piped up again.
+
+"And you didn't run away. Go on," said Mr. Belton.
+
+"And I reached out for the swab and the water-bucket, and I swabbed the
+floor the best I could."
+
+"A-cryin' all the time, no doubt," put in old Jimmylegs.
+
+"I couldn't help it, sir," whimpered Crying Tommy.
+
+"Well," said Mr. Belton, "you had something to cry for this time. Now
+get out of here. You've saved the ship."
+
+Not long after this, one Sunday morning, the boatswain was directed to
+pipe all hands up and aft. And when all the officers and men were
+assembled, the Captain read out the appointment of Thomas Hopkins,
+apprentice boy, as acting gunner's mate for his gallantry in putting out
+the fire in the magazine on that May morning. Then Mr. Belton handed
+Tommy a handsome watch as a gift from the officers, at which the men
+cheered, and Tommy bowed and bowed again, and presently put up his
+ever-ready jacket sleeve to his eye; and the officers roared with
+laughing and the men grinned, and Tommy went below, weeping but very
+happy.
+
+One day, some years after this, Mr. Belton and old Jimmylegs, who were
+then on different ships, met at the navy-yard gate, and, being old
+shipmates, they exchanged very warm greetings. Presently there passed
+them a smart-looking young gunner, and holding his arm was a tall
+fine-looking young woman in a red gown, with a red feather in her hat,
+red cheeks, and a brilliant red head, and she looked very proud and
+smiling. Her companion, on the contrary, seemed overcome with
+bashfulness on seeing the Lieutenant and the old master-at-arms, and
+hurriedly saluting, made off in the opposite direction, looking
+uncommonly sheepish.
+
+"That, sir," said Jimmylegs, with a sly grin, "is Gunner Hopkins, and
+that is Mrs. Hopkins. They're just married. He used to be called Crying
+Tommy, and she was Mary Jane Griggs, sir."
+
+"I remember," answered the Lieutenant, smiling.
+
+
+
+
+A BOY'S APPEAL.
+
+
+  I wonder if grown people who have all their growing done
+  Remember, as they sit at ease, that growing isn't fun.
+  One's legs and arms have separate aches, one's head feels half asleep,
+  But every day, let come what may, at school one has to keep.
+
+  And there the teachers never say, "Just study as you please,"
+  When shooting pains are flying round about a fellow's knees.
+  Reports say, "Tommy's progress is not what is desired,"
+  And fathers call you lazy when you're only deadly tired.
+
+  You have to learn the things you hate; it almost makes you sick,
+  There's such a lot of grammar, there's so much arithmetic,
+  The maps and boundaries to draw, the text to get by heart,
+  And all the while those growing pains to pull your joints apart!
+
+  Now skating, and snowballing, and managing a wheel,
+  Are very, very different things; though tired you may feel,
+  You manage not to mind it; the time goes rushing so
+  That you are interested and forget you have to grow.
+
+  Dear mothers and grandmothers, they seem to understand;
+  All boys should always meet them, bowing deeply, cap in hand,
+  For _they_ have sense, and don't expect what fellows cannot do,
+  Though other people laugh and say, it's all the point of view.
+
+  But, oh! if grown-up gentlemen with growing safely done,
+  Would just remember now and then that growing isn't fun,
+  Perhaps they'd make it easier for boys who'd like to be
+  A trifle brighter, if they could, but are growing just like me.
+
+  TOMMY TRADDLES.
+
+
+
+
+GOLF ON SHIPBOARD.
+
+
+Marine golf is the very latest aberration of golfing genius, and though
+the new game is but a distant relative of the "Royal and Ancient," its
+novelty may commend it to those who want amusement on long sea-voyages,
+and who have wearied of "shuffleboard" and "deck quoits."
+
+It is evident that a ball is out of the question, and in its place is
+employed a disk of wood about four and a half inches in diameter. A
+rather heavy walking-stick, with a right-angled, flat-crooked head, is
+the "club," and serves every purpose from driving to holing out. The
+holes are circles about six inches in diameter chalked upon the deck,
+and the links are only bounded by the available deck space, the good
+nature of the Captain, and the rights of the non-golfing passengers.
+
+Hatches, companionways, and the deck furniture in general serve as
+bunkers, and the ship's roll is an omnipresent and all-pervading hazard.
+
+As the disk is propelled over the deck and not sent into the air,
+hitting is useless, and the proper stroke is something between a push
+and a drag, with the club laid close behind the disk. The player, in
+driving, stands with both feet slightly in advance of the disk, the
+shuffleboard push from behind being barred. As the club is virtually in
+contact with the disk, or "puck," keeping one's "e'e on the ba'" is not
+necessary--in fact, the best results will be obtained by aiming as in
+billiards and kindred games. A good drive will propel the disk for forty
+yards along the deck--that is, if the wind does not interfere by getting
+under the disk and sending it wildly gyrating into the scuppers. The
+carrom is permissible, and furnishes occasion for scientific play, but
+the great sport of the game lies in the skilful utilization of the
+pitching and rolling of the ship. The disk takes a bias from the angle
+of the deck, and some impossible shots may be triumphantly brought
+off--round the corner, for instance. Even in putting, marine golf may
+lay just claim to the variety which is the spice of (sporting) life. On
+a gray day the boards will be half as slow again as when the sun is
+shining, while with any spray coming aboard it is impossible to tell
+whether the disk will drag or slide.
+
+
+
+
+BOYS IN WALL STREET.
+
+BY COL. THOMAS W. KNOX,
+
+AUTHOR OF THE "BOY TRAVELLERS" SERIES.
+
+
+The visitor to Wall Street in business hours will see many active,
+bright, pleasant-looking boys moving more or less rapidly in all
+directions, and evidently absorbed in work. Some are in blue or gray
+uniforms, but the majority are in plain clothes, and almost invariably
+neatly dressed. The uniformed are employed by telegraph and messenger
+companies, the others by bankers, brokers, and other men of affairs.
+
+Their chances of rising are about as many as boys ever have--the really
+able, honest, and pushing boys go up as they grow older. As a
+dignified-looking gentleman passes along the sidewalk we are told: "That
+is the president of the ---- Bank. He knows Wall Street and all its ins
+and outs. Been here all his life. Began as an office-boy in a brokerage
+house; became partner; got elected a member of the Stock Exchange; now
+he is near the top of the heap. I could name several bank presidents who
+began as brokers' boys at two or three dollars a week."
+
+Our informant went on, "Yes, and there are lots of cashiers of banks and
+other banking officials who began life in the same way. The partners in
+a great many banking and brokerage firms began as Wall Street boys."
+
+Boys have begun in Wall Street at one dollar a week. Employers can
+generally tell in a week or two whether the boy is likely to "amount to
+anything." If the boy is faithful and energetic his wages are advanced
+so that he gets three dollars a week in two or three months from the
+start. Boys usually get not far from one hundred and fifty or two
+hundred dollars for the first year, and from three hundred upwards the
+second year. A prominent banker of New York once told me:
+
+"My father died when I was sixteen years old, and that threw my mother
+and myself on our own resources. We had so little money or property that
+it was necessary for me to leave school and go to work. As the late
+Thurlow Weed had been a warm friend of my father, I came to New York to
+ask for his influence in getting a clerkship in the Custom-house, or
+something of the sort. I knew Mr. Weed as a boy of my age would know a
+man of his, and he greeted me cordially. When I had told him my story he
+said:
+
+"'Now, Charley, find a cheap boarding-place and send your address to me.
+Don't come to me again, but as soon as I have anything for you I will
+write to you. Meantime look around and see what you can find for
+yourself.'
+
+"I did as he told me, and a week went by without my hearing from him.
+One day I found a place in a broker's office where they would pay me two
+hundred dollars a year, and that very day I received a letter from Mr.
+Weed saying he had a place for me in the Custom-house at seven hundred
+dollars a year. I went to him, thanked him for his kindness, and
+declined his offer, telling him I preferred the broker's office,
+although the salary was much smaller. He patted me on the shoulder and
+said,
+
+"'Charley, you have decided rightly, and you'll never regret it.'
+
+"And I never have. I think it was pretty smart for a boy of sixteen."
+
+Many Wall Street boys lose their places by loitering on errands.
+Employers know perfectly well how long it takes on the average to reach
+a certain point, transact the necessary business, and return. There
+_are_ delays now and then, but if a boy returns late to the office
+several times in a day with excuses for delay his employers understand
+the situation perfectly, and he is soon "bounced."
+
+A Wall Street boy is expected to be at the office at nine o'clock in the
+morning, and remain there as long as his services are needed, though he
+usually gets away about four o'clock. He has an allowance of half an
+hour at noon for luncheon, but the rest of the time belongs to his
+employer. He is expected to be neat in appearance, clean as to hands and
+face, well mannered, truthful at all times, prompt in obedience, and
+faithful in guarding the secrets of his employers.
+
+The duties first assigned to him are to carry messages, deliver stocks
+at other brokerage offices, and obtain checks for them. After a while he
+is advanced to making comparisons of sales of stocks and taking the
+checks received from other brokers to be certified at the banks.
+
+Of late years the Stock Exchange Clearing-house has done away with so
+much of the stock delivery by boys that the number of them on the Street
+is not more than half what it used to be. Formerly it was not uncommon
+to see from twenty-five to one hundred boys waiting in line at each of
+the prominent banks to get checks certified, and nearly every bank
+employed a private policeman to keep the boys in line and in order.
+
+A story is told of a new boy on the Street who once went to make a
+delivery of stock. When the bookkeeper made up the accounts at the close
+of the day he found himself eighty thousand dollars short, and an
+examination of the books showed that one of the boys had failed to bring
+back a check in return for some stock he had delivered.
+
+He was perfectly innocent about the matter, and said that he had handed
+the papers in at the office where he was sent to make the delivery, and
+as they gave him nothing he supposed there was nothing for him to get.
+His employer treated him kindly, and told him to be careful not to make
+the same mistake again. He never did. That boy is now at the head of one
+of the largest brokerage houses on Broad Street.
+
+As the Wall Street boy advances in proficiency he is put upon the
+purchase and sale books. Then he takes charge of the comparison tickets,
+and then of the stock ledgers. Then he becomes a bookkeeper or cashier,
+and if he shows himself valuable enough he receives a junior
+partnership, and later on rises to a higher one.
+
+[Illustration: WALL STREET BOYS.]
+
+It is proper to say, however, that only a small proportion of the boys
+who begin life in Wall Street work their way upward to positions of
+consequence. Fully fifty per cent. of them go wrong, or, at all events,
+leave the Street, and are not heard of afterward. Not less than half of
+the others remain in subordinate places. Either they lack the
+intelligence, energy, and fidelity necessary to secure advancement, or
+they have vicious tendencies which lead them into trouble.
+
+There is a class of speculating establishments in the neighborhood of
+Wall Street which are known among the brokers as "bucket-shops," where
+any one can go and risk one dollar, or as much more as he likes in
+speculation in stocks. Suppose he has but one dollar; he places it upon
+a certain stock, and watches the indicator till it goes up or down. If
+it rises a point, he makes a dollar, but if it goes down he loses, and
+the dollar he risked is wiped out.
+
+Men with very limited capital are the chief patrons of these
+bucket-shops, but a good many of the boys slip around to them, and risk
+anywhere from one dollar to five dollars in speculation. Sooner or later
+they come to grief. A knowledge of their conduct reaches the ears of
+their employers, they lose their situations, and have great difficulty
+in getting others.
+
+Boys are taken into brokerage offices only upon good recommendations,
+and it is almost invariably required that a boy shall live with his
+parents and not by himself. Employers well know that a boy not living at
+home is far more likely to fall into evil ways than one who has a home
+and is under the eyes of father and mother.
+
+In addition to their regular wages the boys in Wall Street offices
+receive presents in money at Christmas-time, the amount depending partly
+upon the good conduct of the boy himself, and partly on the condition of
+business in the year just closing. If times have been hard, speculation
+light, and incomes small, the broker's gratuities to his employees are
+much smaller than if the reverse is the case. In the one instance, he
+feels poor and forced to economize; in the other, he feels prosperous
+and is liberal.
+
+There are other kinds of boys on Wall Street than the ones just
+described. In the Stock Exchange about one hundred and fifty boys are
+employed as pages to run with messages for members in the Board Room,
+not outside. They receive from three to five dollars a week, with a
+gratuity at Christmas.
+
+There is no prospect of these pages rising to higher positions while in
+the employ of the Exchange, and when they grow too large for employment
+there they drift away to other places. Many are the applicants for these
+positions, and in order to secure one there a boy must be well
+recommended. The pages wear gray uniforms with brass buttons, and are
+generally bright little fellows who soon learn to know every member of
+the Stock Exchange by name.
+
+Perhaps two hundred members of the Stock Exchange have private
+telephones in the building, and there is a squad of some fifty or more
+boys in blue uniforms who look after these telephones. The Stock
+Exchange has its own messenger service, each boy wearing a gray uniform
+with a military cap. The duties of these messengers is to run from the
+Exchange to the offices of the members.
+
+All these boys are remembered at Christmas-time. The members of the
+Exchange subscribe from five to twenty-five dollars each to make up the
+gratuity fund, which is divided among the boys according to their time
+of service. Those who have been there two or three years obtain quite a
+handsome little present during the holiday season.
+
+Then there are boys connected with the American District Messenger
+service; there are Western Union Telegraph boys; Cable Telegraph boys;
+boys in the offices of lawyers, corporations, and the like. But the
+principal and most important boy of all is the one who starts in an
+office at a small salary, determined to win his way to fame and fortune,
+and possessing the ability and intelligence to do so.
+
+
+
+
+THE MIDDLETON BOWL.[1]
+
+[1] Begun in HARPER'S ROUND TABLE No. 898.
+
+BY ELLEN DOUGLAS DELAND.
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+"Boys," said Mrs. Hoyt, "the Misses Middleton have met with a great
+loss. Their beautiful bowl is broken. You have seen it, and you have
+heard of its value, and you can imagine how badly they feel about it,
+and now they are trying to find out who broke it. You were at their
+house this morning, I believe. Do you know anything about it?"
+
+Raymond and Clement were unmistakably very much surprised. They had not
+heard of the accident before, it was plainly to be seen, and they
+eagerly disclaimed all knowledge of the affair.
+
+"Was that the broken china you found in the currant-bushes?" exclaimed
+Raymond. "How on earth did it get there?"
+
+"Oh, I say!" cried Clement, in the same breath. "Teddy, what were you
+and Arthur doing by the currant-bushes before the kitten's funeral?
+Don't you remember, Ray?" And then he stopped abruptly. He did not want
+to "give them away," he said to himself.
+
+"And what do you know about it, Arthur?" asked his mother.
+
+Arthur said nothing.
+
+"Did you go into Miss Middleton's parlor this morning?"
+
+Still there was no answer.
+
+"Arthur, come here to me. Now tell me, darling, did you go into Miss
+Middleton's parlor this morning?"
+
+"Yes, mother," he said, in a very low voice.
+
+"Did you break the bowl?"
+
+The silk gowns of the three visitors rustled audibly as they leaned
+forward to listen. Teddy drew a step nearer and waited eagerly for his
+reply, and the other boys gathered about their mother and brother, as
+though to sustain the family honor through this terrible emergency. But
+Arthur remained silent.
+
+"Did you break the bowl, Arthur?"
+
+"No, mother, I didn't."
+
+And then, boy of eleven though he was, and with his older brothers
+looking on, he began to cry.
+
+"Pshaw!" exclaimed Raymond, "don't be a baby, Art! If you did it, why
+don't you own up?"
+
+"Because I didn't do it," said Arthur. "I didn't do it, and I wish I'd
+never seen the old bowl!"
+
+"Why, Arthur," said Theodora, "I thought-- Are you sure you didn't do
+it?"
+
+"Of course I'm sure; just as sure as you are, or anybody else."
+
+"Do you know anything about it?" asked Mrs. Hoyt. "Do you know who did
+do it?"
+
+To this there was no reply whatever.
+
+"It is very strange," said Miss Joanna, grimly. "Theodora and Arthur
+both had something to do with the calamity, for Arthur acknowledges that
+he was there, and Theodora carried away the fragments. One of them must
+be guilty of it. Is your boy truthful, Mrs. Hoyt?"
+
+Before his mother could speak, Raymond stepped forward and stood in
+front of the Misses Middleton.
+
+"Look here," said he. "I guess you'd better understand that we Hoyts
+aren't cowards and we aren't liars. If my brother Arthur broke that
+bowl, you bet he'd say so!"
+
+"Hush, Ray!" said his mother. "That is not the proper way to speak to
+ladies. But I think, Miss Middleton, that what Raymond says is the case.
+If Arthur had done it he would acknowledge it."
+
+"But, Arthur," cried Teddy, whose face expressed her complete
+mystification, "I thought--I don't understand!"
+
+"Hush up!" said Arthur, between his sobs.
+
+"Suppose we ask Teddy to give an account of what transpired this
+morning," said Mrs. Hoyt. "Did you find Arthur in the parlor?"
+
+"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt," said Theodora. "I wasn't going to tell this, on
+Arthur's account, but I suppose I'll have to as long as you ask me. When
+I went down to wait for Aunt Tom to go to the garden I went to the
+parlor, and there I met Arthur coming out. He was crying, and he seemed
+terribly frightened, and was saying, 'Hide it! hide it!' and he ran
+away. When I went in, there was the bowl on the floor, broken. And then
+I heard Aunt Tom coming down stairs, and I didn't stop to think, but
+just picked up the pieces and carried them out under my apron."
+
+"And is that all you know?"
+
+"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt, it is all I know."
+
+No one could doubt the truthfulness of this statement, and the three
+Misses Middleton rose to go, satisfied, if only for the moment, that
+their niece was guiltless. They drove off, Theodora occupying the fourth
+seat in the old barouche, and Mrs. Hoyt was left alone with her boys.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A week passed away, and the mystery of the broken bowl was as far from
+being solved as it had been at the beginning. It was carefully carried
+by three of the ladies to the old china-mender in the town of Alden, who
+skilfully cemented the pieces together in such a manner that the
+uninitiated would never discover that it had been broken; but its owners
+knew only too well that this treasure was no longer what it had once
+been, and their feelings had received a shock from which they could not
+soon recover.
+
+As Miss Joanna remarked, when she examined the bowl upon its return,
+"Mr. Jones has done it very well; but he cannot mend our hearts, which
+were broken when the Middleton bowl was broken, and even if the cracks
+_are_ well hidden, they will always stare us in the face!"
+
+Though her aunts no longer thought that Theodora was actually
+responsible for the accident, they were quite sure that she knew who
+was, and they censured her severely for her silence. Even Miss Thomasine
+felt that she might tell them more if she would. But Teddy had already
+given her version of the affair, and there was nothing more to be said.
+She had supposed from the beginning that Arthur was the author of the
+misfortune, and though she did not like to doubt his word, she greatly
+feared that he was not speaking the truth when he denied this.
+
+His brothers stoutly maintained his innocence when talking to Theodora,
+or to any one outside of the family, but with one another they
+acknowledged having some misgivings.
+
+"You see, Art has been sick such a lot that I guess he is afraid to own
+up," said they among themselves. "He isn't just like the rest of us.
+Look how afraid he is in the dark, and in that spooky place in the
+woods, and of lots of other things. I suppose he is afraid father will
+punish him if he owns up, and so he's going to keep it dark as long as
+he can."
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Hoyt were both greatly troubled by the affair. They knew
+the value of the bowl, a value which could not be made good by any
+amount of money, and they knew that such a rare work of art could never
+be replaced; and, besides, the fact that if Arthur had broken it he
+lacked sufficient moral courage to confess was a bitter grief to them.
+But the "if" was a large one, and Arthur's mother could not bring
+herself to believe that her boy was not speaking the truth.
+
+Arthur himself showed plainly that he was suffering. He grew pale and
+lost his appetite; he started at every sound, and when he was
+out-of-doors he would stop constantly in his play to look about
+apprehensively, to peer behind bushes or trees, and to take refuge in
+the house did he see any one coming.
+
+He and Teddy discussed the subject more than once, but never with any
+satisfactory result. It usually ended in his running to his mother to
+declare, with tears and sobs, that he did not break the old bowl, and he
+wished that he had never seen it.
+
+In the mean time Teddy continued to ride the bicycle. Her aunts seemed
+to have completely forgotten having seen her in the very act. They did
+not mention the subject again, being absorbed in conjectures and grief
+about the bowl, and Theodora, apparently believing that silence gave
+consent, did not recall it to their minds.
+
+The boys were all perfectly willing now that she should use their
+wheels, for she soon rode as well as they did, and as there were so many
+bicycles in the family, there was usually one that she could take.
+
+One afternoon Teddy had been off on quite a little excursion by herself.
+She was on Arthur's wheel, and she had gone "around the square," as they
+called it, coming home by a back way. Just as she drew near her aunts'
+house a heavy shower which had been gathering for some time, unnoticed
+by Theodora, came pattering down.
+
+There was hail as well as rain, and Teddy rode quickly to the house and
+went in by the kitchen door. She took the wheel in with her and placed
+it in the back hall, in an out-of-the-way corner, intending to return it
+to Arthur as soon as the storm should be over.
+
+But it lasted longer than she expected, and by the time it had ceased to
+rain supper was ready. It was quite dark now by six o'clock, and
+Theodora knew that her aunts would not allow her to go out alone so
+late, so she determined to get up early the next morning, and take the
+wheel back then. She said nothing of this plan, however, and did not
+mention to her aunts that a hated bicycle was in the house.
+
+In fact she was not at all sure that she was doing right to ride without
+their permission, and she made up her mind that she would tell them
+to-morrow. Now that she had attained her object, and had learned how,
+she would not mind so much if she were forbidden by them to ride, for
+she was sure that when her father and mother returned to this country in
+the spring they would buy her a wheel, and until then she could wait.
+Indeed, she hoped, from what she had heard her mother say, that Mrs.
+Middleton would learn to ride herself, in spite of the sentiments of her
+sisters-in-law upon the subject.
+
+Eight o'clock was Teddy's bedtime, and she bade her aunts good-night at
+that hour as usual. She had been asleep but a short time when she was
+awakened by a commotion in the hall, most unusual in that quiet
+household. There were hurried footsteps and half-smothered exclamations,
+and presently she was quite sure that she heard moans of pain.
+
+Springing out of bed, she ran to the door and opened it just in time to
+see Miss Thomasine hurry through the hall with a mustard plaster in her
+hand, while in the distance appeared Miss Melissa with a hot-water bag,
+and from another room emerged Miss Dorcas with a bottle of medicine.
+
+"What is the matter, Aunt Tom?" asked Teddy. "Is any one sick?"
+
+"Your aunt Joanna is very ill," whispered Miss Thomasine, as she passed.
+
+Much startled, Teddy went back to her room and waited. Then she
+concluded to dress herself and go to her aunt's door to see if she could
+be of any help. This did not take long, but when she knocked at the door
+it was opened by Miss Dorcas, who told her that she had better not come
+in.
+
+Theodora was sadly frightened, and the groans which she heard did not
+tend to reassure her. Her aunt must be very ill; perhaps she was even
+dying.
+
+"Have you sent for the doctor?" she asked.
+
+"There is no one to send," said Miss Dorcas, "for John is in bed with a
+bad attack of rheumatism; so your aunt Melissa is going with Catherine,
+the cook. They are getting ready now, but I am afraid it will take them
+a long time to get to Dr. Morton's house; and it is so very late for
+women to be out alone--after ten o'clock!"
+
+And then she shut the door again, and her niece was left alone in the
+hall, with the sound of her aunt Joanna's moans in her ears.
+
+She went to look for her aunt Melissa, and found that she was just
+rousing Catherine from her first heavy slumber. Though ten o'clock was
+not late in the eyes of the world, the Middleton household had been in
+bed for an hour, and to them it seemed like the middle of the night.
+
+It would take Catherine a long time to get awake, to say nothing of
+dressing. Miss Melissa herself was in her wrapper, and Theodora supposed
+that she would not go forth even upon an errand of life and death
+without arraying herself as if for a round of calls, down to the very
+last pin in the shoulder of her camel's-hair shawl--and in the mean time
+Aunt Joanna might die!
+
+How dreadful it was! Teddy wished that she could do something. She did
+not love Aunt Joanna as she did either of her other aunts, but she would
+do anything to save her life. She could run to Dr. Morton's in half the
+time that it would take Aunt Melissa and old Catherine to get there.
+
+Suddenly she bethought herself of Arthur's wheel down in the back entry.
+She would go on that!
+
+[Illustration: ANOTHER MOMENT SHE MOUNTED AND WAS OFF.]
+
+No sooner said than done. She did not tell her aunts of her inspiration,
+knowing that valuable time would be lost in the discussion that would
+ensue, and she would probably be back before Aunt Melissa had left their
+own gates. She flew down stairs, picking up her worsted cap as she ran
+through the hall. It took but a moment to unfasten the back door and
+lift the wheel down the short flight of steps. Another moment and she
+was mounted and off.
+
+The storm clouds had rolled away, and the sky was now perfectly clear.
+The moon had risen an hour since, making the night as bright as day with
+its strange, weird light, the light that transforms the world into such
+a different place from that which the sun reveals. Teddy had seldom been
+out at night, and now to go alone on such an errand and in such a manner
+filled her with excitement.
+
+To be fleeing away on a bicycle at dead of night to save her aunt's life
+was something which she had never dreamed it would be her fate to do.
+
+Puddles of rain-water stood here and there in her path, but the Alden
+roads were noted for their excellence, and even after the heavy shower
+they were hard as boards, and the pools were easily avoided. The
+moonlight cast strange shadows over the lawn, and as she flew past the
+gate-post it almost seemed as if some one were standing there and had
+moved; but of course that was only her imagination, Teddy told herself.
+The child had not a thought of fear.
+
+Her aunts' house was on the outskirts of the town, and at this hour the
+street was but little frequented, and she met no one as she skimmed over
+the broad white road. Dr. Morton's house was about a mile from that of
+the Misses Middleton, and it did not take long to get there. The
+doctor's buggy was at the door, and he himself was just in the act of
+alighting, when there was the whiz of a wheel on the gravelled driveway
+and the sharp, sudden ring of a bicycle-bell.
+
+The doctor turned in time to see a small girlish figure swing herself to
+the ground.
+
+"Bless my soul!" exclaimed he, much startled. "Who is this?"
+
+"It's Teddy Middleton, and Aunt Joanna is very ill. Please come just as
+quick as you can, Dr. Morton."
+
+"Bless my soul!" repeated the Doctor. "You don't mean to tell me the
+good ladies have allowed you to come out at this hour of the night, and
+on a bicycle?"
+
+He knew them well, and had heard them discourse more than once on the
+subject of their pet aversion.
+
+"No, they don't know anything about it," said Teddy. "And Aunt Melissa
+and old Catherine are getting ready to walk here, so I must hurry back
+and stop them; and I think Aunt Joanna is dying, Dr. Morton, so please
+hurry."
+
+Before the doctor could reply she had mounted her wheel and had
+disappeared in the shadow of the trees at the gate. Without waiting
+another moment he stepped into his buggy, and turning his tired horse
+once more away from home, he drove after her as quickly as possible.
+
+Teddy reached the house just as her aunt, clothed with the care which
+she had suspected, and accompanied by the still half-asleep Catherine,
+emerged from the front door. The sight of some one at the foot of the
+steps nearly caused Miss Melissa to faint with horror upon the spot.
+
+"Oh!" she gasped. "Burglars! Murder!"
+
+"No, it isn't, Aunt Melissa. It's only Teddy. You needn't go for the
+doctor; he is coming."
+
+"Child, what do you-- Catherine, your arm, please! Surely you haven't
+been--and on that!"
+
+The unwonted excitement under which Miss Melissa was laboring caused her
+to be more incoherent even than usual.
+
+"Yes, I have been for him," said Teddy, coolly, as she lifted the
+bicycle up the steps and stood it on the piazza, "and here he comes
+now."
+
+The roll of wheels and the quick tread of a horse's hoofs were heard
+upon the avenue, and in another moment the doctor had alighted. Miss
+Melissa, incapable of further speech, turned and followed him into the
+house.
+
+He found Miss Joanna indeed very ill with a sharp attack of the heart
+trouble to which she was subject. It was some time before she was
+relieved, but at length the pain passed by, and she was at least out of
+danger; but it had been a narrow escape.
+
+"If I had been five minutes later I doubt if I could have saved her,"
+said the doctor, "and it is all owing to that niece of yours that I got
+here in time."
+
+"May I ask what you mean, doctor?" said Miss Middleton. "I thought that
+my sister Melissa went to you."
+
+"Miss Melissa was just about to leave the house when I drove up. That
+bright little Teddy came for me on a wheel. Where she got it I don't
+know, unless you have relented and given her one. If you haven't, it is
+high time you did, for she deserves it for her presence of mind. And it
+is high time, too, that you changed your minds about bicycles, for it is
+all owing to one that Miss Joanna is alive now. I tell you that if I had
+been five minutes later she wouldn't be living now."
+
+"Oh, doctor!" exclaimed the three ladies who were with him in the room
+next to Miss Joanna's, while the fourth watched by the invalid's bed.
+
+"It is the truth," continued Dr. Morton, who was in the habit of
+speaking his mind plainly to the awe-inspiring Misses Middleton as well
+as to every one else; "and that bright little Teddy deserves a wheel of
+her own--if you haven't given her one already."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the mean time Teddy had been wandering about the big house, not
+knowing quite what to do with herself. She went to her own room at
+first, but she could not stay there. It was just near enough to her aunt
+Joanna for her to hear muffled sounds from her room without knowing what
+they meant. She could not go in there, and her aunts were all too much
+occupied in obeying the doctor's commands and in waiting upon their
+sister to speak to her.
+
+The servants had collected in the back part of the hall, very much
+frightened at the state of affairs, weeping and exclaiming with one
+another. Theodora, after trying each unoccupied room in turn, at last
+found herself in the parlor. It was very dark at first, but she pulled
+up the Venetian-blinds at the front windows, and let in a flood of
+moonlight.
+
+Teddy had never before seen the room look so attractive. It was not
+often so brilliantly illuminated, for the shades were always carefully
+drawn. She moved restlessly about for a time, not daring to touch any of
+the treasures, but looking at them with interest and curiosity.
+
+The mended bowl was again in its place upon the Chinese table, the
+beautiful yellow porcelain shining in the silvery light.
+
+"I wonder if Arthur really didn't do it?" thought Teddy. "It is the
+queerest, strangest thing that ever happened. I wish we could find out
+about it."
+
+She thought about this for some time, and then spying a Chinese puzzle
+which hung from a corner of a cabinet, she took it down and began to
+play with it. It was composed of a number of slender sticks of carved
+ivory which were strung horizontally upon silken cords of various
+colors. Theodora had seen it before, and she never wearied of slipping
+the sticks up and down the silk, first disclosing a dozen cords, then
+but two or three, sometimes more, sometimes less, the mechanism of which
+constituted the puzzle. She worked at it for ten minutes, sitting in the
+full glory of the moonlight; and then suddenly she became conscious that
+she was not alone in the room.
+
+A slight, almost imperceptible noise behind her, the faintest of
+movements in the back of the room, told her that unquestionably some one
+was there!
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+A LOYAL TRAITOR.
+
+A STORY OF THE WAR OF 1812 BETWEEN AMERICA AND ENGLAND.
+
+BY JAMES BARNES.
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+A GENTLEMAN VALET.
+
+I breakfasted next morning with my three titled friends, and during the
+discussion we held it was agreed that the best way to keep suspicion
+from me--for they were apparently quite as apprehensive of my being
+taken by the authorities as an escaped prisoner as I was myself--was for
+me to assume the position of private servant for the nonce to my patron
+and kind friend Monsieur de Brissac.
+
+We started about nine o'clock in the morning along the post-road to the
+eastward, with a ride of some hundred and ten miles and over before us,
+I was informed.
+
+The two gentlemen drove ahead in a high-wheeled chaise, while I and the
+servant of Monsieur le Marquis de Senez followed by the coach within a
+few minutes of their starting. It was our intention to pass the night at
+Oxford, and we expected to reach London on the afternoon of the
+following day.
+
+They had spoken very openly before me, and although they had not
+indulged in any explanations, I garnered from the earnestness of their
+talk, and from the substance of it, that they had not given up all ideas
+of dwelling once more in France, and returning to the grandeur they had
+been accustomed to. Their bitterness against Napoleon was extreme, but
+with him out of it, I do not see how they ever expected to live in a
+country whose inhabitants they hated as a nation; for if the common and
+middle class of people do not compose a nation's blood and body, I miss
+my reckoning.
+
+The view from the coach-top as we descended the hill from the inn was
+extremely fine. The river below took a bend almost in the shape of the
+crook of a man's elbow, and enclosed an island covered with houses,
+connected with the shore by a large bridge. But soon we had shut the
+view of the water behind us, and as we progressed inland the smell of
+the sea disappeared entirely.
+
+The man Baptiste, alongside of whom I was sitting on the second seat,
+had the impassive, expressionless face of the trained servant. As he was
+not disposed to be communicative, and had evidently been told to treat
+me with respect, I grew reserved, and out of caution I kept silent; but
+nevertheless my enjoyment was not prevented from being of the very
+keenest.
+
+I could crowd these pages by detailing my sensations. I could have sung
+or shouted, so high were my spirits. And I had to keep all this to
+myself; and being but a lad, as I say, it was far from easy. Two or
+three times I got down to stretch my legs, and thus I found myself
+walking behind the coach as we entered the little hamlet of Witney. In
+fact I did not know that we were so close to a village until I saw the
+guard get out his horn to toot it, as was his custom when approaching
+one.
+
+Running after the coach, I swung myself on board just as we rolled
+across a bridge over a small clear stream. We had taken on fresh horses
+at a place called Burford, if I remember rightly, some short time back,
+and we would not have stopped at the little place we were entering at
+all (the driver was pleased with himself and proud of the rate at which
+we had been travelling), but as we went by the gate of a private park we
+were hailed, and looking over the side, I saw two officers in
+regimentals waiting to be taken up on the coach. One of them had the
+uniform of the Somersetshire regiment that had been stationed at the
+Stapleton prison. In fact I recognized the man before he had seated
+himself as one of my former guardians. But he glanced carelessly at us,
+and stared rather insolently into the face of a young country lass who
+was evidently leaving home, as she had had her handkerchief to her eyes
+for the past hour or more.
+
+I need not have feared recognition if I had thought for a minute, for I
+was something of a dandy in my way. My legs were encased in gray
+breeches buttoned tightly from the knee to the ankle. My coat, with its
+long tails, was of blue cloth, with brass buttons, and the large velvet
+collar reached up behind, almost swamping my ears. My waist-coat had
+wide lapels (pulled outside the coat), and was made of cream-colored
+satin. My stock was of clean white linen, and my hat, that was a trifle
+too small, would persist in getting rakishly over my left eye, as if it
+understood that I was careless, happy, and defiant of bad fortune.
+
+I believe I could write pages of descriptions of all I saw and felt on
+this journey, but I am really most anxious myself to reach the more
+interesting part of it, and so resist temptation. We arrived at Oxford
+in the late afternoon. I was delighted at the glimpses of the old
+college buildings and the students playing at cricket in the fields,
+while through the trees I could see that we were near a river, as now
+and then the water would flash into sight.
+
+When we reached the inn at which we intended to stop, Monsieur de
+Brissac, who had arrived already, sent for me to come to his room. I was
+fully prepared to carry up his box or to tend him in any way, as
+befitted my supposed position; but as soon as I entered the apartment he
+greeted me with a smile.
+
+"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, "be seated."
+
+A queer tingling thrilled me as he called me by that title.
+
+"I will explain to you," Monsieur de Brissac went on, "that in London
+there are a large number of us who have been forced to take up residence
+outside of France. Your own story is so remarkable that although,
+believe me, I myself do not doubt it, it would not be best to tell it to
+every one who might listen. Therefore, believe me, forget, as you have
+said, that you were an American, put outside from you the idea, above
+all things, that you have escaped from a prison of the English, and
+indeed, if possible, show little knowledge of the tongue. It is a
+frightful speech at the best, and racks the throat and ears. To people
+whom you meet you are Jean Am�d�e de Brienne, son of le Marquis Henri
+Am�d�e Lovalle de Brienne; your story is that you have come to England
+from America" (he lowered his voice and looked over his shoulder) "to
+join us. Ah, we need young blood and swords."
+
+"But, Monsieur le Marquis," I interrupted, intending to blurt out the
+truth and abide by the consequences, "there is just one thing I--"
+
+Monsieur de Brissac playfully touched me on the shoulder. "Never mind
+about that now," he said; "you will understand everything in a short
+time. Perhaps some day your grandfather's great estates shall belong to
+you, as they must in the sight of God and the saints, and as the blessed
+Church allows it to be true. Then," he exclaimed--"then we will whip
+this _canaille_, lash these dogs into shape, or drown them as they
+drowned us, eh? Ah, yes, that we will do. The bubble will soon burst,
+and they will be glad to take our crumbs. But no more for to-day.
+To-morrow you shall be informed. I know that you are to be trusted,
+monsieur. Say nothing. It is my pleasure to serve you. Be cautious with
+others."
+
+Of course this touched me, and I do not doubt I showed it as I bowed
+myself out of Monsieur de Brissac's apartments, that were the best the
+place afforded. Our conversation had been held in French, of course, and
+in setting this down I have condensed it somewhat, but the gist of what
+he said is here.
+
+I had begun to grow very much attached to my kind patron, for such I
+call him in this recounting; and I also was much taken with the elder
+man, the Marquis de Senez; but he was not so frank or, if I may say it,
+so simple as the other.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Well! I have taken a leap over two weeks of time as the very best way to
+avoid falling into the error of becoming verbose.
+
+It is a great shift of scene. Here I was, seated in a low-backed
+soft-cushioned chair, with my feet on another, a linen napkin tucked in
+about my throat, and over me was bending a strange little old man who
+addressed me as "monsieur le marquis," as he curled my hair with a pair
+of hot irons. Now truly this was a change from being a prisoner at
+Stapleten, a scarecrow-clad figure doddering along the highway, or even
+from the position of a gentleman's gentleman riding outside of a coach
+on the post-road. Yet all these three had I been almost within the
+fortnight, and what was I now? Why, "le Marquis de Brienne," who dined
+with noblemen, and had learned in these few short days to make pretty
+speeches to ladies of quality in silks and satins. What is more, I was
+fairly launched as a conspirator.
+
+I hope that none who reads this will suppose that I was not sailing a
+proper course, or that I was living a life of deceit for the purpose of
+gain, for the reason that it is evident that I am gifted with an
+adaptable temperament. Oh no! I hope I can say that what money I had I
+came by honestly, for it had been given to me with the intention that I
+should pay it back at some future time (I have paid it long since, to
+the last penny), and I was imposing on no one, unless it was my friend
+Monsieur de Brissac, whose pleasure it was to do anything for me, and
+lastly there is nothing in all this that is intended as an apology of my
+position.
+
+It cannot be said that I was luxuriously surrounded, despite that I was
+lolling in an easy-chair and having my hair curled by my own private
+servant. I was living in lodgings on the top floor of a house not far
+from Orchard Street, off Piccadilly, a house that had more the dignity
+of age in its appearance than an air of prosperity. I was the possessor
+of a suite of four rooms under the roof.
+
+The click of the irons ceased for a minute.
+
+"Ah, Monsieur le Marquis, I remember well your grandfather when I was a
+young man, and he not much older! He wore his own hair, monsieur. I
+never remember seeing him in anything else. It was much handsomer than a
+wig. You resemble him much, monsieur."
+
+[Illustration: "IF MARY COULD ONLY SEE ME NOW."]
+
+This speech had called me back to myself, for at that moment I had been
+thinking of Mary Tanner and the old days on the hill-side at Belair.
+Yes, there was no doubt about it, she was much prettier than the
+Comtesse de Navarreins, with whom I had danced a quadrille the previous
+evening. What a strange career I had had! Oh, if Mary could see me now!
+How fine it was to be the nobleman! How Mary's eyes would open!
+
+But the old servant was waiting for me to speak.
+
+"Ah, Gustave," I replied, making a wry face at myself in the glass, for
+the old man had given my hair a tremendous twist with the tongs, "I
+doubt that we shall see the old days again. From what I hear, France
+seems to be getting ahead fairly well without such men as my
+grandfather. The people seem to be able to look out for themselves and
+struggle on."
+
+I glanced at the reflection of the old man's face. On it was a compound
+of expressions.
+
+"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, quietly, "had they not killed the
+kindest master in the world I should be one of them to-day. It is that
+alone that made me leave my country. Could I but forget the guillotine
+and the days of horror, and that I really loved my King, I could rejoice
+in France's every victory."
+
+It rather surprised me to hear the old man speak thus, for his language
+was better than one might expect to hear from the lips of one who had
+been born and bred a lackey. But they set me to thinking, and his next
+question chimed in well with my thoughts.
+
+"You have seen France, Monsieur le Marquis?" he asked.
+
+"No, Gustave, I have never been there," I replied. "I have lived my life
+in far-off America."
+
+Now with this word a surge of pride came over me. What was this France
+that I had never seen to me? What were the plottings of the little band
+of nobles who had been despoiled of what they called their rights? Why,
+_I_ was an American! There was my heart! Could I ever truly enter in
+with all my will and spirit for the cause or the factions of another
+exiled government? What reward was there for me? Ay, what reward? I
+remembered those brave men whom I had left in prison. (Ah, one can learn
+patriotism in a prison!) Sutton, the boatswain's mate, with the stars
+and stripes as big as your two hands tatooed across his broad chest,
+came in my mind's eye. His country's flag was mine! The watchword of
+Lawrence, that had been brought to us by the prisoners from the
+_Chesapeake_, rang in my ears as it had rung through the crowded prison,
+"Don't give up the ship!" Of a truth I was no Frenchman, though I could
+pass as such, and had done so.
+
+Wondering what my messmates had been saying about my strange
+disappearance, I fell into a reverie of retrospection. Where were
+Captain Temple and the _Young Eagle_? Where was Cy Plummer, who had
+loaned me his belongings, and who, in my mind's eye, I could see with
+his bundle over his shoulder, chanting his song as he went over the
+hill? Where was the brave sailor who had thrown his severed hand at the
+feet of the English officer, and what was I but a person who was
+allowing himself to become deeper embroiled in a cause in which he had
+no heart, and becoming committed deeper and deeper every day to plots
+and conspiracies for whose methods he had no stomach (yes, I may set it
+down--assassination, dagger, and pistol, were spoken of). Truly I had no
+place here, and a great wish came over me that I could exchange this
+borrowed finery, and this assumption of being what I was not, for a
+sailor's toggery, the wide sweep of the sea, and take up again my life
+on a vessel to whose peak I might look up and see the flag for whose
+sake _my_ countrymen were dying, for whose sake I should and would be
+fighting as soon as God would let me.
+
+The door of the little room opened. Gustave had long since had my hair
+arranged to his satisfaction, and I had been sitting in silence I know
+not how long. But with the draught of air from the hallway I turned my
+head and saw a small dwarf of a man, who was a sort of a servant and
+boots in the house, standing there with the morning paper. I took
+it--the London _Times_--and read the head-lines in the first column,
+"England's Disgrace," in big black letters. And below it, "Has Another
+Vessel Been Lost in Single Action to the United States?" Hastily I read
+the reported rumor (pity 'twas nothing else) of the capture of another
+forty-four-gun frigate by the _Constitution_. I laughed aloud at the
+_Times_'s expressions of astonishment that such things should be, and
+then I threw the paper down and burst into a loud huzza.
+
+Gustave had been watching me as if he thought I had suddenly turned
+madman.
+
+"Is Napoleon defeated?" he inquired.
+
+"No, no; not that," I answered, smiling to myself, and I think truly
+that the old man gave a sigh of relief. At this moment there was a tap
+on the door, and the old servant laid down the fine plum-colored coat
+that he had been preparing for my wearing, and Monsieur de Brissac was
+ushered in by him with a low bow. The nobleman closed the door behind
+him. "Mon ami," he said, hurriedly, "I would speak to you alone."
+Gustave (he had been "loaned" to me by De Senez) was too old a servant
+to be told. He picked up a pair of boots and went out into the hallway.
+
+"It is arranged!" cried Monsieur de Brissac, speaking quickly and
+excitedly. "Three of us must leave for Paris. A cipher letter has been
+received. The time is most opportune, my dear Blondin."
+
+He gave me an embrace, to which I confess I replied, because he was my
+friend, and then he continued. "You are the one to go with us," he said.
+"De Senez and you and myself. We can face the danger bravely, mon ami.
+Consider the reward!"
+
+Ay, there it was again, "the reward." What did I really care for it?
+
+"I have an invitation for you to be one of a little partie carr�e this
+evening," Monsieur de Brissac went on. "I judge it is best that you
+attend. Eh, what's the matter?"
+
+I was standing with my back to him looking out of the window, when he
+approached and placed his hand upon my shoulder. I turned, and his eyes
+met mine. I was constrained to speak at once of what was uppermost in my
+thoughts. It required some courage.
+
+"Monsieur de Brissac," I asked, "what do you really think of me?"
+
+"I think you are one who can be trusted," he replied. "In fact, on that
+I would stake my life; but--" He hesitated.
+
+"But what?" I inquired.
+
+"I pray you not to take offence," my kind friend went on; "but why
+should I not tell you? The manner of your joining us was certainly most
+strange, and in some minds has excited a suspicion. That there have been
+spies among us, I know well; but you--"
+
+I interrupted him. "Believe me, my dear friend, I would rather die than
+betray a single word of what I have heard or know by being told. But
+listen"--I spoke earnestly and slowly--"one can be honest with a friend.
+I truly doubt the ultimate success of any scheming to restore the old
+French r�gime. I have thought everything over carefully, and have come
+to a decision, my first statement put aside."
+
+Monsieur de Brissac said nothing, but stood there listening, with one
+elbow on the mantel-piece, whilst I continued speaking. It was some
+minutes before I had finished, but I told him frankly of my position,
+and what I considered right for me to do. He was most attentive, and
+although once or twice I saw that he felt like making some interruption,
+he restrained himself.
+
+"I shall not ask," he said at last, "why you did not tell me this thing
+before; but, believe me, even at this late hour, monsieur, I appreciate
+the confidence that you have placed in me. As to your misgivings in
+regard to our attempts to restore the better things, I shall say
+nothing. If you have weighed carefully the matter, I shall not attempt
+to dissuade you. But one thing, spoken as a friend, I must tell you: Do
+not, for your life, breathe a word of this to De Senez or to any of the
+others."
+
+"Tell me, what am I to do?" I asked. "I am in your power--your hands."
+
+"It would be wrong," the Marquis replied, musingly, but with a sad tone
+in his words, "not to help you, aside from the requirements of
+friendship. So do not fear."
+
+"I do not fear; I do not fear," I reiterated. "But what shall I do?"
+
+"You must come with us to France," Monsieur de Brissac answered,
+speaking in the same low tone of voice. "Despite the embargo laid on
+trade and importations by the usurper, money works corruption,
+corruption means many things. It is a known fact that licenses to enter
+French ports have been sold to both American and English vessels. You
+are not safe in this country. Come with us to where danger will be no
+less, but chances to follow your own ideas the better. I can explain
+that you have left for some French port when you leave us, and if you do
+not return, I shall join in the mourning, that is all. We will increase
+our party by one in order to keep up the original number. I shall let
+you know to-night how we intend to leave England. Good-by, until this
+evening. Au revoir, monsieur."
+
+When he had gone I began to think and ponder over what had passed. Had I
+been foolish in being so frank and clear spoken? A word from the
+Marquis, and I might be returned to the hulks or the prison-yard. Yet in
+getting out of England lay my only chance. From what had gone before, I
+understood that it was intended to make a voyage across the Channel in
+one of the small smuggling vessels that plied an adventurous and
+remunerative trade along the coast of England, despite the careful
+watching of the coast-guard vessels and the war-ships. But Monsieur de
+Brissac's manner had chilled towards me--I felt that. My words had
+killed the enthusiasm with which he had always addressed me. I half
+feared that I had been rash.
+
+Notwithstanding this, we made rather a merry party at the gathering that
+evening. To all intents, nothing had occurred, and not until it came to
+the breaking up of the little poverty-stricken court, which was held at
+the mansion of the Comtesse de Navarreins, was there anything said of
+the approaching departure; but as we left, De Brissac ran his arm
+through mine, at the same time saying, "I shall walk home with you, if
+you will permit me, Monsieur de Brienne." We strolled in silence, I
+waiting for my friend to speak. At last he did so, at my door. "At
+twelve o'clock to-night you and I will start northwards in a chaise, and
+to-morrow evening," he whispered, softly, "we will find ourselves in the
+neighborhood of N----, where we will meet the others, and debark, if the
+weather permits, in one of the little luggers that cut deeply into the
+King's revenue. If we land safely on the other side, you had best leave
+us at once. Leave it all to me. In an hour I call for you."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Before daylight of the next morning Monsieur de Brissac and myself were
+some thirty miles north of London, driving through the county of Essex.
+At about ten o'clock we breakfasted at a way-side tavern, where we
+exchanged our tired horse for two saddle beasts, I having quite a tussle
+with mine as I mounted, and then we pressed ahead all the afternoon,
+expecting to be near the little village of N---- some time in the
+evening. It was damp and chilly for this time of the year; the prospect
+was not fine in the way of scenery, and my companion was in no talkative
+frame of mind. It was strange; I was, so to speak, a blind man in the
+power of his guide, for if I should lose Monsieur de Brissac, I should
+be in a bad way. At last I knew we were near the sea, for I could smell
+it in the air long before it burst in view.
+
+I wondered greatly at my patron's knowledge of the road and the by-ways
+by which we reached this particular bit of the coast. For hours we had
+ridden across a wind-swept plateau, seamed by many deep-worn paths
+running in all directions. In the earlier part of the afternoon
+gibbetlike sign-posts had helped to point us to the right direction, but
+as it grew toward dusk we saw none of them, and yet never once had
+Monsieur de Brissac faltered; turning and twisting and yet keeping the
+same general direction, until he had brought us to the edge of the
+narrow height along which we were riding. Finally we sighted a little
+cluster of huts, whose roofs we looked down upon from the top of a
+great, high sand cliff, and then Monsieur de Brissac pointed.
+
+"Your eyes are good," he said. "Can you see whether there is anything
+hanging from the window of the house nearest yonder small dock?"
+
+I gazed intently. In the growing darkness I could make out a white rag
+or something fluttering from the window-sill, and so I reported.
+
+"The signal," was the response to my information. "They are ahead of us,
+and all is well."
+
+It was no easy job to urge our tired nags down the steep runway, and had
+my mount backed and filled the way he had when I first put my leg over
+him, we might both of us have pitched headlong upon the roofs of some of
+the outlying huts, for they were scarcely more.
+
+I suppose that this little village was considered of too small
+importance to be watched closely by the government, but it must have
+been apparent that it was not fishing or net-mending that kept so many
+stalwart sailor-men there.
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+CAPTAIN LEARY'S SAMOAN EXPERIENCE.
+
+SOME STIRRING INCIDENTS IN RECENT AMERICAN NAVAL HISTORY.
+
+BY FRANKLIN MATTHEWS.
+
+
+[Illustration: CAPTAIN LEARY AT SAMOA.]
+
+No man can deny that there are times when war, with all its horrors, is
+necessary and honorable. One of these times is when war is waged for the
+rights of common humanity. Some of the most stirring episodes in our
+history have been associated with this kind of noble effort. Many a time
+have the decks of our men-of-war been cleared for action in such a
+cause. Many a time has some one of our naval officers, thousands of
+miles away from home, with no means of asking for instructions, taken
+action which meant warfare, with its loss of life and great expenditure
+of money, simply because he knew he was doing what was right, and really
+was acting for the civilized nations of the world. We thundered at the
+gates of Japan. We have fired on and punished pirates. Only recently we
+cleared our ships for action in the harbor of Rio de Janeiro. More than
+fifty years ago one of the bravest men that ever wore the naval uniform
+of the United States defied the power of Austria in her own waters
+because she would not give up an American citizen confined on one of her
+war-ships, and the roar of "Old Ingraham," as he ordered his ship
+cleared for action when he knew that in a fight he would probably be
+beaten, was heard around the world.
+
+Most of these "minor episodes" of our navy have been associated with the
+misdeeds of half-civilized nations. Occasionally one has had to do with
+a nation of first rank. One of these was the stand of Ingraham in
+Austria. I want to tell of another deed which, in my judgment, was as
+important as that of Ingraham, and which came within a hair's-breadth of
+involving us, in 1889, in war with Germany, then, as now, a nation of
+great military prowess. It is a story the full details of which have
+never been made known, and one that should make American blood tingle
+with pride. The story reveals the heroism of one of our naval officers
+who has always refused to exalt his part of the work, saying he merely
+did his duty; he did not hesitate, even if war with Germany should
+result, to uphold the honor of our flag, and to protect women and
+children and the sick and infirm in the name of humanity.
+
+That man was Commander Richard P. Leary of our navy, and the incidents
+that led up to his action happened at and near the harbor of Apia in the
+beautiful Samoan Islands. Time and again have I and other writers asked
+Leary to tell about it, and time and again has he resolutely refused,
+saying that the sense of having done his duty was all the reward he
+wanted. Consequently I have been forced to go to the public records and
+to some of the men who were in Samoa at the time to get the details of a
+long series of acts which resulted one day in an American man-of-war and
+a German man-of-war lying side by side a short distance outside of Apia
+Harbor, each cleared for action, and war between our country and Germany
+depending upon whether the Captain of the German ship should fire upon
+some native forts on the mainland. Such shots would have gone over the
+deck of the _Adams_, which Leary commanded, and he practically, although
+not literally, sent word to the German commander that the first shot on
+the native forts would be answered by a broadside from American guns.
+After almost an entire day of intense excitement on board both ships and
+on the mainland, the German commander yielded--went back into port--and
+a grave crisis in our history was safely passed--because of the
+patriotism and pluck of one of our naval officers who to this day
+refuses to talk about it.
+
+To understand the story fully we must go into the causes of the trouble.
+The Samoan, or Navigator Islands, have always been an object of envy by
+nations which are known as "land-grabbers." The desire of the Germans to
+secure control of those islands had caused most of the troubles of the
+Samoans in recent years. It was the old desire for money and property
+over again. The United States had long recognized the Samoans as a
+civilized people, and had made a treaty with them. In time Germany and
+England united with us in a joint treaty with the Samoans for their
+protection and development. German residents there wanted control of
+trade, and stirred up a rebellion against the High Chief, or King,
+Malietoa. They took the side of Tamasese, a pretender to the throne. On
+a pretext that property belonging to Germans--some pigs and some
+cocoanuts--had been stolen by Malietoa's men, they declared war against
+him, and finally made him give himself up to them to save his people
+from slaughter. He was deported to Africa, and later to Germany. The
+Samoans would not have Tamasese for King, and practically the entire
+nation rallied around Mataafa, who succeeded Malietoa.
+
+There was now a civil war between the two factions. The Americans did
+not take sides, except to refuse to acknowledge Tamasese as King. The
+Germans did take sides, notwithstanding the treaty of neutrality. They
+bombarded villages on this and that excuse; they fired on unarmed
+natives in boats; they gave aid openly to Tamasese; they assumed an air
+of possession of the islands. Now it must not be supposed that all this
+was done with the full approval of the German government, because the
+Germans in time brought back Malietoa, and since then they have recalled
+the one man who stirred up most of the trouble. In speaking, therefore,
+of the matter, let it be understood that we have strict reference to
+those Germans alone who were in Samoa.
+
+[Illustration: THE GERMAN WAR-SHIP "ADLER."]
+
+There was constant friction between the Americans and Germans in Apia,
+and many letters passed between Captain Leary and the Captain of the
+German war-ship _Adler_, stationed there at the time. This being a story
+of Captain Leary's patriotic acts, we need go no further into the
+details of Samoan history. One of the first of Leary's notable acts was
+to send a letter, on September 6, 1888, to the Captain of the _Adler_.
+The _Adler_, on the day before, had gone to the island of Manono to burn
+the houses and villages of the natives who would not support Tamasese.
+The war-ship took some of Tamasese's boats in tow, and soon the guns of
+the war-ship were heard bombarding houses known to have been occupied by
+defenceless women and children. The _Adler_ came back the next day, and
+at once Captain Leary sent the German Captain a letter of protest. He
+recited what he knew of the bombardment and what he had been told, and
+then he added, with a firmness that does one good to read:
+
+     "Such action, especially after the Tamasese party having been
+     represented as a strong government, not needing the armed support
+     of a foreign power, appears to be a violation of the principles of
+     international law as well as a violation of the generally
+     recognized laws of humanity. Being the only other representative of
+     a naval power now represented in this harbor, _for the sake of
+     humanity I hereby respectfully and solemnly protest in the name of
+     the United States of America and of the civilized world in general_
+     against the use of a war-vessel for such service as was yesterday
+     rendered by the German corvette _Adler_."
+
+[Illustration: THE UNITED STATES WAR-SHIP "ADAMS."]
+
+This was the first open breach between the commanders of the two
+war-ships. Leary based his action simply on the ground of humanity. One
+of his next conspicuous acts was to uphold the honor of the American
+flag. A body of Tamasese's men were encamped on Mulinuu Point, which the
+Germans claimed was under the jurisdiction of their government because
+Germans owned property there. Some of these natives saw an American flag
+floating at the top of a tree not far away. It was placed there by a
+half-breed who was an American citizen. It floated above his own
+property. The Tamasese men tore it down and into strips. Then they
+partly wrecked his house and threatened to kill him. Captain Leary soon
+heard of it, and he sent a letter to the _Adler_'s Captain asking if the
+natives were under the protection of the German war-ship. He wanted to
+fix the responsibility for the insult to the American flag, because, as
+he said, he was "obliged to furnish necessary protection to Americans in
+jeopardy."
+
+The German Captain made a non-committal reply, and the next day Leary
+repeated his request, saying that the question at issue was not one of
+diplomacy, but of military policy. He then showed his American spirit in
+these utterances:
+
+     "Under the shadow of the German fort at Mulinuu atrocities have
+     been committed on American property, and the lives of the American
+     owners have been threatened and jeopardized by armed natives, who
+     appear to be sheltered by the naval force belonging to the vessel
+     under your command. My official obligations do not permit me to
+     negotiate with diplomatic or political representatives of foreign
+     powers, but with military or naval commanders interested in
+     official acts; and as the naval commander charged with the
+     protection of American citizens, I again have the honor
+     respectfully to request to be informed 'whether the armed natives
+     at Mulinuu Point are under the protection of the Imperial Naval
+     Guard belonging to the vessel under your command or are they not
+     under that protection.'"
+
+Leary received an evasive reply to this, and the relations between the
+two commanders became more strained. Leary did not stop with this. He
+sent a letter to Tamasese demanding restitution. The Germans, who had
+control of the local post-office, would not forward the letter, and
+later Leary sent another, in which he said:
+
+     "I have the honor to inform your Highness that the articles
+     forcibly taken from the house of Mr. Scanlan by your people have
+     not yet been returned, and that they must be restored to Mr.
+     Scanlan without unnecessary delay, for which purpose I shall wait
+     until sunset, Wednesday the 14th, and if it be not reported to me
+     by that time that my demand has been complied with, I shall be at
+     liberty to take such action as will in future _enforce a wholesome
+     respect for the American flag_ and the laws and property under its
+     protection.
+
+     "A red flag hoisted at the foremast of an American war-vessel
+     simultaneously with the discharge of a blank charge will be the
+     signal for you to remove from your fort and vicinity to a place of
+     safety all women, children, sick, and wounded, for which purpose a
+     liberal time will be allowed before resorting to more serious
+     measures."
+
+No second notice was required from Leary. Tamasese restored the property
+to Mr. Scanlan, including the American flag, which floated secure from
+insult on his property afterward.
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+THE WRONG TRAIN.
+
+BY SOPHIE SWETT.
+
+
+The night telegraph operator at Orinoco Junction had the mumps. His name
+was Samuel Dusenberry, and he was seventeen, which is young to have so
+responsible a position; in fact it was Sam's first position, and he was
+on trial. He was also the head of his family, and in that position Sam
+had been heard to grumblingly remark that he was also on trial, for
+Phineas and Mary Jane, and even little Ajax, thought they could manage
+things as well as he could.
+
+Although seventeen is young for such responsibilities as Sam's, it is
+disgracefully old to have the mumps--or so Sam thought, and he persisted
+in declaring that he hadn't, while his cheeks swelled and swelled, until
+his watery smarting eyes were almost concealed; and he was extremely
+cross when little Ajax assured him that if he felt just as if he were
+not Sam at all, that was the mumps, because that was the way he felt
+when he had 'em. Mary Jane, who attended to the family grammar, was
+somewhat troubled because they all spoke of the disease as plural; but
+Phineas stoutly maintained that this was proper when you had 'em on both
+sides at once, like Sam.
+
+He hadn't the mumps, and if he had, he was going to his work at the
+station that night; that was what Sam insisted, although Mary Jane
+begged him not to with tears in her eyes, and threatened to tell their
+mother, from whom they carefully kept every worrying thing, because she
+was a helpless invalid. It was only at the last moment, when he found
+that things began to whirl around him and his knees to shake, when he
+tried to get to the door, that Sam gave up, and said he supposed Phineas
+would have to go in his place.
+
+"It is so fortunate," said Mary Jane, "that Phineas knows how."
+
+"But he's such a sleepy-head. I ought to have asked the company to
+appoint a substitute. It's irregular, anyway, and if anything should
+happen--!" groaned Sam.
+
+He was one who felt his responsibilities, and mumps are not conducive to
+cheerful views. As for Phineas, he felt that at last the boy and the
+opportunity had met. Phineas had been repressed--kept in the background
+all too long, in his own opinion, first by the supposed superior
+"smartness" of Sam, and second by the continual tutelage of his twin
+sister Mary Jane. Her whole attention seemed to be given to the subject
+of what a boy ought not to do; after a time this becomes wearing upon
+the boy. Perhaps Mary Jane had come to assume this unpleasant
+superiority because a heavy twin-sisterly duty constantly devolved upon
+her--keeping Phineas awake; in the history class, in the long prayer,
+when Uncle Samuel came, periodically, to give them good advice, Mary
+Jane found it always necessary to keep her eye on Phineas and the
+sharpest elbow in Orinoco in readiness.
+
+At first Mary Jane had said that he ought not to learn telegraphy,
+because he could not keep awake; but when he persisted, she came to
+share his optimistic belief that it would _keep_ him awake. But perhaps
+Sam's groan was not without its excuse; certainly no one disputed that
+Phineas was "a sleepy-head."
+
+"I tell you it's hard for even an old stager to keep awake all night
+long"--Sam had been an operator for two months--"even when he's had some
+sleep in the daytime, as you haven't. It won't do for you to sit down at
+all, you know; or if you get all tired out walking round, sit on the
+tall three-legged stool out in the middle of the floor; if you get to
+nodding, that will tip over. I've fallen asleep once or twice, but it
+has waked me when my office has been called on the wire. It wouldn't
+wake you!"
+
+"It won't have a chance, because I sha'n't be asleep," said Phineas,
+stoutly.
+
+"Your eyesight is good, isn't it, Phin?"
+
+"Well, I rather guess!" said Phineas, indignantly.
+
+"You have to swing a red or a white lantern. I shall be glad when we
+have the semaphore signals on our road." (Sam's easy use of learned
+technical expressions always caused Mary Jane's mouth to open wide with
+admiration.) "I say, Phin, what color are Mary Jane's mittens?" Sam
+asked this question with sudden breathless eagerness. "A new operator,
+who was color-blind, wrecked the Northern Express on the L---- road!"
+
+"Red," said Phineas, with scornful promptness, and was then forced to
+pass an examination in all the colors of Mary Jane's hooked rug.
+
+"And if there's anything you don't understand, you can ask Lon Brophy in
+the ticket-office." Sam fell back on the lounge, with a long sigh, as he
+gave Phineas this parting assurance.
+
+But Mary Jane ran out to the gate after him. "Don't sit down even on
+the three-legged stool. It might go over and you wouldn't wake. Think of
+the boy that stood on the burning deck, or the one that let the fox gnaw
+him, whenever you feel sleepy." Along with this stern advice Mary Jane
+forced upon Phineas a dainty lunch that she had prepared, and a can of
+coffee, which he could heat upon the station stove.
+
+After all, Mary Jane was a good sister, and perhaps she did not deserve
+that Phineas should mutter, as he walked along, that it was a mistake
+for a girl to think herself so smart.
+
+As Phin walked toward the station in the bracing air of the November
+night, he was hotly resentful of the distrust that had been shown of his
+ability to take Sam's place for just one night.
+
+The station at Orinoco Junction was a lively place when Phineas relieved
+Tom Woolley, the day operator, at six o'clock. At that time many trains
+stopped, and they were crowded, because there was a great political
+gathering at L----, twenty miles farther on. The little restaurant was
+filled with a jostling crowd. The sharp cries of the popcorn boys
+mingled with political announcements and a running fire of boasts and
+jokes.
+
+Tom Woolley took down his overcoat from its nail with a sigh of relief.
+
+"They've kept me at it all day," he said.
+
+But at the door he turned, as if struck by a sudden misgiving, and
+looked Phin over critically.
+
+"It's going to quiet down by-and-by. Can you keep awake all night--a
+youngster like you?"
+
+It seemed as if Mary Jane must have been telling; she always did talk
+and talk--a worse fault than being a little sleepy, if she had only
+known it, thought Phin. Tom Woolley was nineteen, and had an incipient
+mustache; he twirled its imaginary ends as he looked Phin over; and
+Phin's blood boiled.
+
+"Oh, well, sonny, don't fire up," said Tom, easily; "but you'd better
+look sharp, you know," he added, with a grave nod. "There are a couple
+of extra trains expected, and the president of the road is likely to be
+on board of one of them; lives up at Ganges, you know--going home to
+vote."
+
+Phin muttered that he guessed he could take care of extra trains,
+whether there were presidents on board or not, and when Tom Woolley had
+taken himself off, his courage rose, and he felt himself master of the
+situation.
+
+By seven o'clock there came a lull; when the nine-o'clock bell rang from
+the Baptist church steeple you would have thought all Orinoco had gone
+to sleep. There were no trains between half past eight and ten. Nine
+o'clock was Phin's bedtime; it's queer, but almost anywhere, unless it's
+the night before the Fourth of July, a boy feels his bedtime; besides,
+the room was close, and the clock ticked monotonously. Phin heated his
+coffee and ate his luncheon; he wasn't hungry, but it was necessary to
+do something to shake off drowsiness. There was chicken, and Nep
+crunched the bones and barked for a cooky; after that he scratched the
+door and whined so that Phin was forced to let him out; he thought the
+dog only wanted to stretch his legs and breathe a little fresh air, but
+Nep walked deliberately homeward, and refused to be whistled back. Nep
+disliked irregular proceedings, and knew the comfort of one's own bed at
+night.
+
+"Of course I don't really need him to keep me awake," Phin said to
+himself; but nevertheless his heart sank; he began to have a suspicion
+that nights were long.
+
+He pulled himself together and began to walk the floor; when he grew so
+tired that he ached he drew the three-legged stool out into the middle
+of the floor and perched himself upon it.
+
+Suddenly--it seemed only a moment after he had brought out that
+stool--he found himself in the office with his hand on the key; there
+had been a call on his office; he had been asleep, and had been wakened
+by it, as Sam boasted that he had been! A fellow might allow himself to
+drowse a little when he could wake like that.
+
+No, the Punjaub express had not passed; that was what they wanted to
+know at Cowaree and all along the line. Presently uncomplimentary
+epithets began to be hurled at him over the wire. Sam had complained
+that the fellow at Cowaree had "the big head," but--the Punjaub express
+had passed, so they said!
+
+He must have slept very soundly; the three-legged stool _was_ tipped
+over; he remembered vaguely that he had picked himself off the floor to
+answer that call.
+
+Drops of perspiration stood upon Phin's forehead when he returned to the
+waiting-room after that Cowaree fellow and the others had exhausted
+their eloquence.
+
+He began a weary march around the room; it would not do to sit down
+again, even upon the three-legged stool. Did any one ever know, who had
+not tried it, what a terrible job it was to keep awake all night?
+
+Another call! An order from the despatches to hold No. 39 express for
+orders, and run downward trains against it. That was a responsibility,
+for failure might involve serious accidents. There was no danger that he
+would fall asleep now!
+
+And yet, after a long hour had dragged by, there was a heaviness upon
+his limbs, an oppression upon his brain. He forced himself to walk, but
+he remembered that he had read that sentries sometimes walked while fast
+asleep. Something must be done, and Phineas forced his wits to work;
+they were the wits that had floored the schoolmaster and helped to
+invent the skunk-trap.
+
+He twined some cotton twine across the track at such a height that the
+train would break it. He fastened it to the platform railing, then drew
+it through the key-hole of the door; he tied a piece of zinc upon the
+end, and his coffee-can and the poker, and all these articles he placed
+upon the top of the stove. There were two trains to pass before the No.
+39 express; there would certainly be a clatter that would awaken him to
+report the first one.
+
+He lay down upon the lounge; he was conscious of a blissful,
+irresistible fall into a gulf of sleep, and then-- There was no clatter,
+but a wild scream of pain and fright from the track. Phin sprang to his
+feet, his heart beating wildly; he had slept, and the accident he had
+dreaded had come! He rushed to the track. A man was scrambling to his
+feet, begging for mercy, and piteously demanding a temperance pledge; it
+was old Hosea Giddings, of Crow Hill, who never missed a night at the
+Junction saloon. He had tripped upon the string and broken it. It was
+evident that no train had passed, and Phin felt a thrill of relief. He
+stood back and let the old man scramble up unaided; it was well that he
+should find snares for his feet in the neighborhood of the saloon.
+
+It grew still again, deadly still, after Hosea Giddings and his vows
+were out of hearing, and Phin felt that sleep was again settling down
+upon him. He found a ball of very stout linen twine--that was not a bad
+scheme if the string were strong enough; but this time he tied the end
+to his own wrist. A pull upon that would be more certain to awaken him
+than any noise. Two trains before the No. 39 express; after they had
+passed, a string would not serve, for that must be stopped with the red
+lantern.
+
+He lay down again upon the lounge; the last thing that he remembered was
+feeling for the string about his wrist, to be sure that it was tight.
+
+He was hurled violently across the floor; he felt an almost unendurable
+pain; there was a crash, as if heaven and earth came together, and
+then--was it a long time or only a moment afterwards that he saw Mary
+Jane's face bending over him? She had put water upon his face, and
+something redder than water was trickling from his wrist.
+
+That twine had been strong enough to drag him, and it had cut his wrist
+almost to the bone; his head had hit the stove, and all those things
+that he had forgotten to take off it had come down and hit him.
+
+"I had such a bad dream I just got up and came! I couldn't help it," he
+heard Mary Jane say.
+
+It all seemed to him like a bad dream; but he heard himself say eagerly,
+although it sounded to him like a far-away voice, "No. 39 express, stop
+it! stop it!"
+
+There was in the distance the thunder of a train. Mary Jane seized the
+red lantern from its nail and rushed out.
+
+Though he was still half stupefied, Phin staggered to his feet and made
+his way to the door; in the moonlight he could see the flutter of Mary
+Jane's plaid shawl as she stood on the track.
+
+The train slowed up, and came to a stop only a few feet from the plaid
+shawl.
+
+The conductor demanded an explanation in an excited voice; the engineer
+and the brakeman were complaining in strong language that the train was
+behind time, and shouldn't have been stopped unless for a matter of life
+and death.
+
+Phin had made his way to the track, although he was faint and dizzy; but
+his voice failed him when he tried to speak, for he realized in a flash
+that it was the Ganges branch train that Mary Jane had stopped!
+
+"She--we meant to stop No. 39 express. I got hurt a little and mixed
+up," he faltered at length.
+
+The conductor and the engineer and the brakeman and several train-boys
+and passengers expressed in chorus a strong though condensed opinion of
+the Orinoco station, and of telegraph operators who fell asleep and left
+girls to manage affairs. Perhaps it was as well for Phin's feelings that
+he could not stop to hear it all; there was a call on his office, and he
+hurried as well as he could to the instrument.
+
+"Stop Ganges branch; tunnel bridge broken!" That was the message.
+
+Phin seized the red lantern, which Mary Jane still held, as she sat,
+mortified and miserable, upon the door-step, and rushed up the track.
+The Ganges train had only just started on again, but there was evidently
+a distrust of Phin's red lantern; by the hootings with which it was
+greeted, Phin judged that they thought it a bad joke or another mistake.
+They seemed to mean to run him down. Well, then, they might!
+
+Phin set his teeth, held the lantern aloft, and stood as if he were
+rooted to the track. He made ready to spring for the cow-catcher; it
+actually grazed him as he stood before the train stopped.
+
+"Tunnel bridge broken!" he screamed, hoarsely, as he had been screaming
+incessantly above the rushing of the train and the din of angry voices;
+but it was mechanically now, and they had to carry him back to Mary
+Jane. His wrist had been bleeding all the time; the right wrist, too,
+that swung the lantern; and his head was badly hurt; and--well, it is no
+disgrace for a boy to faint sometimes.
+
+[Illustration: "THERE WAS AN OLD GENTLEMAN WITH A FUR COLLAR TURNED UP
+TO HIS EARS WHO MADE FRIENDS WITH MARY JANE."]
+
+The passengers poured into the station; there was a great chorus of
+thanksgiving, and they made what Phin called a great fuss over him and
+Mary Jane. There was an old gentleman with a fur collar turned up to his
+ears, who made friends with Mary Jane. He seemed to feel deeply what a
+narrow escape the train had had, and he sharply rebuked the conductor
+when he said that the night was so light that they might have seen that
+the bridge was broken; he "did keep an eye on that bridge as soon as the
+frost came, because it was old." (It proved to have been a gang of
+discharged workmen who had wrecked the bridge.) The old man declared it
+a providential mistake that had stopped the wrong train and let the
+message arrive in time.
+
+When they were relieved, in the early morning, after all the Ganges
+passengers had gone on by such conveyances as they could find, Phin and
+Mary Jane walked homeward together.
+
+"You needn't say a word to Sam," warned Phin. "It would only worry him.
+I mean about stopping the wrong train, and all that. I've just heard
+that the old gentleman who talked to you was the president of the road.
+I hope you didn't tell him anything!"
+
+The president of the road! Phin turned and looked with severe suspicion
+at Mary Jane, and Mary Jane turned so pale that the freckles stood out
+like little mud spatters on her face.
+
+"I only told him how anxious Sam was," she faltered, "and what you did
+to keep awake--all about the zinc and poker and things, and how your
+wrist was cut."
+
+"You've told the president of the road that I'm a sleepy-head! Now I
+hope you're satisfied!"
+
+That was, I fear, an unhappy day for Mary Jane; but the next night, when
+Phin went down to help Sam, who would go, although he was not much
+better, Tom Woolley reported that he had received a message from that
+Cowaree fellow, the same one who was so uncomplimentary, that orders had
+been received from headquarters that a place was to be found, the very
+first desirable vacancy, for "a plucky, wide-awake fellow" who had
+substituted the night before in the Orinoco office. And a free pass had
+been ordered for Miss Mary Jane Dusenberry, with the compliments of her
+friend the president of the road.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT]
+
+
+As there has been occasion more or less of late to deprecate the holding
+of so-called "junior" events in track-athletic meetings, it is perhaps
+an appropriate time to devote some space to the subject of athletics for
+younger sportsmen, and to try to impress them, if possible, with the
+fact that any kind of training for boys under sixteen years of age is
+not only inadvisable but absolutely injurious. If boys of that age wish
+to take regular exercise--and they all should--there are better things
+for them to do than to train for contests of speed and endurance. They
+will do better for themselves if they will restrict their endeavors to a
+milder form of athletics, to simple body motions or calisthenics. This,
+of course, is not so interesting, and I know these words will fall upon
+many deaf ears, but their truth will be recognized none the less by
+those who have the slightest experience in such matters.
+
+It is perhaps natural that young boys who see their older companions
+constantly at some kind of preparation, or training, for some branch of
+sport, should wish to imitate their elders, and go in to some similar
+kind of regular work. The older athletes, and those who look after their
+development, ought to use all their power to prevent the youngsters from
+trying to train, instead of encouraging them, as they do, by offering
+medals as prizes in "junior" events.
+
+The last thing that growing boys should try to accomplish is to get
+hardened muscles. This sort of thing retards growth and development,
+thereby defeating the very end that the boys think they are attaining.
+The best kind of training for the younger lads is to keep regular hours,
+both for meals and sleep. They will find this more beneficial than to
+keep a regular hour each day for running or jumping or putting up heavy
+dumbbells. The boy who gets his breakfast, luncheon, and dinner at a
+regular hour each day, and who sleeps eight or nine hours each night,
+and who bathes every morning, will make a much stronger man than the boy
+who trains for "junior" events.
+
+But, as exercise should form a part of each day's occupation, the
+sixteen-year-old boy should take his exercise in a way that will do him
+the most good. He will probably not find it so interesting at first, but
+he will soon discover that he is becoming a better specimen physically
+than his fellows who can run a hundred yards or a mile under a certain
+figure, that really does not mean very much.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1.]
+
+There are a number of body motions that can be performed at home alone,
+or in the gymnasium with others, that develop the chest and the arms,
+the back and the legs, so that when the time comes when it can do no
+harm for a young man to enter into regular athletic training, his
+muscles are supple, his skin is clear, his chest is deep, his back is
+straight, and his legs are firm enough to allow of the natural strain
+which comes from any kind of training.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 2.]
+
+One of the simplest methods of developing the strength of the legs is to
+stand erect with the hands on the hips (Fig. 1), and to perform what is
+called the frog motion. That is to bend the knees and to squat down,
+rising at the same time on the toes, and keeping the body erect, from
+the waist up (Fig. 2). This motion should be continued up and down until
+you feel tired. Stop at once when the slightest sensation of fatigue is
+felt. At first a boy will not be able to perform this motion more than
+ten or a dozen times, but if he keeps it up every morning he will soon
+find that he does not become tired until he has dropped and risen again
+some seventy-five or a hundred times. The important point, however, that
+must be kept in mind all the time is not to overdo.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3.]
+
+Having gone through the exercise just described, for a few minutes, it
+is well to try something else that will exercise a different set of
+muscles. For instance, stand erect and lift the arms high overhead, the
+palms turned outward, and then bring them rapidly down to the level of
+the shoulders and up again (Fig. 3). Do this a few times, and then try
+another arm motion. Stretch the arms forward, the finger-tips touching,
+and then swing them horizontally back as far as possible, rising on the
+toes at the same time (Fig. 4). As in the case of any other kind of
+work, this practice will tire the novice, but at the end of a few weeks
+it will be surprising to note how long the exercise can be kept up
+without fatigue.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4.]
+
+These three exercises will be found sufficient for the first few weeks,
+but thereafter a greater variety may be adopted. An excellent exercise
+is to stand erect, with the hands lifted above the head, thumb to thumb,
+and then to bow over forward, keeping the knees stiff (Fig. 5). At first
+the hands will not come within eight or ten inches of the floor, but
+within a week or so it will be an easy matter to touch the carpet with
+the ends of the fingers.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 5.]
+
+Another movement that will develop the muscles of the waist and back is
+shown in Fig. 6. Stand erect, with the heels together and the arms
+akimbo, the hands firmly settled upon the hips. Then move the body about
+so that the head will describe a circle, the waist forming a pivot about
+which the upper portion of the body will move. At the start the circle
+described by the head will be very small, but as the muscles become
+limbered and the waist becomes supple the body will swing easily about
+through a much broader area.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 6.]
+
+There is no use denying that all these things are at the start
+uninteresting, and I know from experience that even with the best
+intentions there will be a strong temptation at the end of a week to
+give up the whole business. But here is where the sand and determination
+of the American boy must prove itself, and the lad who sticks to the
+monotonous exercise in his own bedroom will be the one in after-years to
+stand the best chance for a position on his college crew or eleven.
+
+There was a man in my class in college who as a boy lived in a small
+town where there were no athletic contests. Some one told him that if he
+wanted to get strong he ought to start in in the morning and dip between
+two chairs, lacking parallel bars. His adviser told him to dip once the
+first morning, twice the second morning, three times the third morning,
+and so on. It is evident that on the last day of the year he would dip
+365 times, if he could only keep up this regular increase. He soon found
+that he was unable to do this, but he was surprised at the end of the
+year to notice how easily he could dip a number of times between two
+chairs, whereas his playfellows could barely perform the act three or
+four times.
+
+When that boy came to college he was the strongest in our class about
+the chest and arms and back, and could perform wonderful feats of
+lifting himself and of dipping on the parallel bars in the gymnasium.
+But, unfortunately, the man who had suggested to him to dip each morning
+between two chairs had not thought of telling him that he ought likewise
+in some manner to develop the muscles of his legs, and so he was
+consequently overdeveloped from the waist up and under-developed from
+the waist down. This goes to show that when exercising it is imperative
+that all the muscles of the body should be given an equal chance,
+otherwise some parts of the anatomy must suffer at the expense of
+others.
+
+A very little exercise performed regularly and for a long period will do
+much more for any boy or man than vigorous exercise performed for one
+or two hours a day for only a few weeks during the year. It is the
+little drop of water falling constantly that wears away the stone.
+
+[Illustration: CORRECT WAY TO HOLD A HOCKEY-STICK.]
+
+The accompanying illustration will give a better idea of the proportions
+of a hockey-stick, and the manner of holding it, than any description
+can do, better even than the photograph published in the last issue of
+the ROUND TABLE with a brief description of the game.
+
+The members of the Arbitration Committee of the New York I.S.A.A. at a
+recent meeting voted to ask the University Athletic Club to accept the
+responsibility of acting as arbitrators in any future disputes between
+the schools. It is to be hoped that the University A.C. will undertake
+this, for a committee of college graduates can, beyond question, be more
+serviceable to the interests of amateur sport in this matter than any
+committee made up of individuals whose interests are closely related to
+scholastic athletics.
+
+It is pleasant to note that the officials of the N.Y.I.S.A.A. refused to
+allow the tie between Berkeley and De La Salle for the skating honors of
+the League to be settled by the unsportsmanlike expedient of gambling.
+One of the schools wanted to toss a coin to settle the matter, but this
+was very properly overruled. There is only one step from this sort of
+thing to the settling of all contests by the arbiter of a coin without
+taking the trouble to go to the field. That is not sport. When it is
+proved (as in a jumping contest) that two contestants can do no better,
+after repeated attempts, one than the other, it is just and proper that
+some method be adopted to determine who shall have the medal--although
+the points _must be split_. If both contestants agree to toss for the
+medal, well and good; for the medal is merely an evidence of success,
+and does not in any way affect the merit of the contest which has
+already been settled and recorded, before the owners of half a medal
+each determined to take the chance of possessing two halves of a medal
+or no medal at all.
+
+The renewal of athletic relations between Exeter and Andover seems to
+have put new life and energy into every branch of sport at the New
+Hampshire school. An enthusiastic meeting of the entire school was held
+a few days ago in order to collect money for the management of a
+track-athletic team, and a very respectable sum was realized. More men
+have turned out for practice than for many years at Exeter, and the
+Captain of the team feels greatly encouraged over the prospects for the
+winter and spring season. A team of Exonians will go down to the big
+in-door meeting of the B.A.A., and a still stronger team will probably
+be gathered to represent the school at the New England I.S.A.A. games in
+June. Dual games with Worcester and Andover will probably also be
+arranged. It is pleasing to note this renewed activity at Exeter, for
+there was a time--just about ten years ago--when the P.E.A. accepted
+second place to nobody in athletics. The decadence which the school has
+just passed through, and from which she is now making a vigorous
+endeavor to arise, may prove to have been a blessing in disguise. The
+fact that all this was the result of questionable methods in sport
+should stand as a glaring proof that straightforwardness, after all, is
+the only path to success in athletics as well as in any other work.
+Exeter now stands as a champion of purity in sport, and for that reason
+we may very well look forward to her brilliant success within the next
+few years.
+
+In connection with the news of activity in northern New England comes
+the report from New Haven that the Hillhouse High-School will not put a
+track-athletic team into the field this spring. At a recent school
+meeting this action was definitely determined, and it was voted that the
+school would support a baseball team only. If it was found that the
+school could only support one of these two branches of sport, the choice
+to keep up baseball was a wise one, but at the same time it is
+regrettable to see so strong a member of the Connecticut
+Inter-scholastic League as H.H.-S. fall out of the ranks. So far as I am
+able to ascertain at the present writing, the reason for dropping track
+athletics was purely financial, but as the Connecticut Association seems
+to be rich just now, perhaps this obstacle may be removed.
+
+The comment upon the dispute over the football "championship" going on
+between the Southbridge High-School and the North Brookfield
+High-School, printed in a recent issue of this Department, has called
+forth a number of letters from partisans of both sides. The actual
+standing of the affair seems, however, to be very clearly settled by Mr.
+T. E. Halpin, Vice-President of the Worcester County South A.A., who
+assures me that there existed no league for football in the Worcester
+County South A.A. this fall, and that therefore there was no possibility
+of there being any "championship" of football in that association, since
+the W.C.S.A.A. claims no jurisdiction over football affairs. It would
+seem that Southbridge and North Brookfield have been wasting a great
+deal of valuable breath and writing-paper over nothing, and if the two
+schools are uncertain as to which is the better in athletics, they might
+preferably wait until next spring and settle the question on the
+baseball-field.
+
+[Illustration: W. S. McCLAVE OF TRINITY WINNING THE NOVICE RACE AT
+STAMFORD.]
+
+At the Skating-races held recently in Stamford, W. S. McClave, of
+Trinity, proved himself one of the cleverest of the skaters present, and
+won several important races. The illustration on another page represents
+McClave winning the novice race.
+
+It has been decided that the race between the crews of the Milwaukee
+East Side High-School and the St. John's Military Academy shall take
+place on the last Saturday in June.
+
+It seems necessary to repeat every few months that the editor of this
+Department can pay no attention to anonymous communications.
+Correspondents who desire to have their questions answered, whether by
+mail or through these columns, must give their names.
+
+"TRACK ATHLETICS IN DETAIL."--ILLUSTRATED.--8VO, CLOTH, ORNAMENTAL,
+$1.25.
+
+  THE GRADUATE.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: ROYAL BAKING POWDER]
+
+Celebrated for its great leavening strength and healthfulness. Assures
+the food against alum and all forms of adulteration common to the cheap
+brands.
+
+ROYAL BAKING POWDER CO., NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+Arnold
+
+Constable & Co
+
+Children's Wear.
+
+SPRING STYLES.
+
+_Organdie, Dimity,_
+
+_Percale and Silk Frocks._
+
+Hand-Made Guimps.
+
+INFANTS' WEAR.
+
+_Real Lace Robes,_
+
+_Hand-made Dresses,_
+
+_Long Cloaks._
+
+Broadway & 19th st.
+
+NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+EARN A TRICYCLE.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+We wish to introduce our Teas. Sell 30 lbs. and we will give you a Fairy
+Tricycle; sell 25 lbs. for a Solid Silver Watch and Chain; 50 lbs. for a
+Gold Watch and Chain; 75 lbs. for a Bicycle; 10 lbs. for a Gold Ring.
+Write for catalog and order sheet Dept. I
+
+W. G. BAKER,
+
+Springfield, Mass.
+
+
+
+
+HARVARD UNIVERSITY
+
+SUMMER SCHOOL.
+
+For Pamphlet apply to M. Chamberlain, Cambridge, Mass.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: PISO'S CURE FOR CONSUMPTION]
+
+CURES WHERE ALL ELSE FAILS.
+
+Best Cough Syrup. Tastes Good. Use
+
+in time. Sold by druggists.
+
+
+
+
+QUESTIONS FOR YOUNG MEN.
+
+
+ON EXAMPLE.
+
+There is a famous statement of the average preparatory-school boy, which
+has been so often made that it is historic, to the effect that he can do
+whatever he pleases because nobody will be fool enough to follow his
+example. He feels that men older than himself--men in college, or
+graduates of college, or grown-up men--may be setting example to others,
+but that he has not sufficient influence with any one to induce him to
+follow his example in anything. Sometime after the preparatory-school
+boy has grown up he will find that from year to year the same feeling
+sticks by him, and that he never considers himself a person worthy to
+set example to any one else.
+
+If he only realized it, he would discover that even as a
+preparatory-school boy he is looked up to by the younger boys in the
+lower classes and by those who have not yet arrived at the point where
+they can enter a school at all. In other words, you, as a schoolboy, are
+setting an example to somebody else just as certainly as is your father
+or your grandfather is setting an example to others; and the feeling you
+have, that you are responsible to no one as an example for what you do,
+is wrong. It is very simple to understand this if you think it over a
+moment. For instance, a member of a college 'varsity team is a great man
+to the members of school teams. If they see a member of the 'varsity
+team drinking and smoking, they believe that it is proper for them to do
+so, and yet if you were to ask this man if he realized what an example
+he was setting, he would maintain that nobody was fool enough to think
+of looking to him for guidance. And this influence not only spreads over
+younger men in the school, but has a strong power in the college itself;
+for the fact that an athletic man is looked up to at the university and
+that the athletic man lives a normal life induces a great many other
+members of the university to take him as an example; and as a matter of
+record the strict training and the loyalty and thoroughness required by
+captains from members of their teams have done much to raise the
+standard in our big colleges to-day.
+
+Every boy, therefore, should always bear in mind that he has a name to
+keep up and a record to keep clean, not alone because it is right to do
+so, but because he can never tell when some one else may not be looking
+to him as an example and may not be tempted to do things unworthy of
+boys because he does them. There is perhaps just as much evil on the
+other side of the question--that is, where a young man (or an old one,
+for that matter) feels that he is continually an example to others, and
+lives two different lives, one for the benefit of his friends and the
+other for himself. The example is of no value itself. It is merely that
+you, living your daily life, entering into sports and into studies at
+school, can never tell when your school-mates or persons whom perhaps
+you may never know may not be unconsciously observing your actions, and
+be accepting them as standards for themselves.
+
+Thus every man and boy and girl is at some time or other, and often
+frequently, a guide or example for others, and it behooves him or her to
+bear this in mind from day to day. It should not cause worry; the
+responsibility of it ought not to weigh any one down; but the idea that
+you can do whatever enters your head, provided that in your mind you are
+satisfied that it is right for you, is not always correct.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+TRYING HER IN A SQUALL.
+
+A good story is told of the late Captain R. B. Forbes, who was
+interested in some seventy sail of fine vessels, and who built many
+clippers for the India and China trade before the general application of
+steam. It seems that while testing the sailing qualities of a
+clipper-schooner, she was struck by a squall in Boston Harbor, fell on
+her side, filled with water, and went down. Fortunately she had a boat
+in tow, which saved all hands. He would not start a sheet nor luff her
+into the wind to prevent her being capsized; he was determined to know
+what she could do in a squall, even at the risk of his life and the
+lives of a select party of nautical friends he had with him; and
+although this experiment may have been of intense interest to Captain
+Forbes, it is doubtful whether his invited guests relished their
+position. Later she was raised without much trouble and had her spars
+reduced. For years afterwards she was famous along the coast of China
+for her speed.
+
+Captain Forbes's brother, Hon. John M. Forbes, now in the eighty-fourth
+year of his age, has an original steel clipper of the following
+dimensions: Length on the water-line, 125 feet, 154 feet 6 inches over
+all; has 27 feet 6 inches extreme breadth of beam; is 12 feet 6 inches
+deep; has engines of 400-horse power; is fully rigged as a two-masted
+schooner, and has a steel centreboard 21 feet long by 6 and 7-3/4 feet
+wide; is a complete sailing-clipper as well as a steamer, and is the
+only vessel of the kind in the world. She is also unsinkable; if full of
+water she will still float, having air-tight compartments along her
+sides like a life-boat.
+
+Under sail, with a working breeze, she will stay within nine points in
+three minutes; by the wind, sail eight knots; and going free, twelve
+knots. She is named the _Wild Duck_, has been in service about two
+years, and has been quite successful under steam and sails.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+THE CAT.
+
+  The cat's a happy animal
+    When blows the winter bluff,
+  Because she purrs and dreams all day
+    Within her downy muff.
+
+  But I am sure when summer comes
+    And roasts us with its glare,
+  She'd like to be the Chinese dog,
+    That hasn't any hair.
+
+  R. K. M.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+SAILORS AND THE SMALL BOAT.
+
+It is a curious fact that few seamen can handle a small boat with
+facility. This applies chiefly to the crews of sailing craft, as the
+large steamship corporations long ago realized this failing among
+sailors, and instituted a series of boat drills on their steamships that
+have been productive of excellent results. Knowledge of the workings of
+small boats is a requisite that every seaman should possess, and young
+men intending to follow the sea for a livelihood should acquire it
+before they tread the decks of a vessel, as they will have but little
+opportunity afterwards.
+
+The wise forethought of steamship corporations on having their crews
+drilled saved many lives at the wreck of the steamer _Denmark_, as
+something like 734 persons were transferred from her to the _Missouri_
+without a single accident in mid-ocean during a heavy swell. It follows,
+therefore, that those who seek recreation on the water would do well not
+to go in any boat, unless it is in charge of an experienced boatman, and
+is amply supplied with life-preservers. Boats ought to be ballasted with
+fresh water in small casks, instead of stones or iron, so that, in the
+event of being capsized, the ballast may help to keep them afloat. A
+young man who may have been only a very few times in a boat, under
+favorable circumstances, assumes he can manage one. He makes up a party,
+the wind freshens or a squall ensues, he loses his head, a capsize takes
+place, the boat sinks, and the chances are that he and his companions
+will be drowned. Those who go boat-sailing ought to leave as little to
+chance as possible.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: STAMPS]
+
+     This Department is conducted in the interest of stamp and coin
+     collectors, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question
+     on these subjects so far as possible. Correspondents should address
+     Editor Stamp Department.
+
+
+This is the height of the auction season. One auction a day is a fair
+average, and several lists with reserved prices have been sent out to
+prospective buyers, who are asked to compete against each other by mail.
+The straight auction where no stamp is held at a reserve will always
+commend itself to collectors. In the few instances where it was
+suspected that "a string was attached to the valuable stamps," such
+dissatisfaction was aroused that no self-respecting or far-sighted
+dealer will countenance any thing which savors of unfair bidding.
+
+In the issue of January 5 I referred to a rumor that the Bureau of
+Engraving contemplated a new issue of U.S. stamps. Although no official
+notice has been given, it is believed the government intends to issue
+the new set during the International Postal Union Convention which meets
+in Washington this spring. I advise young collectors to look up the
+blank spaces especially in the current issue. For instance, the
+guide-lines now used make eight varieties of the 1c. and 2c. stamps,
+viz., guide-line at the top, bottom, left, or right, and the lines at
+top and left, top and right, bottom and left, and bottom and right. Then
+there are the three varieties of triangles in the 2c. stamps, and also
+the marked varieties in the color of the early compared with later
+printings.
+
+     BALTIMORE.--The Nova Scotia 1c. black is worth 30c.; the 5c. blue
+     about 10c.
+
+     E. C. WOOD.--U.S. stamps issued before 1861 are not available for
+     postage, but all issues from 1861 are valid to-day.
+
+     J. E. KINTER.--The "Army and Navy" is not a coin, but is one of the
+     many war tokens issued in 1861.
+
+     J. MANN.--The early Portugal have been reprinted. The Argentine
+     1892 2 centavos and 5 centavos were formerly high-priced, but of
+     late they can be bought for 75c to $1 for the two.
+
+     A. DANBY.--The Cape of Good Hope first issue were triangular. They
+     are slowly advancing in value.
+
+     J. JOYNER and J. RASMUSSEN.--We do not sell albums or stamps or
+     coins, nor supply catalogues. Refer to advertisements of dealers.
+
+     J. R. AVERY.--You can buy a very good 1834 half-dollar from a
+     coin-dealer for 75c.
+
+     H. L. UNDERHILL.--Your stamp is a Swiss revenue stamp.
+
+     H. LEK. DEMAREST.--An unused U.S. stamp which has been creased
+     cannot have the crease removed without taking off the original gum.
+     Trondhjem stamps are Norway locals. A revenue stamp with one side
+     unperforated is worth a little less than one with all four sides
+     perforated.
+
+     D. D. WARDWELL.--Apply to any dealer for list of S.S.S.S. stamps.
+     Confederate bills are worthless, as there are millions of them in
+     existence. The San Francisco find of $20,000 U.S. Revenues will not
+     affect the value of the stamps.
+
+     G. H. C. and E. D. BEALS.--No value.
+
+     C. W. WALKER.--The half-penny is worthless. U.S. half-cent, 1809,
+     is worth 10c.
+
+     J. SMYTHE.--I know very few collectors of postal cards, and
+     personally never collected them. I think it would pay you to join
+     the Postal-Card Society if you are going to collect cards on
+     anything like a fair scale. At auctions postal cards bring very
+     small prices, but probably there are no rarities in the lots
+     offered in this way.
+
+     A. A. FISCHER.--The water-marks on the Tuscany stamps, first issue,
+     are in four horizontal rows of three crowns in each row. It
+     requires quite a block to see an entire crown. The second issue is
+     on a paper bearing interlacing lines, with an inscription running
+     diagonally from the lower left to the upper right corner.
+
+  PHILATUS.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: IVORY SOAP]
+
+
+
+
+IMPORTANT BOOKS
+
+_PUBLISHED RECENTLY_
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+George Washington
+
+By WOODROW WILSON, Ph.D., LL.D. Copiously Illustrated by HOWARD PYLE,
+HARRY FENN, and Others. Crown 8vo, Cloth, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top,
+$3.00.
+
+     We doubt if the career of Washington has ever received worthier
+     treatment at the hands of biographer, historian, or political
+     philosopher.--_Dial_, Chicago.
+
+     A familiar and delightful study of Washington.... We do not recall
+     a popular work on Washington of more graphic interest than
+     Professor Wilson's performance.--_Philadelphia Bulletin._
+
+"Harper's Round Table" for 1896
+
+Volume XVII. With 1276 Pages and about 1200 Illustrations. 4to, Cloth,
+Ornamental, $3.50.
+
+     The book is one which is sure to delight all the
+     children.--_Detroit Free Press._
+
+     One of the best periodicals for children ever
+     published.--_Philadelphia Ledger._
+
+Naval Actions of the War of 1812
+
+By JAMES BARNES. With 21 Full-page Illustrations by CARLTON T. CHAPMAN,
+printed in color, and 12 Reproductions of Medals. 8vo, Cloth,
+Ornamental, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top, $4.50.
+
+     Unquestionably both the most lifelike and the most artistic
+     renderings of these encounters ever attempted.--_Boston Journal._
+
+     Brimful of adventure, hardihood, and patriotism.--_Philadelphia
+     Ledger._
+
+The Dwarfs' Tailor
+
+And Other Fairy Tales. Collected by ZOE DANA UNDERHILL. With 12
+Illustrations. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.75.
+
+     The twenty-two tales form a cosmopolitan array that cannot fail to
+     delight young readers.--_Chicago Tribune._
+
+     Fascinating for old and young.--_Boston Traveller._
+
+A Virginia Cavalier
+
+A Story of the Youth of George Washington. By MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.
+Illustrated. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.50.
+
+     Warmly commended to all young American readers.--_Chicago
+     Inter-Ocean._
+
+     An absorbing tale.--_Philadelphia Bulletin._
+
+Rick Dale
+
+A Story of the Northwest Coast, By KIRK MUNROE. Illustrated by W. A.
+ROGERS. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.25.
+
+     Lively and exciting, and has, incidentally, much first-hand
+     information about the far Northwest.--_Outlook_, N. Y.
+
+     Capital story of adventure.--_Philadelphia Evening Bulletin._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, New York
+
+
+
+
+THAT MYSTERY TRIP.
+
+Answers and Money Awards in that Exciting Contest about a Queer Journey.
+
+
+The Mystery Trip story proved a mystery indeed to many, for while the
+puzzle was rather easy, it scared out not a few contestants by its
+looks--like the famous animal in the Bunyan narrative. And the questions
+thought by most solvers to be the hardest proved to the successful ones
+the easiest. For example, the great majority could not find "Tidbottom's
+spectacles," nor guess the riddles. The first-prize winner failed on one
+of the easy questions--What was the sea of darkness?--but answered
+everything else. His name is Herbert Wiswell, and he lives in Melrose,
+Mass.; and since he did so much better than any one else he is awarded a
+big prize--$25 in cash. The next two winners are girls. One is Anna
+Whitall James, of Riverton, N. J., and the other Bessie Steele, of
+Chicago. They did almost equally well, but not quite the same. So to the
+former is given $5 and the latter $3. To the other eight of the best
+ten--in addition to the first big prize--the offer was to divide $40
+among the best ten--$1 each is awarded. Their names follow in order: De
+F. Porter Rudd, of Connecticut; Franklin A. Johnston, New York; Bryant
+K. Hussey, of Illinois; J. Lawrence Hyde, of Washington; W. Putnam, of
+New York; Fred P. Moore, of Massachusetts; J. Lurie, of New York; and G.
+Edwin Taylor, of Pennsylvania.
+
+The following are placed on the honor list. All found at least 33 of the
+37 questions: Freida G. Vroom, of New Jersey; Nannie R. Nevins, of New
+York; Maud G. Corcoran, of Maryland; Robert Meiklejohn, Jr., of Ohio;
+Ernest Haines, of New York; Frank J. and S. N. Hallett, of Rhode Island;
+Robert C. Hatfield and William J. Culp, of Pennsylvania; Margaret A.
+Bulkley and Rose G. Wood, of Michigan; and Claude S. Smith, of New York.
+
+Here are the answers to the questions: 1. A travelling-rug that would
+transport its owner anywhere he wished to go. 2. A golden arrow given
+him by the gods which rendered him invisible as he rode through the air.
+3. Vulcan. 4. Spectacles that enabled their wearers to see real
+character beneath an assumed one. (See George Wm. Curtis's _Prue and
+I_.) 5. A broom which he put at his ship's mast-head to indicate he
+intended to sweep all before him. 6. A Druid monument near Aylesford, in
+England. 7. Don Quixote. 8. Rosinante. 9. Dean Swift. 10. John Brown's
+dog "Rab." 11. One that could cover an army and yet be carried, when
+desired, in one's pocket. 12. An offering given to the priest at
+Whitsuntide according to the number of chimneys in his parish. 13. Roman
+coins dug up at Silchester, in England. 14. Old German coins made to
+unscrew; inscriptions were placed inside. 15. The Gate of Dreams. 16. An
+old name for the Atlantic Ocean. 17. A ship made by the dwarfs, large
+enough to hold all the gods, which always commanded a prosperous gale;
+it could be folded up like a sheet of paper and put into a purse when
+not in use. 18. The flying island, inhabited by scientific quacks,
+visited by Gulliver in his travels. 19. A mountain which drew all of the
+nails out of any ship which came within reach of its magnetic influence.
+20. Scotland. 21. Roger Bacon. 22. Charles II. 23. Garibaldi. 24. Robert
+Southey. 25. Should have been "budge," not "bridge." The question is
+therefore ruled out--that is, none who missed it had the error counted
+against them. The answer is: a company of men dressed in long gowns,
+lined with budge or lamb's wool, who used to accompany the Lord Mayor of
+London on his inauguration. 26. Something made of all the scraps in the
+larder. (See _Merry Wives of Windsor_.) 27. An imaginary land of plenty,
+where roast pigs ran about squealing "Who'll eat me?" 28. The Escurial.
+29. Caverns in the chalk cliffs of Essex, England. 30. An old jail in
+Edinburgh, Scotland. 31. A curious stone in Mexico cut with figures
+denoting time. 32. Corea. 33. December 13, 1688. 34. Simple people in
+the time of King John who danced about a thorn-bush to keep captive a
+cuckoo. 35. A badge worn by those who received parish relief in the
+reign of William III.; it consisted of the letter P, with the initial of
+the parish where the owner belonged in red or blue cloth, on the
+shoulder of the right sleeve. 36. The paper that enclosed the cartridges
+which were used in the Civil War. 37. A bookworm.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Boys will be Boys.
+
+In the _Life and Letters of Dr. Samuel Butler_ recently published, it is
+shown that the saying "boys will be boys" was as true many years ago as
+it is to-day.
+
+"There was a certain Exciseman in Shrewsbury who was very trim and neat
+in his attire, but who had a nose of more than usual size. As he passed
+through the school-lane the boys used to call him 'Nosey,' and this made
+him so angry that he complained to Dr. Butler, who sympathized, and sent
+for the head boy, to whom he gave strict injunctions that the boys
+should not say 'Nosey' any more.
+
+"Next day, however, the Exciseman reappeared, even more angry than
+before. It seems that not a boy had said 'Nosey,' but that as soon as he
+was seen the boys ranged themselves in two lines, through which he must
+pass, and all fixed their eyes intently upon his nose. Again Dr. Butler
+summoned the head boy, and spoke more sharply. 'You have no business,'
+said he, 'to annoy a man who is passing through the school on his lawful
+occasions; don't look at him.' But again the Exciseman returned to Dr.
+Butler, furious with indignation, for this time, as soon as he was seen,
+every boy had covered his face with his hand until he had gone by."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Signs of Coming Events.
+
+     Burning ears indicate, you know, that we are being talked about.
+     When the right ear burns, something to our advantage is being said;
+     when the left ear is troubled, something detrimental is being said.
+     An old darky I knew of had a spell to stop this kind of gossip. She
+     spat on her finger, made the sign of a cross on her ear, and said,
+
+  "If yer talkin' good, good betide ye;
+  Talkin' bad, hope de debil ride ye."
+
+     "Mother Goose" is responsible for the following:
+
+  "If you sneeze on Monday, you sneeze for danger.
+  Sneeze on a Tuesday, kiss a stranger.
+  Sneeze on a Wednesday, sneeze for a letter.
+  Sneeze on a Thursday, something better.
+  Sneeze on a Friday, sneeze for sorrow.
+  Sneeze on a Saturday, see your sweetheart to-morrow."
+
+  EUGENE ASHFORD.
+  PORTLAND, OREGON.
+
+     A cat eating grass is a sign of rain.
+
+  "Evening red and morning gray
+  Lets the traveller on his way.
+  Evening gray and morning red
+  Brings down rain on the traveller's head."
+
+     Snow lingering on the ground is a sign that the winter will be
+     severe.
+
+     Stumbling up stairs is a sign of your marriage within the year.
+
+  ROSA ELIZABETH HUTCHINSON, R.T.F.
+  MONTCLAIR.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Knew Himself Best.
+
+The Rev. John Watson, who has written several successful books under the
+_nom de plume_ of "Ian Maclaren," recently visited this country--his
+home is in Liverpool, England--where he met with wonderful success on a
+lecture tour. Just before departing for his home he met a New York
+editor who was a class-mate of his at school years ago in Edinburgh,
+Scotland. Calling him familiarly by his first name, as of old, Dr.
+Watson, in response to congratulations, said: "I am glad this success
+did not come to me when I was young. Why, Dave, if this had happened
+when I was twenty-one, it would have turned my head, and I should have
+thought myself a very great man! But now I know better."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Funny Incidents with Unfamiliar Languages.
+
+The late George du Maurier, an account of whose early student days has
+recently been published by Messrs. Harper & Brothers, was once much put
+out by an Englishman who took him for a Frenchman. The two conversed for
+a while in French, the Englishman stumbling through the conversation,
+thinking it necessary to bring into service all the French he knew in
+order to make himself understood by this greatest of English satirists.
+
+But Du Maurier was not the only man to have this experience. Some years
+ago a party of four American gentlemen met, in the park at Versailles,
+four American ladies whose acquaintance they had made some months before
+in Germany. Desiring to treat them to a carriage ride, one of the
+gentlemen motioned to a cab that stood near. Supposing cabby to be
+French because he was in France, the eight summoned their best French,
+and, after a great deal of difficulty, in which cabby seemed dull and
+the Americans unable to give a French pronunciation to their French,
+succeeded in fixing upon a price for a two-hour ride. As four of the
+party were about to enter the carriage, one lady objected to the small
+seat. The cabby desired, so it afterward developed, to tell the lady she
+could sit on the front seat with him. Thinking of an inducement for so
+doing, he undertook to express it by bending over, shaking his trousers,
+then his coat tails, next his coat collar, and lastly his mustaches,
+which he pulled to their greatest length, having first inflated his
+cheeks to their fullest extent. His performance was so ludicrous that
+the whole party laughed, and some lady, in true American vernacular,
+shouted,
+
+"Well, I never!"
+
+The man straightened up instantly. "Are you folks English?" he
+ejaculated. Assured that they were next thing to English, and that they
+could not speak French, cabby said, "Neither can I."
+
+"But what were you trying to say by those antics just now?"
+
+"That it would be cooler on the high front seat," said cabby.
+
+Of course the objection to the seat was waived, and the party, not put
+out as was Du Maurier, enjoyed a hearty laugh over their half-hour
+wasted in trying to make a bargain with cabby in a language that neither
+they nor he understood.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Societies Active in Good Deeds.
+
+     I write to tell you of the success of the Iris Club, of which I
+     told you in the fall. After I wrote, we decided not to give our
+     dues to a "home," but to give a church fair instead. It was a big
+     undertaking for five schoolgirls, busy with lessons and music, but
+     would bravely, making as many articles as possible. I made about
+     one hundred. We got tickets printed free, and the fair was held at
+     our house. Several ladies furnished music, and tickets, including
+     ice-cream, were fifteen cents. We sold plants, embroidery, and
+     other things on commission. So, although we took in $65, when
+     everything was paid for we had $53.60 to give to the church. At the
+     fair we had five tables, and then one large cake-table, besides a
+     Wheel of Fortune and a fortune-teller. We asked all our friends for
+     cakes and articles for sale, and the girls acted as waitresses. It
+     was a great success, and the club justly feels proud of it.
+
+     Besides the Iris, another club, the Drumtochty, has been started
+     here, also a benevolent institution, for making clothes for poor
+     children. We meet every week, and we sew our garments. After they
+     are finished we keep them until a poor family is found. Instead of
+     reading books, the Iris reads "A Loyal Traitor," in HARPER'S ROUND
+     TABLE, and enjoys it very much. We wish success to any other young
+     society trying to do good.
+
+  ADELAIDE L. W. ERMENTROUT, Secretary.
+  "GRANSTEIN."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+National Amateur Press Association.
+
+     Undoubtedly one of the most interesting and beneficial hobbies of
+     young people is amateur journalism. The chief promoter of this
+     cause in the United States is the National Amateur Press
+     Association, an organization consisting of upward of three hundred
+     members scattered all over the country. Conventions are held every
+     year, when new officers are elected and other business transacted.
+     The last one was held at Washington, D. C., and was a success in
+     every way. The next convention will be held in San Francisco,
+     California. For the nominal sum of $1 any one interested to that
+     amount is admitted to membership. A large number of papers are
+     issued by different amateurs of the association, which are sent to
+     all members, free of charge. Mr. Allison Brocaw, Litchfield,
+     Minnesota, is at present recruiting chairman, and will supply any
+     one interested with further information.
+
+  ELMER B. BOYD.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE CAMERA CLUB]
+
+     Any questions in regard to photograph matters will be willingly
+     answered by the Editor of this column, and we should be glad to
+     hear from any of our club who can make helpful suggestions.
+
+
+A NEW PROCESS FOR SENSITIZING PAPER.
+
+In the _American Annual of Photography for 1896_, Mr. E. W. Newcomb
+tells how to make vignettes with an atomizer by spraying the paper with
+a sensitive solution. This seemed such a clever idea that the editor
+made a trial of the method, and found that many artistic effects could
+be produced in this way which could not be made by any other process
+either of printing or sensitizing the paper.
+
+The sensitizing solution can be applied so as to obtain any form
+desired, and paper thus prepared may be used in many different ways not
+possible with a paper which is coated all over evenly.
+
+The atomizer must be of hard rubber--both tube and stopper--as metal
+either corrodes or injures the sensitive solution. The spray must be so
+fine that it is almost a mist, and the atomizer should be tried before
+purchasing. Clear water will do to test the fineness of the spray.
+
+The first experiments should be made with the blue-print solution, as
+this is not only cheaper, but easier to prepare and handle, and when dry
+it shows just where the solution has been applied. Pin the paper by the
+corners to a smooth board, set it in an upright position, and holding
+the atomizer perhaps a foot away from the paper, direct the spray to the
+place on the paper where the heaviest printing is intended. Squeeze the
+bulb gently, so that the solution will not soak into the paper, and at
+the edges, where the solution must be applied lightly in order to
+produce vignetted effects, hold the spray farther away from the paper.
+By a little practice one can soon make any shaped vignette desired.
+
+If any member of our Camera Club is looking for some new way of making
+prints for gifts, here is a suggestion: Cut plain salted paper in sheets
+8 by 10 in. in size. Take an 8 by 10 in. card-mount, and cut out a
+square from the centre, leaving a margin 1 in. wide on one side and at
+the top and bottom, and on the other side a margin 1-1/2 in. wide. Over
+the corners of this mat paste triangles of paper in the way that corners
+are made for desk-blotters, pasting the edges down on one side, and on
+the other leaving the paper free from the card-board, so that a sheet of
+paper may be slipped under the corners. Take a piece of plain paper,
+slip it into the mat--the corners holding it in place--turn it over, and
+hanging or fastening it against the wall, spray it with the sensitive
+solution in the places where you wish to print pictures. The mat made of
+card-board protects the edges of the sensitive paper, and makes a nice
+wide margin. Half a dozen sheets sensitized, printed, and bound together
+with an attractive cover, either made of rough paper or some fancy
+card-board, will make a pretty gift for a friend, and something that
+will not be duplicated. To make a more elaborate present, select some
+familiar poem, easily illustrated, choose negatives which will make
+appropriate pictures for it, print, wash, and dry the pictures, then
+with French blue water-color letter the verses of the poem in the clear
+spaces left on the paper. If a little taste is used in arranging and
+printing the pictures, putting them in different places on the sheet,
+one can make a very artistic little booklet. The side of the paper with
+the 1-1/2 in. margin is the edge for binding. If a touch of gold is
+given to the lettering the effect is more striking. Small cakes of what
+is called water-color gold may be bought for 10c. or 15c., and is the
+kind used for lettering on paper.
+
+This way of sensitizing paper will suggest many ideas for decorative
+work, such as menu-cards, letter-heads, calendars, mats for pictures,
+etc. The blue-print solution is the simplest to use in preparing paper
+in this manner, but the same result may be obtained with other
+solutions. The formulas given for tinted sensitive solutions in previous
+numbers of the ROUND TABLE could be used, and many delicate and
+attractive tones be obtained. Prints made on paper sensitized with a
+spray instead of being applied with a brush have the appearance of wash
+drawings.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT HUGO KRETSCHMAR sends a number of negatives and asks
+     what is the matter with them. He explains that they were taken with
+     a No. 1 kodak on a day when the ground was covered with snow,
+     making an exposure of ten seconds. The trouble with the negatives
+     is that they are much over-exposed. Ten seconds is a long time to
+     expose a plate even on a dark day, and when the snow is on the
+     ground the exposure should be instantaneous, unless plate and lens
+     are both very slow. The best time to make snow pictures is early in
+     the morning or late in the afternoon, when the shadows are long. If
+     a slow plate is used, make an exposure of two seconds, and develop
+     as for a time picture. The camera which Sir Hugh asks about is a
+     good camera for a cheap camera.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT W. D. CAMPBELL, 420 Fifth St., Brooklyn, N. Y., asks if
+     some member of the club living in St. Louis, Mo., will send him a
+     view of the part of the city which was destroyed by the tornado. In
+     return he will send a good picture of the ocean greyhound
+     _Campania_.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT WILLIAM MERRITT, Rhinecliff, N. Y., wishes to exchange
+     some interesting views taken at Rhinecliff, N. Y., for some views
+     taken in Central Park, New York city. Will some of our New York
+     members write to Sir William? He would also like to exchange
+     scenery photographs with any of the members of the club.
+
+     Any member who does not receive a response to his request for
+     prints may have the same printed again, after a reasonable length
+     of time.
+
+
+
+
+ADVERTISEMENTS.
+
+
+
+
+Postage Stamps, &c.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+=STAMPS!= 300 genuine mixed Victoria, Cape, India, Japan, Etc., with Stamp
+Album, only 10c. New 96-page price-list FREE. Approval Sheets, 50% com.
+Agents Wanted. We buy old U.S. & Conf. Stamps & Collections. =STANDARD
+STAMP CO., St. Louis, Mo., Est. 1885.=
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+=ALBUM AND LIST FREE!= Also 100 all diff. Venezuela, Bolivia, etc., only
+10c. Agts. wanted at 50% Com. =C. A. Stegmann=, 5941 Cote Brilliant Ave.,
+St. Louis, Mo.
+
+
+
+
+500
+
+Mixed, Australian, etc., 10c.; =105 var.= Zululand, etc., and album, 10c.;
+12 Africa, 10c.; 15 Asia, 10c. Bargain list free. F. P. VINCENT,
+Chatham, N.Y.
+
+
+
+
+=AGENTS WANTED=--50% com. Send references. Lists free. =J. T. Starr Stamp
+Co.=, Coldwater, Mich.
+
+
+
+
+1000
+
+Best Stamp Hinges only =5=c. Agts. wt'd at 50%. List free.
+
+=L. B. DOVER & CO.=, 5958 Theodosia, St. Louis, Mo.
+
+
+
+
+U.S.
+
+Postage and Rev. Fine approval sheets. Agts. wanted.
+
+P. S. CHAPMAN, Box 151, Bridgeport, Ct.
+
+
+
+
+"A perfect type of the highest order
+
+of excellence in manufacture."
+
+[Illustration: Walter Baker & Co.'s Breakfast Cocoa]
+
+COSTS LESS THAN ONE CENT A CUP
+
+Be sure that you get the
+
+genuine article, made at
+
+DORCHESTER, MASS.,
+
+By WALTER BAKER & CO., Ltd.
+
+Established 1780.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: MEFISTO SCARF PIN]
+
+A brand new joke; Mefisto's bulging eyes, bristling ears and ghastly
+grin invite curiosity every time when worn on scarf or lapel, and it is
+fully satisfied when by pressing the rubber ball concealed in your
+inside pocket you souse your inquiring friend with water. Throws a
+stream 30 feet; hose 16 in. long; 1-1/2 inch ball; handsome
+Silver-oxidized face colored in hard enamel; worth 25c. as a pin and a
+dollar as a joker; sent as a sample of our 3000 specialties with 112
+page catalogue post-paid for ONLY 15c.; 2 for 25c.; $1.40 Doz. AGENTS
+Wanted.
+
+ROBT. H. INGERSOLL & BRO.,
+
+Dept. No. 62, 65 & 67 Cortlandt Street, New York City.
+
+
+
+
+ARE YOU CLEVER?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+$25.00 $15.00 $10.00
+
+In Gold, will be paid to the three purchasers sending in the most
+solutions of this novel Egg Puzzle. Interests & amuses young & old.
+Requires patience & steady nerves. Send 15 cts. for Puzzle, (2 for 25
+cts.) and learn how to secure a PRIZE.
+
+Walter S. Coles, Neave Building, Cincinnati, O.
+
+
+
+
+HOOPING-COUGH
+
+CROUP.
+
+Roche's Herbal Embrocation.
+
+The celebrated and effectual English Cure without internal medicine.
+Proprietors, W. EDWARD & SON, Queen Victoria St., London, England. All
+Druggists.
+
+E. Fougera & Co., 30 North William St., N. Y.
+
+
+
+
+BOYS and GIRLS
+
+can earn money by working half an hour daily distributing free samples
+of Headache Powders. For full particulars address,
+
+CAPITAL DRUG CO., Box 880, Augusta, Me.
+
+
+
+
+PLAYS
+
+Dialogues, Speakers for School,
+
+Club and Parlor. Catalogue free.
+
+T. S. DENISON, Publisher, Chisago, Ill.
+
+
+
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS'
+
+Descriptive list of their publications, with _portraits of authors_,
+will be sent by mail to any address on receipt of ten cents.
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, New York.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE FIRST VISIT TO THE PHOTOGRAPHER'S.
+
+"WHO WOULDN'T BE FRIGHTENED AT HAVING THAT GREAT BIG-HEADED TWO-LEGGED
+THING COMING RIGHT AT YOU?"]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+RULES FOR BOBBING.
+
+When you start out to "bob," it is just as well to determine in advance
+what kind of bobbing you are going to do. There are several kinds, as
+most young people know--such as bobbing for apples, bobbing for eels,
+and bobbing on a bob-sled. A rule which would do very well when bobbing
+for apples would not suit you at all when sliding down hill, and _vice
+versa_. Therefore, the first general rule for bobbing is to select your
+kind, and then go ahead. The following rules are for the sled variety:
+
+1. First get your bob. There is no use of trying to go bobbing without a
+bob. The boy who tries to bob without a bob is apt to wear his clothes
+out in a very short time, and to experience considerable discomfort into
+the bargain.
+
+2. Having secured your bob, and got its runners and steering-gear into
+good working order, select a convenient hill upon which to coast, and
+start from the top of it. This is one of the most important of the rules
+of bobbing. Boys who have tried the experiment of starting to bob from
+the foot of the hill have met with considerable opposition not from the
+people about them, but from certain principles of nature which make it
+impossible for even the best of bob-sleds to coast up hill, and while
+there is no law against your trying to coast up hill which would result
+in your being put into jail if you broke it, persistence in the effort
+might result in your landing sooner or later in a lunatic asylum.
+
+3. Having started from the top of the hill, then stick as closely as you
+can to the line mapped out before the "shove-off." It is always well to
+know where you are going to land, particularly when you are bobbing. It
+is true that when Columbus started out to discover America he did not
+know where he was going to land, or, indeed, that he was going to land
+at all, but he had a pretty good general idea of the possibilities, and
+that is what you need to have before the shove-off. The experiences of a
+New Hampshire boy who ignored this point will show its importance. He
+shoved off all right, but having left the chosen path, found himself
+speeding down the hill directly at the rear of the village church. He
+could not stop, and the first thing he knew he crashed through the
+stained-glass windows, down through the middle aisle, and out into the
+street, slap bang into the arms of the town constable. He was arrested,
+and his father having to pay the fine imposed, as well as to give the
+church new windows, and carpet for the middle aisle, where the runners
+of the bob had destroyed the old one, made him very uncomfortable by
+spanking him regularly every time it snowed during the following winter.
+
+4. Do not try to coast unless there is snow on the ground. Coasting on
+bare hill-sides or down stony roads is not very exhilarating sport, nor
+will the oiling of your runners help you a bit. The only boy who ever
+got far by oiling his runners for a slide on a snowless road covered
+twenty feet, and then had his bob destroyed by fire. He had used
+kerosene oil, and the friction of the runners upon the road created such
+an intense heat that the oil ignited, and in a short time the bob was a
+smoking ruin. What became of the boy is not known, but it is safe to say
+that if he were scorched at all he would have found the snow rather more
+cooling than the country road without it.
+
+5. If on your way down hill you see a horse and wagon approaching, do
+not try to slide between the wheels and under the horse; nor should you
+trust to a fortunate thank-you-marm in the road to enable you to jump
+the obstruction. Steer to one side if there is room, and if there isn't,
+try your fortunes in a convenient snow-bank, should there happen to be
+one, and if there shouldn't happen to be one, do the best you can with
+what snow there is. It is better to be landed head-first in the snow
+than to become involved with a horse and wagon in any way.
+
+6. In case your bob should run into an unforeseen stump on the way down,
+you might as well make up your mind to keep on your journey whether the
+bob stops short or not. You cannot help doing so, whether you wish to or
+not, and it is always well, in view of possible accidents of this sort,
+to have it understood by on-lookers that that was the way you intended
+to do, anyhow. If you can convince the on-looker of this, he will not
+have half as much excuse for laughing at you as he might otherwise have.
+
+7. The last of the suggestions to be made here at this time is the only
+rule that young ladies need observe in bobbing. That rule is to leave
+the management of the whole affair to the boys. Just take your places on
+the bob and don't bother. The boys will attend to everything involved in
+the preceding rules, and then when the foot of the hill is reached,
+after a glorious trip down the precipitous descent will, if they are the
+right kind of boys, tell you to sit still and they will haul you back to
+the top again. Of course this rule is not available in leap-year, when,
+if the young ladies insist upon having all their rights, it will become
+their turn to take charge and to haul the boys up.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+AT THE SUMMER HOTEL.
+
+"Do you write stories?" asked the kind old lady, meeting Polly in the
+hall.
+
+"No," said Polly. "Papa writes stories, though."
+
+"I know; but why don't you?"
+
+"Well," said Polly, sadly, "it's because when papa is all through there
+isn't any paper left in the house."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 60620-8.txt or 60620-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/6/2/60620/
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/60620-8.zip b/60620-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7099be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-8.zip
diff --git a/60620-h.zip b/60620-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53c3e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h.zip
diff --git a/60620-h/60620-h.htm b/60620-h/60620-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72e0f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/60620-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3847 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .51em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: .49em;
+}
+
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+.p4       {margin-top: 4em;}
+.p6       {margin-top: 6em;}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 45%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%}
+hr.full {width: 95%;}
+
+table {
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+    /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+    position: absolute;
+    left: 92%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+.blockquot {
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.center   {text-align: center;}
+
+.right   {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+.figcenter   {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figleft {
+    float: left;
+    clear: left;
+    margin-left: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 1em;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figright {
+    float: right;
+    clear: right;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+    margin-bottom:
+    1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;}
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    vertical-align: super;
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration:
+    none;
+}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll
+have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
+this ebook.
+
+
+
+Title: Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: November 3, 2019 [EBook #60620]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CRYING_TOMMY">CRYING TOMMY.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#A_BOYS_APPEAL">A BOY'S APPEAL.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#GOLF_ON_SHIPBOARD">GOLF ON SHIPBOARD.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#BOYS_IN_WALL_STREET">BOYS IN WALL STREET.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_MIDDLETON_BOWL">THE MIDDLETON BOWL.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#A_LOYAL_TRAITOR">A LOYAL TRAITOR.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CAPTAIN_LEARYS_SAMOAN_EXPERIENCE">CAPTAIN LEARY'S SAMOAN EXPERIENCE.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_WRONG_TRAIN">THE WRONG TRAIN.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT">INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#QUESTIONS_FOR_YOUNG_MEN">QUESTIONS FOR YOUNG MEN.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#STAMPS">STAMPS.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_CAMERA_CLUB">THE CAMERA CLUB.</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="800" height="328" alt="HARPER'S ROUND TABLE" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">Copyright, 1897, by <span class="smcap">Harper &amp; Brothers</span>. All Rights Reserved.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">published weekly</span>.</td><td align="center">NEW YORK, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1897.</td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">five cents a copy</span>.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">vol. xviii.&mdash;no</span>. 901.</td><td align="center"></td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">two dollars a year</span>.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"><a name="CRYING_TOMMY" id="CRYING_TOMMY"></a>
+<img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="700" height="511" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2>CRYING TOMMY.</h2>
+
+<h3>BY MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.</h3>
+
+<p>Jenks, the master-at-arms, otherwise known as Jimmylegs, was the best
+Jimmylegs in the naval service of the United States. His countenance was
+usually as stolid as a mummy's, and his voice as steady as the Sphinx's
+might have been. He would have announced "The magazine is on fire, sir,"
+in precisely the same tone as "John Smith has broken his liberty, sir."
+Therefore when Mr. Belton, First Lieutenant of the training-ship
+<i>Spitfire</i>, in his first interview after coming aboard, detected a
+rudimentary grin upon Jimmylegs's usually impassive face, he stopped
+short in the perilous operation of shaving while the ship had a sharp
+roll on, and asked:</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, master-at-arms? Out with it!"</p>
+
+<p>"Just this, sir," replied old Jenks, crossing his arms and tugging at
+his left whisker with his right hand. "Along o' that 'prentice boy,
+Hopkins&mdash;the other boys call him Crying Tommy, because he's always
+blubbering about something or 'nother. That boy'd be worth good money to
+a undertaker, he's got such a distressful countenance. Well, sir, I
+brought him down, with a batch o' other boys<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span> from the training-station,
+and he didn't half seem to like going aboard ship. Howsomedever, I never
+misdoubted as how he'd jump the ship. But after them boys was landed at
+the dock, I looked around, and there wasn't no Crying Tommy. I brought
+the rest of 'em along, and reported on board ship, and then I started
+out on a quiet hunt for that there boy. I didn't have no luck, though;
+but about dark that evening there come over the for'ard gangway a great
+strappin' red-headed girl about fifteen, holdin' on to Crying Tommy like
+grim death, and he scared half out of his wits. She marches him up to
+me, and she says, 'Here's that dratted boy'&mdash;dratted was the very word
+she used, sir&mdash;and she kep' on, 'He won't run away no more, I think&mdash;not
+if my name is Mary Jane Griggs.' And I says to her, bowin' and tryin' to
+keep from grinnin', for the girl had as honest a face, sir, as I ever
+clapped eyes on, 'Miss Griggs, may I ask what relation you are to Mr.
+Hopkins here?' And she snapped out: 'Not a bit; only after his mother
+died we took him in our house, and he paid his way&mdash;when he could. Then
+one day I read in the paper about naval apprentices, and I said to
+Tommy, "That's the place for you." So he went and signed the articles.
+That was six months ago. And this afternoon, when I come home from the
+box factory where I works, there was this great lummux.' Well! how her
+eyes did flash! Mr. Belton, I'm afraid o' red-headed women and girls,
+sir&mdash;that I am&mdash;and Crying Tommy, I saw, was in mortal fear of Mary Jane
+Griggs. And she says, 'I marched him straight back; he bellowed like a
+calf&mdash;he's the greatest crier I ever see; but I want you to take him and
+make him behave himself.' 'I will endeavor to do so, Miss Griggs,' says
+I, and then she gave her flipper to the boy, and went off home, I
+suppose, and we sailed that night."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what sort of a boy is he?" asked the Lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>Jimmylegs tugged at his whiskers harder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir," he said, presently, "the boy ain't no shirk. He's a
+foretopman, and the captain of the foretop says he's the smartest boy
+he's got aloft. But he keeps on crying, and I'm mightily afraid he'll
+start some of the other boys to crying, and they'll think the ship is a
+penitentiary. Low spirits is ketchin','specially in the foc's'l', and I
+wish that blessed brat would stop his bawling. I'd like you to speak to
+him, sir; you've got such a fine way with boys, sir." Which was true
+enough.</p>
+
+<p>"Send him here," said the Lieutenant, wiping his face after his shave.</p>
+
+<p>Presently there came a timid knock at the door, and Crying Tommy
+appeared. He was a sandy-haired boy of sixteen, ill-grown for his age,
+and of a most doleful countenance.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, my lad," said the Lieutenant, cheerily, "I hear that you are
+always piping your eye. What's that for?"</p>
+
+<p>Crying Tommy shook his head helplessly, but said nothing.</p>
+
+<p>"Do the men run you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; but&mdash;'taint that."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you get enough to eat?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir&mdash;never had such good grub in my life before."</p>
+
+<p>"Then what in the name of sense are you always howling for?"</p>
+
+<p>Crying Tommy looked about him more helplessly than ever, and then burst
+out suddenly and desperately:</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know, sir, except that I've always had&mdash;somebody to look out
+for me. Mary Jane Griggs done that&mdash;she's a corker, sir&mdash;and she made me
+go and be a 'prentice&mdash;and I didn't want to; she made me go&mdash;that she
+did, sir!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not surprised that Mary Jane wanted to get rid of you if this is
+the way you acted. Now mind; do you stop this boo-hooing, and do your
+duty <i>cheerfully</i>. Do you understand me? For I hear that you do your
+duty. And if you don't, why"&mdash;here the Lieutenant quickly assumed his
+"quarter-deck" voice and roared out, "<i>I'll give you something to cry
+for!</i>"</p>
+
+<p>Crying Tommy fled down the gangway. Half an hour afterwards the
+Lieutenant was on the bridge, the anchor was picked up, the <i>Spitfire</i>
+was spreading her white wings to the freshening breeze. Mr. Belton,
+watch in hand, was keenly observing the young bluejackets, and when he
+saw that all plain sail was made within ten minutes, he put his watch
+back with a feeling of satisfaction. He had sailor-boys to count on, not
+farmers and haymakers, aloft. Especially had he noticed one boy, who,
+laying out with cat-like swiftness on the very end of the topsail-yard,
+did his work with a quickness and steadiness that many an old
+man-o'-war's man might have envied. When this smart youngster landed on
+deck Mr. Belton was surprised to see that it was Crying Tommy, looking,
+as usual when he was not crying, as if he were just ready to begin.</p>
+
+<p>But Mr. Belton had something else to study besides the boys, and this
+was the ship. The <i>Spitfire</i> was a fine old-fashioned, tall-masted,
+big-sparred frigate, which could leg it considerably faster under her
+great sails than under her small engines. She had the spacious quarters
+for officers and the roomy airy spaces between decks for the men of the
+ships of her class, and was altogether a much more comfortable ship for
+cruising than the modern floating forts that could have blown her out of
+the water with a single round. Stanch and weatherly, Mr. Belton had but
+one fault to find with her, and that was her powder-magazine was exactly
+where it ought not to have been; the breech of one of her guns was
+directly over the chute by which the ammunition was handed up. Whenever
+that gun was fired, Mr. Belton would go up to the gun captain and give
+him a look of warning, and the man would respond to this silent caution
+by touching his cap. Nevertheless, the Lieutenant said to himself
+sometimes, "If we finish this cruise without some trouble with the
+magazine, the <i>Spitfire</i> will deserve her name of a lucky ship."</p>
+
+<p>They had sailed in April, and six very satisfactory weeks had been
+passed at sea. Homesickness and seasickness had disappeared after the
+first week, and the whole ship's company from the Captain down&mdash;who
+rejoiced in such a First Lieutenant as Mr. Belton&mdash;was happy and
+satisfied, with the possible exception of Crying Tommy. The
+master-at-arms never had so little disagreeable work to do, and so he
+told Mr. Belton one Sunday morning after inspection.</p>
+
+<p>"By-the-way," asked the Lieutenant, "I see that Hopkins boy is doing
+well. He has never had a report against him. Has he stopped that habit
+of howling for nothing?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir," replied old Jimmylegs, "he has, partly. The other boys
+laughed at him, and that done him good. They've caught on to Mary Jane,
+and they asks him if he has to report to Mary Jane twicet a day when he
+is ashore, and such like pullin' of his legs as boys delights in. The
+other day, sir, he got to cryin' about something or 'nother, and they
+run him too hard. I saw 'em and heard 'em, but they didn't know it. Fust
+thing Crying Tommy lights out from the shoulder, and laid the biggest of
+'em sprawlin', and they shoved off pretty quick, sir. I didn't think as
+'twas my duty to report him for fightin', and I 'ain't never had
+occasion to report him for nothin' else. A better boy nor a smarter at
+his duty I 'ain't never seen, sir."</p>
+
+<p>One lovely May morning a few days after this found the <i>Spitfire</i> off
+the glorious bay of Naples. The sun shone from a sapphire sky upon a
+sapphire sea, while in the distance rose the darker blue cone of
+Vesuvius, crowned with fire and flame. Across the rippling water swept
+innumerable sail-boats, while tall-masted merchantmen and steamships
+with inky smoke pouring out of their black funnels ploughed their way in
+and out the harbor. Near a huge government mole half a dozen majestic
+war-ships, strung out in a semicircle, rode at anchor. A great British
+battle-ship, all black and yellow, towered over the smart little cruiser
+near by, which also flew a British ensign from her peak. Not far away
+lay a French ship with remarkably handsome masts and spars and a
+wicked-looking ram as sharp as a knife, that could cut an armored ship
+in half like a cheese if ever she got the chance. Farther off still lay
+three Italian men-of-war, from one of which flew the blue flag of an
+Admiral. The Captain of the <i>Spitfire</i> was with Mr. Belton on the bridge
+as they came in, with a fair wind, and a mountain of canvas piled on the
+ship. The Captain, knowing that no man could handle a sailing-ship more
+beautifully than his First Lieutenant, was quite willing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span> that he should
+show his expertness before the thousands of sailors watching the
+<i>Spitfire</i>. On she rushed, the water bellowing against her sides as her
+keen bows cut her way through the blue waves. Mr. Belton, with a
+seaman's eye, selected an admirable anchorage, and just as the
+on-lookers were wondering where the <i>Spitfire</i> meant to bring up, she
+made a beautiful flying move. Her yards were squared like magic, and her
+sails furled with almost incredible swiftness. With a gleam like
+lightning and a rattle like thunder her cable rushed out of the
+hawse-hole, and scarcely had the splash of her anchor resounded when the
+Italian colors were broken at the mast-head and the first gun of the
+salute boomed over the bright water.</p>
+
+<p>"Well done, <i>Spitfire</i>!" cried the Captain; and well done it was.</p>
+
+<p>Twenty guns roared out, with scarcely a second's difference in their
+steady boom!&mdash;boom!&mdash;boom!&mdash;and then there was a sudden break before the
+twenty-first gun was fired. Mr. Belton turned, and his eye instinctively
+flashed upon the starboard gun over the magazine. Yes, there it
+was&mdash;that accident he had been looking for ever since he set foot on the
+ship. The shreds of a blazing cartridge-bag dropped under the breech,
+and a faint puff of wind blew them over the edge of the open chute, and
+down they went into the powder-magazine.</p>
+
+<p>The Lieutenant hardly knew how he reached the deck and sped along it,
+but in a moment he had leaped down the ladder toward the open door of
+the magazine, where an ominous crackling was heard. And instead of half
+a dozen men at work flooding the magazine, there were half a dozen pale,
+wild-eyed, and panic-stricken creatures, as the bravest will be
+sometimes, crowding out into the passage, and quite dazed with fear.</p>
+
+<p>"Return to your duty!" shouted Mr. Belton, feeling for his pistol, and
+not finding it, seizing a bucket of water that was handy and dashing it
+in the men's faces. The shock brought them to their senses; they stopped
+in their mad flight and turned toward the magazine. Mr. Belton rushed
+like a catapult among them, wedged together in the narrow passage, and
+right behind was old Jimmylegs with a bucket of water. They could see a
+boyish figure on hands and knees in the magazine with a wet swab,
+crawling about and putting out the sparks that flashed from all over the
+floor. The next moment the whole floor was awash; the danger was over,
+and Mr. Belton and the master-at-arms had time to observe that the boy
+who had stood to his post when men fled was Crying Tommy, and he was
+crying vigorously. When he saw that the fire was out, he sat down on the
+wet floor and began to howl louder than ever. Old Jimmylegs seized him
+by the shoulder, and giving him a shake that made his teeth rattle in
+his head, bawled,</p>
+
+<p>"Choke a luff, and tell the orficer about the fire!"</p>
+
+<p>Crying Tommy was so scared at this that he actually stopped weeping, and
+wiped his eyes on the sleeve of his jacket.</p>
+
+<p>"I see the loose powder on the floor burning, and the men saw it, and
+then one of em called out, 'Oh Lord! we're dead men!' and they all ran
+away." Here Crying Tommy piped up again.</p>
+
+<p>"And you didn't run away. Go on," said Mr. Belton.</p>
+
+<p>"And I reached out for the swab and the water-bucket, and I swabbed the
+floor the best I could."</p>
+
+<p>"A-cryin' all the time, no doubt," put in old Jimmylegs.</p>
+
+<p>"I couldn't help it, sir," whimpered Crying Tommy.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. Belton, "you had something to cry for this time. Now
+get out of here. You've saved the ship."</p>
+
+<p>Not long after this, one Sunday morning, the boatswain was directed to
+pipe all hands up and aft. And when all the officers and men were
+assembled, the Captain read out the appointment of Thomas Hopkins,
+apprentice boy, as acting gunner's mate for his gallantry in putting out
+the fire in the magazine on that May morning. Then Mr. Belton handed
+Tommy a handsome watch as a gift from the officers, at which the men
+cheered, and Tommy bowed and bowed again, and presently put up his
+ever-ready jacket sleeve to his eye; and the officers roared with
+laughing and the men grinned, and Tommy went below, weeping but very
+happy.</p>
+
+<p>One day, some years after this, Mr. Belton and old Jimmylegs, who were
+then on different ships, met at the navy-yard gate, and, being old
+shipmates, they exchanged very warm greetings. Presently there passed
+them a smart-looking young gunner, and holding his arm was a tall
+fine-looking young woman in a red gown, with a red feather in her hat,
+red cheeks, and a brilliant red head, and she looked very proud and
+smiling. Her companion, on the contrary, seemed overcome with
+bashfulness on seeing the Lieutenant and the old master-at-arms, and
+hurriedly saluting, made off in the opposite direction, looking
+uncommonly sheepish.</p>
+
+<p>"That, sir," said Jimmylegs, with a sly grin, "is Gunner Hopkins, and
+that is Mrs. Hopkins. They're just married. He used to be called Crying
+Tommy, and she was Mary Jane Griggs, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I remember," answered the Lieutenant, smiling.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="A_BOYS_APPEAL" id="A_BOYS_APPEAL">A BOY'S APPEAL.</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">I wonder if grown people who have all their growing done</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Remember, as they sit at ease, that growing isn't fun.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">One's legs and arms have separate aches, one's head feels half asleep,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">But every day, let come what may, at school one has to keep.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">And there the teachers never say, "Just study as you please,"</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">When shooting pains are flying round about a fellow's knees.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Reports say, "Tommy's progress is not what is desired,"</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">And fathers call you lazy when you're only deadly tired.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">You have to learn the things you hate; it almost makes you sick,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">There's such a lot of grammar, there's so much arithmetic,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">The maps and boundaries to draw, the text to get by heart,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">And all the while those growing pains to pull your joints apart!</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Now skating, and snowballing, and managing a wheel,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Are very, very different things; though tired you may feel,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">You manage not to mind it; the time goes rushing so</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">That you are interested and forget you have to grow.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Dear mothers and grandmothers, they seem to understand;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">All boys should always meet them, bowing deeply, cap in hand,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">For <i>they</i> have sense, and don't expect what fellows cannot do,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Though other people laugh and say, it's all the point of view.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">But, oh! if grown-up gentlemen with growing safely done,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Would just remember now and then that growing isn't fun,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Perhaps they'd make it easier for boys who'd like to be</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 15em;">A trifle brighter, if they could, but are growing just like me.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Tommy Traddles</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="GOLF_ON_SHIPBOARD" id="GOLF_ON_SHIPBOARD">GOLF ON SHIPBOARD.</a></h2>
+
+<p>Marine golf is the very latest aberration of golfing genius, and though
+the new game is but a distant relative of the "Royal and Ancient," its
+novelty may commend it to those who want amusement on long sea-voyages,
+and who have wearied of "shuffleboard" and "deck quoits."</p>
+
+<p>It is evident that a ball is out of the question, and in its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span> place is
+employed a disk of wood about four and a half inches in diameter. A
+rather heavy walking-stick, with a right-angled, flat-crooked head, is
+the "club," and serves every purpose from driving to holing out. The
+holes are circles about six inches in diameter chalked upon the deck,
+and the links are only bounded by the available deck space, the good
+nature of the Captain, and the rights of the non-golfing passengers.</p>
+
+<p>Hatches, companionways, and the deck furniture in general serve as
+bunkers, and the ship's roll is an omnipresent and all-pervading hazard.</p>
+
+<p>As the disk is propelled over the deck and not sent into the air,
+hitting is useless, and the proper stroke is something between a push
+and a drag, with the club laid close behind the disk. The player, in
+driving, stands with both feet slightly in advance of the disk, the
+shuffleboard push from behind being barred. As the club is virtually in
+contact with the disk, or "puck," keeping one's "e'e on the ba'" is not
+necessary&mdash;in fact, the best results will be obtained by aiming as in
+billiards and kindred games. A good drive will propel the disk for forty
+yards along the deck&mdash;that is, if the wind does not interfere by getting
+under the disk and sending it wildly gyrating into the scuppers. The
+carrom is permissible, and furnishes occasion for scientific play, but
+the great sport of the game lies in the skilful utilization of the
+pitching and rolling of the ship. The disk takes a bias from the angle
+of the deck, and some impossible shots may be triumphantly brought
+off&mdash;round the corner, for instance. Even in putting, marine golf may
+lay just claim to the variety which is the spice of (sporting) life. On
+a gray day the boards will be half as slow again as when the sun is
+shining, while with any spray coming aboard it is impossible to tell
+whether the disk will drag or slide.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="BOYS_IN_WALL_STREET" id="BOYS_IN_WALL_STREET">BOYS IN WALL STREET.</a></h2>
+
+<h3>BY COL. THOMAS W. KNOX,</h3>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Author of the "Boy Travellers" Series</span>.</h4>
+
+<p>The visitor to Wall Street in business hours will see many active,
+bright, pleasant-looking boys moving more or less rapidly in all
+directions, and evidently absorbed in work. Some are in blue or gray
+uniforms, but the majority are in plain clothes, and almost invariably
+neatly dressed. The uniformed are employed by telegraph and messenger
+companies, the others by bankers, brokers, and other men of affairs.</p>
+
+<p>Their chances of rising are about as many as boys ever have&mdash;the really
+able, honest, and pushing boys go up as they grow older. As a
+dignified-looking gentleman passes along the sidewalk we are told: "That
+is the president of the &mdash;&mdash; Bank. He knows Wall Street and all its ins
+and outs. Been here all his life. Began as an office-boy in a brokerage
+house; became partner; got elected a member of the Stock Exchange; now
+he is near the top of the heap. I could name several bank presidents who
+began as brokers' boys at two or three dollars a week."</p>
+
+<p>Our informant went on, "Yes, and there are lots of cashiers of banks and
+other banking officials who began life in the same way. The partners in
+a great many banking and brokerage firms began as Wall Street boys."</p>
+
+<p>Boys have begun in Wall Street at one dollar a week. Employers can
+generally tell in a week or two whether the boy is likely to "amount to
+anything." If the boy is faithful and energetic his wages are advanced
+so that he gets three dollars a week in two or three months from the
+start. Boys usually get not far from one hundred and fifty or two
+hundred dollars for the first year, and from three hundred upwards the
+second year. A prominent banker of New York once told me:</p>
+
+<p>"My father died when I was sixteen years old, and that threw my mother
+and myself on our own resources. We had so little money or property that
+it was necessary for me to leave school and go to work. As the late
+Thurlow Weed had been a warm friend of my father, I came to New York to
+ask for his influence in getting a clerkship in the Custom-house, or
+something of the sort. I knew Mr. Weed as a boy of my age would know a
+man of his, and he greeted me cordially. When I had told him my story he
+said:</p>
+
+<p>"'Now, Charley, find a cheap boarding-place and send your address to me.
+Don't come to me again, but as soon as I have anything for you I will
+write to you. Meantime look around and see what you can find for
+yourself.'</p>
+
+<p>"I did as he told me, and a week went by without my hearing from him.
+One day I found a place in a broker's office where they would pay me two
+hundred dollars a year, and that very day I received a letter from Mr.
+Weed saying he had a place for me in the Custom-house at seven hundred
+dollars a year. I went to him, thanked him for his kindness, and
+declined his offer, telling him I preferred the broker's office,
+although the salary was much smaller. He patted me on the shoulder and
+said,</p>
+
+<p>"'Charley, you have decided rightly, and you'll never regret it.'</p>
+
+<p>"And I never have. I think it was pretty smart for a boy of sixteen."</p>
+
+<p>Many Wall Street boys lose their places by loitering on errands.
+Employers know perfectly well how long it takes on the average to reach
+a certain point, transact the necessary business, and return. There
+<i>are</i> delays now and then, but if a boy returns late to the office
+several times in a day with excuses for delay his employers understand
+the situation perfectly, and he is soon "bounced."</p>
+
+<p>A Wall Street boy is expected to be at the office at nine o'clock in the
+morning, and remain there as long as his services are needed, though he
+usually gets away about four o'clock. He has an allowance of half an
+hour at noon for luncheon, but the rest of the time belongs to his
+employer. He is expected to be neat in appearance, clean as to hands and
+face, well mannered, truthful at all times, prompt in obedience, and
+faithful in guarding the secrets of his employers.</p>
+
+<p>The duties first assigned to him are to carry messages, deliver stocks
+at other brokerage offices, and obtain checks for them. After a while he
+is advanced to making comparisons of sales of stocks and taking the
+checks received from other brokers to be certified at the banks.</p>
+
+<p>Of late years the Stock Exchange Clearing-house has done away with so
+much of the stock delivery by boys that the number of them on the Street
+is not more than half what it used to be. Formerly it was not uncommon
+to see from twenty-five to one hundred boys waiting in line at each of
+the prominent banks to get checks certified, and nearly every bank
+employed a private policeman to keep the boys in line and in order.</p>
+
+<p>A story is told of a new boy on the Street who once went to make a
+delivery of stock. When the bookkeeper made up the accounts at the close
+of the day he found himself eighty thousand dollars short, and an
+examination of the books showed that one of the boys had failed to bring
+back a check in return for some stock he had delivered.</p>
+
+<p>He was perfectly innocent about the matter, and said that he had handed
+the papers in at the office where he was sent to make the delivery, and
+as they gave him nothing he supposed there was nothing for him to get.
+His employer treated him kindly, and told him to be careful not to make
+the same mistake again. He never did. That boy is now at the head of one
+of the largest brokerage houses on Broad Street.</p>
+
+<p>As the Wall Street boy advances in proficiency he is put upon the
+purchase and sale books. Then he takes charge of the comparison tickets,
+and then of the stock ledgers. Then he becomes a bookkeeper or cashier,
+and if he shows himself valuable enough he receives a junior
+partnership, and later on rises to a higher one.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
+<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="700" height="541" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">WALL STREET BOYS.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>It is proper to say, however, that only a small proportion of the boys
+who begin life in Wall Street work their way upward to positions of
+consequence. Fully fifty per cent. of them go wrong, or, at all events,
+leave the Street, and are not heard of afterward. Not less than half of
+the others remain in subordinate places. Either they lack the
+intelligence, energy, and fidelity necessary to secure advancement, or
+they have vicious tendencies which lead them into trouble.</p>
+
+<p>There is a class of speculating establishments in the neighborhood of
+Wall Street which are known among the brokers as "bucket-shops," where
+any one can go and risk one dollar, or as much more as he likes in
+speculation in stocks. Suppose he has but one dollar; he places it upon
+a certain stock, and watches the indicator till it goes up or down. If
+it rises a point, he makes a dollar, but if it goes down he loses, and
+the dollar he risked is wiped out.</p>
+
+<p>Men with very limited capital are the chief patrons of these
+bucket-shops, but a good many of the boys slip around to them, and risk
+anywhere from one dollar to five dollars in speculation. Sooner or later
+they come to grief. A knowledge of their conduct reaches the ears of
+their employers, they lose their situations, and have great difficulty
+in getting others.</p>
+
+<p>Boys are taken into brokerage offices only upon good recommendations,
+and it is almost invariably required that a boy shall live with his
+parents and not by himself. Employers well know that a boy not living at
+home is far more likely to fall into evil ways than one who has a home
+and is under the eyes of father and mother.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to their regular wages the boys in Wall Street offices
+receive presents in money at Christmas-time, the amount depending partly
+upon the good conduct of the boy himself, and partly on the condition of
+business in the year just closing. If times have been hard, speculation
+light, and incomes small, the broker's gratuities to his employees are
+much smaller than if the reverse is the case. In the one instance, he
+feels poor and forced to economize; in the other, he feels prosperous
+and is liberal.</p>
+
+<p>There are other kinds of boys on Wall Street than the ones just
+described. In the Stock Exchange about one hundred and fifty boys are
+employed as pages to run with messages for members in the Board Room,
+not outside. They receive from three to five dollars a week, with a
+gratuity at Christmas.</p>
+
+<p>There is no prospect of these pages rising to higher positions while in
+the employ of the Exchange, and when they grow too large for employment
+there they drift away to other places. Many are the applicants for these
+positions, and in order to secure one there a boy must be well
+recommended. The pages wear gray uniforms with brass buttons, and are
+generally bright little fellows who soon learn to know every member of
+the Stock Exchange by name.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps two hundred members of the Stock Exchange have private
+telephones in the building, and there is a squad of some fifty or more
+boys in blue uniforms who look after these telephones. The Stock
+Exchange has its own messenger service, each boy wearing a gray uniform
+with a military cap. The duties of these messengers is to run from the
+Exchange to the offices of the members.</p>
+
+<p>All these boys are remembered at Christmas-time. The members of the
+Exchange subscribe from five to twenty-five dollars each to make up the
+gratuity fund, which is divided among the boys according to their time
+of service. Those who have been there two or three years obtain quite a
+handsome little present during the holiday season.</p>
+
+<p>Then there are boys connected with the American District Messenger
+service; there are Western Union Telegraph boys; Cable Telegraph boys;
+boys in the offices of lawyers, corporations, and the like. But the
+principal and most important boy of all is the one who starts in an
+office at a small salary, determined to win his way to fame and fortune,
+and possessing the ability and intelligence to do so.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_MIDDLETON_BOWL" id="THE_MIDDLETON_BOWL"></a>THE MIDDLETON BOWL.<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></h2>
+
+<h3>BY ELLEN DOUGLAS DELAND.</h3>
+
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+<p>"Boys," said Mrs. Hoyt, "the Misses Middleton have met with a great
+loss. Their beautiful bowl is broken. You have seen it, and you have
+heard of its value, and you can imagine how badly they feel about it,
+and now they are trying to find out who broke it. You were at their
+house this morning, I believe. Do you know anything about it?"</p>
+
+<p>Raymond and Clement were unmistakably very much surprised. They had not
+heard of the accident before, it was plainly to be seen, and they
+eagerly disclaimed all knowledge of the affair.</p>
+
+<p>"Was that the broken china you found in the currant-bushes?" exclaimed
+Raymond. "How on earth did it get there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I say!" cried Clement, in the same breath. "Teddy, what were you
+and Arthur doing by the currant-bushes before the kitten's funeral?
+Don't you remember, Ray?" And then he stopped abruptly. He did not want
+to "give them away," he said to himself.</p>
+
+<p>"And what do you know about it, Arthur?" asked his mother.</p>
+
+<p>Arthur said nothing.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you go into Miss Middleton's parlor this morning?"</p>
+
+<p>Still there was no answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Arthur, come here to me. Now tell me, darling, did you go into Miss
+Middleton's parlor this morning?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, mother," he said, in a very low voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you break the bowl?"</p>
+
+<p>The silk gowns of the three visitors rustled audibly as they leaned
+forward to listen. Teddy drew a step nearer and waited eagerly for his
+reply, and the other boys gathered about their mother and brother, as
+though to sustain the family honor through this terrible emergency. But
+Arthur remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you break the bowl, Arthur?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, mother, I didn't."</p>
+
+<p>And then, boy of eleven though he was, and with his older brothers
+looking on, he began to cry.</p>
+
+<p>"Pshaw!" exclaimed Raymond, "don't be a baby, Art! If you did it, why
+don't you own up?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because I didn't do it," said Arthur. "I didn't do it, and I wish I'd
+never seen the old bowl!"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Arthur," said Theodora, "I thought&mdash; Are you sure you didn't do
+it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I'm sure; just as sure as you are, or anybody else."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know anything about it?" asked Mrs. Hoyt. "Do you know who did
+do it?"</p>
+
+<p>To this there was no reply whatever.</p>
+
+<p>"It is very strange," said Miss Joanna, grimly. "Theodora and Arthur
+both had something to do with the calamity, for Arthur acknowledges that
+he was there, and Theodora carried away the fragments. One of them must
+be guilty of it. Is your boy truthful, Mrs. Hoyt?"</p>
+
+<p>Before his mother could speak, Raymond stepped forward and stood in
+front of the Misses Middleton.</p>
+
+<p>"Look here," said he. "I guess you'd better understand that we Hoyts
+aren't cowards and we aren't liars. If my brother Arthur broke that
+bowl, you bet he'd say so!"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush, Ray!" said his mother. "That is not the proper way to speak to
+ladies. But I think, Miss Middleton, that what Raymond says is the case.
+If Arthur had done it he would acknowledge it."</p>
+
+<p>"But, Arthur," cried Teddy, whose face expressed her complete
+mystification, "I thought&mdash;I don't understand!"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush up!" said Arthur, between his sobs.</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose we ask Teddy to give an account of what transpired this
+morning," said Mrs. Hoyt. "Did you find Arthur in the parlor?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt," said Theodora. "I wasn't going to tell this, on
+Arthur's account, but I suppose I'll have to as long as you ask me. When
+I went down to wait for Aunt Tom to go to the garden I went to the
+parlor, and there I met Arthur coming out. He was crying, and he seemed
+terribly frightened, and was saying, 'Hide it! hide it!' and he ran
+away. When I went in, there was the bowl on the floor, broken. And then
+I heard Aunt Tom coming down stairs, and I didn't stop to think, but
+just picked up the pieces and carried them out under my apron."</p>
+
+<p>"And is that all you know?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt, it is all I know."</p>
+
+<p>No one could doubt the truthfulness of this statement, and the three
+Misses Middleton rose to go, satisfied, if only for the moment, that
+their niece was guiltless. They drove off, Theodora occupying the fourth
+seat in the old barouche, and Mrs. Hoyt was left alone with her boys.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>A week passed away, and the mystery of the broken bowl was as far from
+being solved as it had been at the beginning. It was carefully carried
+by three of the ladies to the old china-mender in the town of Alden, who
+skilfully cemented the pieces together in such a manner that the
+uninitiated would never discover that it had been broken; but its owners
+knew only too well that this treasure was no longer what it had once
+been, and their feelings had received a shock from which they could not
+soon recover.</p>
+
+<p>As Miss Joanna remarked, when she examined the bowl upon its return,
+"Mr. Jones has done it very well; but he cannot mend our hearts, which
+were broken when the Middleton bowl was broken, and even if the cracks
+<i>are</i> well hidden, they will always stare us in the face!"</p>
+
+<p>Though her aunts no longer thought that Theodora was actually
+responsible for the accident, they were quite sure that she knew who
+was, and they censured her severely for her silence. Even Miss Thomasine
+felt that she might tell them more if she would. But Teddy had already
+given her version of the affair, and there was nothing more to be said.
+She had supposed from the beginning that Arthur was the author of the
+misfortune, and though she did not like to doubt his word, she greatly
+feared that he was not speaking the truth when he denied this.</p>
+
+<p>His brothers stoutly maintained his innocence when talking to Theodora,
+or to any one outside of the family, but with one another they
+acknowledged having some misgivings.</p>
+
+<p>"You see, Art has been sick such a lot that I guess he is afraid to own
+up," said they among themselves. "He isn't just like the rest of us.
+Look how afraid he is in the dark, and in that spooky place in the
+woods, and of lots of other things. I suppose he is afraid father will
+punish him if he owns up, and so he's going to keep it dark as long as
+he can."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. and Mrs. Hoyt were both greatly troubled by the affair. They knew
+the value of the bowl, a value which could not be made good by any
+amount of money, and they knew that such a rare work of art could never
+be replaced; and, besides, the fact that if Arthur had broken it he
+lacked sufficient moral courage to confess was a bitter grief to them.
+But the "if" was a large one, and Arthur's mother could not bring
+herself to believe that her boy was not speaking the truth.</p>
+
+<p>Arthur himself showed plainly that he was suffering. He grew pale and
+lost his appetite; he started at every sound, and when he was
+out-of-doors he would stop constantly in his play to look about
+apprehensively, to peer behind bushes or trees, and to take refuge in
+the house did he see any one coming.</p>
+
+<p>He and Teddy discussed the subject more than once, but never with any
+satisfactory result. It usually ended in his running to his mother to
+declare, with tears and sobs, that he did not break the old bowl, and he
+wished that he had never seen it.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time Teddy continued to ride the bicycle. Her aunts seemed
+to have completely forgotten having seen her in the very act. They did
+not mention the subject again, being absorbed in conjectures and grief
+about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span> the bowl, and Theodora, apparently believing that silence gave
+consent, did not recall it to their minds.</p>
+
+<p>The boys were all perfectly willing now that she should use their
+wheels, for she soon rode as well as they did, and as there were so many
+bicycles in the family, there was usually one that she could take.</p>
+
+<p>One afternoon Teddy had been off on quite a little excursion by herself.
+She was on Arthur's wheel, and she had gone "around the square," as they
+called it, coming home by a back way. Just as she drew near her aunts'
+house a heavy shower which had been gathering for some time, unnoticed
+by Theodora, came pattering down.</p>
+
+<p>There was hail as well as rain, and Teddy rode quickly to the house and
+went in by the kitchen door. She took the wheel in with her and placed
+it in the back hall, in an out-of-the-way corner, intending to return it
+to Arthur as soon as the storm should be over.</p>
+
+<p>But it lasted longer than she expected, and by the time it had ceased to
+rain supper was ready. It was quite dark now by six o'clock, and
+Theodora knew that her aunts would not allow her to go out alone so
+late, so she determined to get up early the next morning, and take the
+wheel back then. She said nothing of this plan, however, and did not
+mention to her aunts that a hated bicycle was in the house.</p>
+
+<p>In fact she was not at all sure that she was doing right to ride without
+their permission, and she made up her mind that she would tell them
+to-morrow. Now that she had attained her object, and had learned how,
+she would not mind so much if she were forbidden by them to ride, for
+she was sure that when her father and mother returned to this country in
+the spring they would buy her a wheel, and until then she could wait.
+Indeed, she hoped, from what she had heard her mother say, that Mrs.
+Middleton would learn to ride herself, in spite of the sentiments of her
+sisters-in-law upon the subject.</p>
+
+<p>Eight o'clock was Teddy's bedtime, and she bade her aunts good-night at
+that hour as usual. She had been asleep but a short time when she was
+awakened by a commotion in the hall, most unusual in that quiet
+household. There were hurried footsteps and half-smothered exclamations,
+and presently she was quite sure that she heard moans of pain.</p>
+
+<p>Springing out of bed, she ran to the door and opened it just in time to
+see Miss Thomasine hurry through the hall with a mustard plaster in her
+hand, while in the distance appeared Miss Melissa with a hot-water bag,
+and from another room emerged Miss Dorcas with a bottle of medicine.</p>
+
+<p>"What is the matter, Aunt Tom?" asked Teddy. "Is any one sick?"</p>
+
+<p>"Your aunt Joanna is very ill," whispered Miss Thomasine, as she passed.</p>
+
+<p>Much startled, Teddy went back to her room and waited. Then she
+concluded to dress herself and go to her aunt's door to see if she could
+be of any help. This did not take long, but when she knocked at the door
+it was opened by Miss Dorcas, who told her that she had better not come
+in.</p>
+
+<p>Theodora was sadly frightened, and the groans which she heard did not
+tend to reassure her. Her aunt must be very ill; perhaps she was even
+dying.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you sent for the doctor?" she asked.</p>
+
+<p>"There is no one to send," said Miss Dorcas, "for John is in bed with a
+bad attack of rheumatism; so your aunt Melissa is going with Catherine,
+the cook. They are getting ready now, but I am afraid it will take them
+a long time to get to Dr. Morton's house; and it is so very late for
+women to be out alone&mdash;after ten o'clock!"</p>
+
+<p>And then she shut the door again, and her niece was left alone in the
+hall, with the sound of her aunt Joanna's moans in her ears.</p>
+
+<p>She went to look for her aunt Melissa, and found that she was just
+rousing Catherine from her first heavy slumber. Though ten o'clock was
+not late in the eyes of the world, the Middleton household had been in
+bed for an hour, and to them it seemed like the middle of the night.</p>
+
+<p>It would take Catherine a long time to get awake, to say nothing of
+dressing. Miss Melissa herself was in her wrapper, and Theodora supposed
+that she would not go forth even upon an errand of life and death
+without arraying herself as if for a round of calls, down to the very
+last pin in the shoulder of her camel's-hair shawl&mdash;and in the mean time
+Aunt Joanna might die!</p>
+
+<p>How dreadful it was! Teddy wished that she could do something. She did
+not love Aunt Joanna as she did either of her other aunts, but she would
+do anything to save her life. She could run to Dr. Morton's in half the
+time that it would take Aunt Melissa and old Catherine to get there.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly she bethought herself of Arthur's wheel down in the back entry.
+She would go on that!</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 230px;">
+<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="230" height="500" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">ANOTHER MOMENT SHE MOUNTED AND WAS OFF.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>No sooner said than done. She did not tell her aunts of her inspiration,
+knowing that valuable time would be lost in the discussion that would
+ensue, and she would probably be back before Aunt Melissa had left their
+own gates. She flew down stairs, picking up her worsted cap as she ran
+through the hall. It took but a moment to unfasten the back door and
+lift the wheel down the short flight of steps. Another moment and she
+was mounted and off.</p>
+
+<p>The storm clouds had rolled away, and the sky was now perfectly clear.
+The moon had risen an hour since, making the night as bright as day with
+its strange, weird light, the light that transforms the world into such
+a different place from that which the sun reveals. Teddy had seldom been
+out at night, and now to go alone on such an errand and in such a manner
+filled her with excitement.</p>
+
+<p>To be fleeing away on a bicycle at dead of night to save her aunt's life
+was something which she had never dreamed it would be her fate to do.</p>
+
+<p>Puddles of rain-water stood here and there in her path, but the Alden
+roads were noted for their excellence, and even after the heavy shower
+they were hard as boards, and the pools were easily avoided. The
+moonlight cast strange shadows over the lawn, and as she flew past the
+gate-post it almost seemed as if some one were standing there and had
+moved; but of course that was only her imagination, Teddy told herself.
+The child had not a thought of fear.</p>
+
+<p>Her aunts' house was on the outskirts of the town, and at this hour the
+street was but little frequented, and she met no one as she skimmed over
+the broad white road. Dr. Morton's house was about a mile from that of
+the Misses Middleton, and it did not take long to get there. The
+doctor's buggy was at the door, and he himself was just in the act of
+alighting, when there was the whiz of a wheel on the gravelled driveway
+and the sharp, sudden ring of a bicycle-bell.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor turned in time to see a small girlish figure swing herself to
+the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"Bless my soul!" exclaimed he, much startled. "Who is this?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's Teddy Middleton, and Aunt Joanna is very ill. Please come just as
+quick as you can, Dr. Morton."</p>
+
+<p>"Bless my soul!" repeated the Doctor. "You don't mean to tell me the
+good ladies have allowed you to come out at this hour of the night, and
+on a bicycle?"</p>
+
+<p>He knew them well, and had heard them discourse more than once on the
+subject of their pet aversion.</p>
+
+<p>"No, they don't know anything about it," said Teddy. "And Aunt Melissa
+and old Catherine are getting ready to walk here, so I must hurry back
+and stop them; and I think Aunt Joanna is dying, Dr. Morton, so please
+hurry."</p>
+
+<p>Before the doctor could reply she had mounted her wheel and had
+disappeared in the shadow of the trees at the gate. Without waiting
+another moment he stepped into his buggy, and turning his tired horse
+once more away from home, he drove after her as quickly as possible.</p>
+
+<p>Teddy reached the house just as her aunt, clothed with the care which
+she had suspected, and accompanied by the still half-asleep Catherine,
+emerged from the front door. The sight of some one at the foot of the
+steps nearly caused Miss Melissa to faint with horror upon the spot.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh!" she gasped. "Burglars! Murder!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, it isn't, Aunt Melissa. It's only Teddy. You needn't go for the
+doctor; he is coming."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Child, what do you&mdash; Catherine, your arm, please! Surely you haven't
+been&mdash;and on that!"</p>
+
+<p>The unwonted excitement under which Miss Melissa was laboring caused her
+to be more incoherent even than usual.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I have been for him," said Teddy, coolly, as she lifted the
+bicycle up the steps and stood it on the piazza, "and here he comes
+now."</p>
+
+<p>The roll of wheels and the quick tread of a horse's hoofs were heard
+upon the avenue, and in another moment the doctor had alighted. Miss
+Melissa, incapable of further speech, turned and followed him into the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>He found Miss Joanna indeed very ill with a sharp attack of the heart
+trouble to which she was subject. It was some time before she was
+relieved, but at length the pain passed by, and she was at least out of
+danger; but it had been a narrow escape.</p>
+
+<p>"If I had been five minutes later I doubt if I could have saved her,"
+said the doctor, "and it is all owing to that niece of yours that I got
+here in time."</p>
+
+<p>"May I ask what you mean, doctor?" said Miss Middleton. "I thought that
+my sister Melissa went to you."</p>
+
+<p>"Miss Melissa was just about to leave the house when I drove up. That
+bright little Teddy came for me on a wheel. Where she got it I don't
+know, unless you have relented and given her one. If you haven't, it is
+high time you did, for she deserves it for her presence of mind. And it
+is high time, too, that you changed your minds about bicycles, for it is
+all owing to one that Miss Joanna is alive now. I tell you that if I had
+been five minutes later she wouldn't be living now."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, doctor!" exclaimed the three ladies who were with him in the room
+next to Miss Joanna's, while the fourth watched by the invalid's bed.</p>
+
+<p>"It is the truth," continued Dr. Morton, who was in the habit of
+speaking his mind plainly to the awe-inspiring Misses Middleton as well
+as to every one else; "and that bright little Teddy deserves a wheel of
+her own&mdash;if you haven't given her one already."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>In the mean time Teddy had been wandering about the big house, not
+knowing quite what to do with herself. She went to her own room at
+first, but she could not stay there. It was just near enough to her aunt
+Joanna for her to hear muffled sounds from her room without knowing what
+they meant. She could not go in there, and her aunts were all too much
+occupied in obeying the doctor's commands and in waiting upon their
+sister to speak to her.</p>
+
+<p>The servants had collected in the back part of the hall, very much
+frightened at the state of affairs, weeping and exclaiming with one
+another. Theodora, after trying each unoccupied room in turn, at last
+found herself in the parlor. It was very dark at first, but she pulled
+up the Venetian-blinds at the front windows, and let in a flood of
+moonlight.</p>
+
+<p>Teddy had never before seen the room look so attractive. It was not
+often so brilliantly illuminated, for the shades were always carefully
+drawn. She moved restlessly about for a time, not daring to touch any of
+the treasures, but looking at them with interest and curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>The mended bowl was again in its place upon the Chinese table, the
+beautiful yellow porcelain shining in the silvery light.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if Arthur really didn't do it?" thought Teddy. "It is the
+queerest, strangest thing that ever happened. I wish we could find out
+about it."</p>
+
+<p>She thought about this for some time, and then spying a Chinese puzzle
+which hung from a corner of a cabinet, she took it down and began to
+play with it. It was composed of a number of slender sticks of carved
+ivory which were strung horizontally upon silken cords of various
+colors. Theodora had seen it before, and she never wearied of slipping
+the sticks up and down the silk, first disclosing a dozen cords, then
+but two or three, sometimes more, sometimes less, the mechanism of which
+constituted the puzzle. She worked at it for ten minutes, sitting in the
+full glory of the moonlight; and then suddenly she became conscious that
+she was not alone in the room.</p>
+
+<p>A slight, almost imperceptible noise behind her, the faintest of
+movements in the back of the room, told her that unquestionably some one
+was there!</p>
+
+<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="A_LOYAL_TRAITOR" id="A_LOYAL_TRAITOR">A LOYAL TRAITOR.</a></h2>
+
+<h4>A STORY OF THE WAR OF 1812 BETWEEN AMERICA AND ENGLAND.</h4>
+
+<h3>BY JAMES BARNES.</h3>
+
+<h3>CHAPTER XV.</h3>
+
+<h3>A GENTLEMAN VALET.</h3>
+
+<p>I breakfasted next morning with my three titled friends, and during the
+discussion we held it was agreed that the best way to keep suspicion
+from me&mdash;for they were apparently quite as apprehensive of my being
+taken by the authorities as an escaped prisoner as I was myself&mdash;was for
+me to assume the position of private servant for the nonce to my patron
+and kind friend Monsieur de Brissac.</p>
+
+<p>We started about nine o'clock in the morning along the post-road to the
+eastward, with a ride of some hundred and ten miles and over before us,
+I was informed.</p>
+
+<p>The two gentlemen drove ahead in a high-wheeled chaise, while I and the
+servant of Monsieur le Marquis de Senez followed by the coach within a
+few minutes of their starting. It was our intention to pass the night at
+Oxford, and we expected to reach London on the afternoon of the
+following day.</p>
+
+<p>They had spoken very openly before me, and although they had not
+indulged in any explanations, I garnered from the earnestness of their
+talk, and from the substance of it, that they had not given up all ideas
+of dwelling once more in France, and returning to the grandeur they had
+been accustomed to. Their bitterness against Napoleon was extreme, but
+with him out of it, I do not see how they ever expected to live in a
+country whose inhabitants they hated as a nation; for if the common and
+middle class of people do not compose a nation's blood and body, I miss
+my reckoning.</p>
+
+<p>The view from the coach-top as we descended the hill from the inn was
+extremely fine. The river below took a bend almost in the shape of the
+crook of a man's elbow, and enclosed an island covered with houses,
+connected with the shore by a large bridge. But soon we had shut the
+view of the water behind us, and as we progressed inland the smell of
+the sea disappeared entirely.</p>
+
+<p>The man Baptiste, alongside of whom I was sitting on the second seat,
+had the impassive, expressionless face of the trained servant. As he was
+not disposed to be communicative, and had evidently been told to treat
+me with respect, I grew reserved, and out of caution I kept silent; but
+nevertheless my enjoyment was not prevented from being of the very
+keenest.</p>
+
+<p>I could crowd these pages by detailing my sensations. I could have sung
+or shouted, so high were my spirits. And I had to keep all this to
+myself; and being but a lad, as I say, it was far from easy. Two or
+three times I got down to stretch my legs, and thus I found myself
+walking behind the coach as we entered the little hamlet of Witney. In
+fact I did not know that we were so close to a village until I saw the
+guard get out his horn to toot it, as was his custom when approaching
+one.</p>
+
+<p>Running after the coach, I swung myself on board just as we rolled
+across a bridge over a small clear stream. We had taken on fresh horses
+at a place called Burford, if I remember rightly, some short time back,
+and we would not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span> have stopped at the little place we were entering at
+all (the driver was pleased with himself and proud of the rate at which
+we had been travelling), but as we went by the gate of a private park we
+were hailed, and looking over the side, I saw two officers in
+regimentals waiting to be taken up on the coach. One of them had the
+uniform of the Somersetshire regiment that had been stationed at the
+Stapleton prison. In fact I recognized the man before he had seated
+himself as one of my former guardians. But he glanced carelessly at us,
+and stared rather insolently into the face of a young country lass who
+was evidently leaving home, as she had had her handkerchief to her eyes
+for the past hour or more.</p>
+
+<p>I need not have feared recognition if I had thought for a minute, for I
+was something of a dandy in my way. My legs were encased in gray
+breeches buttoned tightly from the knee to the ankle. My coat, with its
+long tails, was of blue cloth, with brass buttons, and the large velvet
+collar reached up behind, almost swamping my ears. My waist-coat had
+wide lapels (pulled outside the coat), and was made of cream-colored
+satin. My stock was of clean white linen, and my hat, that was a trifle
+too small, would persist in getting rakishly over my left eye, as if it
+understood that I was careless, happy, and defiant of bad fortune.</p>
+
+<p>I believe I could write pages of descriptions of all I saw and felt on
+this journey, but I am really most anxious myself to reach the more
+interesting part of it, and so resist temptation. We arrived at Oxford
+in the late afternoon. I was delighted at the glimpses of the old
+college buildings and the students playing at cricket in the fields,
+while through the trees I could see that we were near a river, as now
+and then the water would flash into sight.</p>
+
+<p>When we reached the inn at which we intended to stop, Monsieur de
+Brissac, who had arrived already, sent for me to come to his room. I was
+fully prepared to carry up his box or to tend him in any way, as
+befitted my supposed position; but as soon as I entered the apartment he
+greeted me with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, "be seated."</p>
+
+<p>A queer tingling thrilled me as he called me by that title.</p>
+
+<p>"I will explain to you," Monsieur de Brissac went on, "that in London
+there are a large number of us who have been forced to take up residence
+outside of France. Your own story is so remarkable that although,
+believe me, I myself do not doubt it, it would not be best to tell it to
+every one who might listen. Therefore, believe me, forget, as you have
+said, that you were an American, put outside from you the idea, above
+all things, that you have escaped from a prison of the English, and
+indeed, if possible, show little knowledge of the tongue. It is a
+frightful speech at the best, and racks the throat and ears. To people
+whom you meet you are Jean Am�d�e de Brienne, son of le Marquis Henri
+Am�d�e Lovalle de Brienne; your story is that you have come to England
+from America" (he lowered his voice and looked over his shoulder) "to
+join us. Ah, we need young blood and swords."</p>
+
+<p>"But, Monsieur le Marquis," I interrupted, intending to blurt out the
+truth and abide by the consequences, "there is just one thing I&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur de Brissac playfully touched me on the shoulder. "Never mind
+about that now," he said; "you will understand everything in a short
+time. Perhaps some day your grandfather's great estates shall belong to
+you, as they must in the sight of God and the saints, and as the blessed
+Church allows it to be true. Then," he exclaimed&mdash;"then we will whip
+this <i>canaille</i>, lash these dogs into shape, or drown them as they
+drowned us, eh? Ah, yes, that we will do. The bubble will soon burst,
+and they will be glad to take our crumbs. But no more for to-day.
+To-morrow you shall be informed. I know that you are to be trusted,
+monsieur. Say nothing. It is my pleasure to serve you. Be cautious with
+others."</p>
+
+<p>Of course this touched me, and I do not doubt I showed it as I bowed
+myself out of Monsieur de Brissac's apartments, that were the best the
+place afforded. Our conversation had been held in French, of course, and
+in setting this down I have condensed it somewhat, but the gist of what
+he said is here.</p>
+
+<p>I had begun to grow very much attached to my kind patron, for such I
+call him in this recounting; and I also was much taken with the elder
+man, the Marquis de Senez; but he was not so frank or, if I may say it,
+so simple as the other.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>Well! I have taken a leap over two weeks of time as the very best way to
+avoid falling into the error of becoming verbose.</p>
+
+<p>It is a great shift of scene. Here I was, seated in a low-backed
+soft-cushioned chair, with my feet on another, a linen napkin tucked in
+about my throat, and over me was bending a strange little old man who
+addressed me as "monsieur le marquis," as he curled my hair with a pair
+of hot irons. Now truly this was a change from being a prisoner at
+Stapleten, a scarecrow-clad figure doddering along the highway, or even
+from the position of a gentleman's gentleman riding outside of a coach
+on the post-road. Yet all these three had I been almost within the
+fortnight, and what was I now? Why, "le Marquis de Brienne," who dined
+with noblemen, and had learned in these few short days to make pretty
+speeches to ladies of quality in silks and satins. What is more, I was
+fairly launched as a conspirator.</p>
+
+<p>I hope that none who reads this will suppose that I was not sailing a
+proper course, or that I was living a life of deceit for the purpose of
+gain, for the reason that it is evident that I am gifted with an
+adaptable temperament. Oh no! I hope I can say that what money I had I
+came by honestly, for it had been given to me with the intention that I
+should pay it back at some future time (I have paid it long since, to
+the last penny), and I was imposing on no one, unless it was my friend
+Monsieur de Brissac, whose pleasure it was to do anything for me, and
+lastly there is nothing in all this that is intended as an apology of my
+position.</p>
+
+<p>It cannot be said that I was luxuriously surrounded, despite that I was
+lolling in an easy-chair and having my hair curled by my own private
+servant. I was living in lodgings on the top floor of a house not far
+from Orchard Street, off Piccadilly, a house that had more the dignity
+of age in its appearance than an air of prosperity. I was the possessor
+of a suite of four rooms under the roof.</p>
+
+<p>The click of the irons ceased for a minute.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, Monsieur le Marquis, I remember well your grandfather when I was a
+young man, and he not much older! He wore his own hair, monsieur. I
+never remember seeing him in anything else. It was much handsomer than a
+wig. You resemble him much, monsieur."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
+<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="700" height="552" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">"IF MARY COULD ONLY SEE ME NOW."</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This speech had called me back to myself, for at that moment I had been
+thinking of Mary Tanner and the old days on the hill-side at Belair.
+Yes, there was no doubt about it, she was much prettier than the
+Comtesse de Navarreins, with whom I had danced a quadrille the previous
+evening. What a strange career I had had! Oh, if Mary could see me now!
+How fine it was to be the nobleman! How Mary's eyes would open!</p>
+
+<p>But the old servant was waiting for me to speak.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, Gustave," I replied, making a wry face at myself in the glass, for
+the old man had given my hair a tremendous twist with the tongs, "I
+doubt that we shall see the old days again. From what I hear, France
+seems to be getting ahead fairly well without such men as my
+grandfather. The people seem to be able to look out for themselves and
+struggle on."</p>
+
+<p>I glanced at the reflection of the old man's face. On it was a compound
+of expressions.</p>
+
+<p>"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, quietly, "had they not killed the
+kindest master in the world I should be one of them to-day. It is that
+alone that made me leave my country. Could I but forget the guillotine
+and the days of horror, and that I really loved my King, I could rejoice
+in France's every victory."</p>
+
+<p>It rather surprised me to hear the old man speak thus, for his language
+was better than one might expect to hear from the lips of one who had
+been born and bred a lackey. But they set me to thinking, and his next
+question chimed in well with my thoughts.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You have seen France, Monsieur le Marquis?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"No, Gustave, I have never been there," I replied. "I have lived my life
+in far-off America."</p>
+
+<p>Now with this word a surge of pride came over me. What was this France
+that I had never seen to me? What were the plottings of the little band
+of nobles who had been despoiled of what they called their rights? Why,
+<i>I</i> was an American! There was my heart! Could I ever truly enter in
+with all my will and spirit for the cause or the factions of another
+exiled government? What reward was there for me? Ay, what reward? I
+remembered those brave men whom I had left in prison. (Ah, one can learn
+patriotism in a prison!) Sutton, the boatswain's mate, with the stars
+and stripes as big as your two hands tatooed across his broad chest,
+came in my mind's eye. His country's flag was mine! The watchword of
+Lawrence, that had been brought to us by the prisoners from the
+<i>Chesapeake</i>, rang in my ears as it had rung through the crowded prison,
+"Don't give up the ship!" Of a truth I was no Frenchman, though I could
+pass as such, and had done so.</p>
+
+<p>Wondering what my messmates had been saying about my strange
+disappearance, I fell into a reverie of retrospection. Where were
+Captain Temple and the <i>Young Eagle</i>? Where was Cy Plummer, who had
+loaned me his belongings, and who, in my mind's eye, I could see with
+his bundle over his shoulder, chanting his song as he went over the
+hill? Where was the brave sailor who had thrown his severed hand at the
+feet of the English officer, and what was I but a person who was
+allowing himself to become deeper embroiled in a cause in which he had
+no heart, and becoming committed deeper and deeper every day to plots
+and conspiracies for whose methods he had no stomach (yes, I may set it
+down&mdash;assassination, dagger, and pistol, were spoken of). Truly I had no
+place here, and a great wish came over me that I could exchange this
+borrowed finery, and this assumption of being what I was not, for a
+sailor's toggery, the wide sweep of the sea, and take up again my life
+on a vessel to whose peak I might look up and see the flag for whose
+sake <i>my</i> countrymen were dying, for whose sake I should and would be
+fighting as soon as God would let me.</p>
+
+<p>The door of the little room opened. Gustave had long since had my hair
+arranged to his satisfaction, and I had been sitting in silence I know
+not how long. But with the draught of air from the hallway I turned my
+head and saw a small dwarf of a man, who was a sort of a servant and
+boots in the house, standing there with the morning paper. I took
+it&mdash;the London <i>Times</i>&mdash;and read the head-lines in the first column,
+"England's Disgrace," in big black letters. And below it, "Has Another
+Vessel Been Lost in Single Action to the United States?" Hastily I read
+the reported rumor (pity 'twas nothing else) of the capture of another
+forty-four-gun frigate by the <i>Constitution</i>. I laughed aloud at the
+<i>Times</i>'s expressions of astonishment that such things should be, and
+then I threw the paper down and burst into a loud huzza.</p>
+
+<p>Gustave had been watching me as if he thought I had suddenly turned
+madman.</p>
+
+<p>"Is Napoleon defeated?" he inquired.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no; not that," I answered, smiling to myself, and I think truly
+that the old man gave a sigh of relief. At this moment there was a tap
+on the door, and the old servant laid down the fine plum-colored coat
+that he had been preparing for my wearing, and Monsieur de Brissac was
+ushered in by him with a low bow. The nobleman closed the door behind
+him. "Mon ami," he said, hurriedly, "I would speak to you alone."
+Gustave (he had been "loaned" to me by De Senez) was too old a servant
+to be told. He picked up a pair of boots and went out into the hallway.</p>
+
+<p>"It is arranged!" cried Monsieur de Brissac, speaking quickly and
+excitedly. "Three of us must leave for Paris. A cipher letter has been
+received. The time is most opportune, my dear Blondin."</p>
+
+<p>He gave me an embrace, to which I confess I replied, because he was my
+friend, and then he continued. "You are the one to go with us," he said.
+"De Senez and you and myself. We can face the danger bravely, mon ami.
+Consider the reward!"</p>
+
+<p>Ay, there it was again, "the reward." What did I really care for it?</p>
+
+<p>"I have an invitation for you to be one of a little partie carr�e this
+evening," Monsieur de Brissac went on. "I judge it is best that you
+attend. Eh, what's the matter?"</p>
+
+<p>I was standing with my back to him looking out of the window, when he
+approached and placed his hand upon my shoulder. I turned, and his eyes
+met mine. I was constrained to speak at once of what was uppermost in my
+thoughts. It required some courage.</p>
+
+<p>"Monsieur de Brissac," I asked, "what do you really think of me?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think you are one who can be trusted," he replied. "In fact, on that
+I would stake my life; but&mdash;" He hesitated.</p>
+
+<p>"But what?" I inquired.</p>
+
+<p>"I pray you not to take offence," my kind friend went on; "but why
+should I not tell you? The manner of your joining us was certainly most
+strange, and in some minds has excited a suspicion. That there have been
+spies among us, I know well; but you&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>I interrupted him. "Believe me, my dear friend, I would rather die than
+betray a single word of what I have heard or know by being told. But
+listen"&mdash;I spoke earnestly and slowly&mdash;"one can be honest with a friend.
+I truly doubt the ultimate success of any scheming to restore the old
+French r�gime. I have thought everything over carefully, and have come
+to a decision, my first statement put aside."</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur de Brissac said nothing, but stood there listening, with one
+elbow on the mantel-piece, whilst I continued speaking. It was some
+minutes before I had finished, but I told him frankly of my position,
+and what I considered right for me to do. He was most attentive, and
+although once or twice I saw that he felt like making some interruption,
+he restrained himself.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall not ask," he said at last, "why you did not tell me this thing
+before; but, believe me, even at this late hour, monsieur, I appreciate
+the confidence that you have placed in me. As to your misgivings in
+regard to our attempts to restore the better things, I shall say
+nothing. If you have weighed carefully the matter, I shall not attempt
+to dissuade you. But one thing, spoken as a friend, I must tell you: Do
+not, for your life, breathe a word of this to De Senez or to any of the
+others."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me, what am I to do?" I asked. "I am in your power&mdash;your hands."</p>
+
+<p>"It would be wrong," the Marquis replied, musingly, but with a sad tone
+in his words, "not to help you, aside from the requirements of
+friendship. So do not fear."</p>
+
+<p>"I do not fear; I do not fear," I reiterated. "But what shall I do?"</p>
+
+<p>"You must come with us to France," Monsieur de Brissac answered,
+speaking in the same low tone of voice. "Despite the embargo laid on
+trade and importations by the usurper, money works corruption,
+corruption means many things. It is a known fact that licenses to enter
+French ports have been sold to both American and English vessels. You
+are not safe in this country. Come with us to where danger will be no
+less, but chances to follow your own ideas the better. I can explain
+that you have left for some French port when you leave us, and if you do
+not return, I shall join in the mourning, that is all. We will increase
+our party by one in order to keep up the original number. I shall let
+you know to-night how we intend to leave England. Good-by, until this
+evening. Au revoir, monsieur."</p>
+
+<p>When he had gone I began to think and ponder over what had passed. Had I
+been foolish in being so frank and clear spoken? A word from the
+Marquis, and I might be returned to the hulks or the prison-yard. Yet in
+getting out of England lay my only chance. From what had gone before, I
+understood that it was intended to make a voyage across the Channel in
+one of the small smuggling vessels that plied an adventurous and
+remunerative trade along the coast of England, despite the careful
+watching of the coast-guard vessels and the war-ships. But Monsieur de
+Brissac's manner had chilled towards me&mdash;I felt that. My words had
+killed the enthusiasm with which he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span> had always addressed me. I half
+feared that I had been rash.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding this, we made rather a merry party at the gathering that
+evening. To all intents, nothing had occurred, and not until it came to
+the breaking up of the little poverty-stricken court, which was held at
+the mansion of the Comtesse de Navarreins, was there anything said of
+the approaching departure; but as we left, De Brissac ran his arm
+through mine, at the same time saying, "I shall walk home with you, if
+you will permit me, Monsieur de Brienne." We strolled in silence, I
+waiting for my friend to speak. At last he did so, at my door. "At
+twelve o'clock to-night you and I will start northwards in a chaise, and
+to-morrow evening," he whispered, softly, "we will find ourselves in the
+neighborhood of N&mdash;&mdash;, where we will meet the others, and debark, if the
+weather permits, in one of the little luggers that cut deeply into the
+King's revenue. If we land safely on the other side, you had best leave
+us at once. Leave it all to me. In an hour I call for you."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>Before daylight of the next morning Monsieur de Brissac and myself were
+some thirty miles north of London, driving through the county of Essex.
+At about ten o'clock we breakfasted at a way-side tavern, where we
+exchanged our tired horse for two saddle beasts, I having quite a tussle
+with mine as I mounted, and then we pressed ahead all the afternoon,
+expecting to be near the little village of N&mdash;&mdash; some time in the
+evening. It was damp and chilly for this time of the year; the prospect
+was not fine in the way of scenery, and my companion was in no talkative
+frame of mind. It was strange; I was, so to speak, a blind man in the
+power of his guide, for if I should lose Monsieur de Brissac, I should
+be in a bad way. At last I knew we were near the sea, for I could smell
+it in the air long before it burst in view.</p>
+
+<p>I wondered greatly at my patron's knowledge of the road and the by-ways
+by which we reached this particular bit of the coast. For hours we had
+ridden across a wind-swept plateau, seamed by many deep-worn paths
+running in all directions. In the earlier part of the afternoon
+gibbetlike sign-posts had helped to point us to the right direction, but
+as it grew toward dusk we saw none of them, and yet never once had
+Monsieur de Brissac faltered; turning and twisting and yet keeping the
+same general direction, until he had brought us to the edge of the
+narrow height along which we were riding. Finally we sighted a little
+cluster of huts, whose roofs we looked down upon from the top of a
+great, high sand cliff, and then Monsieur de Brissac pointed.</p>
+
+<p>"Your eyes are good," he said. "Can you see whether there is anything
+hanging from the window of the house nearest yonder small dock?"</p>
+
+<p>I gazed intently. In the growing darkness I could make out a white rag
+or something fluttering from the window-sill, and so I reported.</p>
+
+<p>"The signal," was the response to my information. "They are ahead of us,
+and all is well."</p>
+
+<p>It was no easy job to urge our tired nags down the steep runway, and had
+my mount backed and filled the way he had when I first put my leg over
+him, we might both of us have pitched headlong upon the roofs of some of
+the outlying huts, for they were scarcely more.</p>
+
+<p>I suppose that this little village was considered of too small
+importance to be watched closely by the government, but it must have
+been apparent that it was not fishing or net-mending that kept so many
+stalwart sailor-men there.</p>
+
+<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="CAPTAIN_LEARYS_SAMOAN_EXPERIENCE" id="CAPTAIN_LEARYS_SAMOAN_EXPERIENCE">CAPTAIN LEARY'S SAMOAN EXPERIENCE.</a></h2>
+
+<h3>SOME STIRRING INCIDENTS IN RECENT AMERICAN NAVAL HISTORY.</h3>
+
+<h3>BY FRANKLIN MATTHEWS.</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 296px;">
+<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="296" height="400" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">CAPTAIN LEARY AT SAMOA.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>No man can deny that there are times when war, with all its horrors, is
+necessary and honorable. One of these times is when war is waged for the
+rights of common humanity. Some of the most stirring episodes in our
+history have been associated with this kind of noble effort. Many a time
+have the decks of our men-of-war been cleared for action in such a
+cause. Many a time has some one of our naval officers, thousands of
+miles away from home, with no means of asking for instructions, taken
+action which meant warfare, with its loss of life and great expenditure
+of money, simply because he knew he was doing what was right, and really
+was acting for the civilized nations of the world. We thundered at the
+gates of Japan. We have fired on and punished pirates. Only recently we
+cleared our ships for action in the harbor of Rio de Janeiro. More than
+fifty years ago one of the bravest men that ever wore the naval uniform
+of the United States defied the power of Austria in her own waters
+because she would not give up an American citizen confined on one of her
+war-ships, and the roar of "Old Ingraham," as he ordered his ship
+cleared for action when he knew that in a fight he would probably be
+beaten, was heard around the world.</p>
+
+<p>Most of these "minor episodes" of our navy have been associated with the
+misdeeds of half-civilized nations. Occasionally one has had to do with
+a nation of first rank. One of these was the stand of Ingraham in
+Austria. I want to tell of another deed which, in my judgment, was as
+important as that of Ingraham, and which came within a hair's-breadth of
+involving us, in 1889, in war with Germany, then, as now, a nation of
+great military prowess. It is a story the full details of which have
+never been made known, and one that should make American blood tingle
+with pride. The story reveals the heroism of one of our naval officers
+who has always refused to exalt his part of the work, saying he merely
+did his duty; he did not hesitate, even if war with Germany should
+result, to uphold the honor of our flag, and to protect women and
+children and the sick and infirm in the name of humanity.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>That man was Commander Richard P. Leary of our navy, and the incidents
+that led up to his action happened at and near the harbor of Apia in the
+beautiful Samoan Islands. Time and again have I and other writers asked
+Leary to tell about it, and time and again has he resolutely refused,
+saying that the sense of having done his duty was all the reward he
+wanted. Consequently I have been forced to go to the public records and
+to some of the men who were in Samoa at the time to get the details of a
+long series of acts which resulted one day in an American man-of-war and
+a German man-of-war lying side by side a short distance outside of Apia
+Harbor, each cleared for action, and war between our country and Germany
+depending upon whether the Captain of the German ship should fire upon
+some native forts on the mainland. Such shots would have gone over the
+deck of the <i>Adams</i>, which Leary commanded, and he practically, although
+not literally, sent word to the German commander that the first shot on
+the native forts would be answered by a broadside from American guns.
+After almost an entire day of intense excitement on board both ships and
+on the mainland, the German commander yielded&mdash;went back into port&mdash;and
+a grave crisis in our history was safely passed&mdash;because of the
+patriotism and pluck of one of our naval officers who to this day
+refuses to talk about it.</p>
+
+<p>To understand the story fully we must go into the causes of the trouble.
+The Samoan, or Navigator Islands, have always been an object of envy by
+nations which are known as "land-grabbers." The desire of the Germans to
+secure control of those islands had caused most of the troubles of the
+Samoans in recent years. It was the old desire for money and property
+over again. The United States had long recognized the Samoans as a
+civilized people, and had made a treaty with them. In time Germany and
+England united with us in a joint treaty with the Samoans for their
+protection and development. German residents there wanted control of
+trade, and stirred up a rebellion against the High Chief, or King,
+Malietoa. They took the side of Tamasese, a pretender to the throne. On
+a pretext that property belonging to Germans&mdash;some pigs and some
+cocoanuts&mdash;had been stolen by Malietoa's men, they declared war against
+him, and finally made him give himself up to them to save his people
+from slaughter. He was deported to Africa, and later to Germany. The
+Samoans would not have Tamasese for King, and practically the entire
+nation rallied around Mataafa, who succeeded Malietoa.</p>
+
+<p>There was now a civil war between the two factions. The Americans did
+not take sides, except to refuse to acknowledge Tamasese as King. The
+Germans did take sides, notwithstanding the treaty of neutrality. They
+bombarded villages on this and that excuse; they fired on unarmed
+natives in boats; they gave aid openly to Tamasese; they assumed an air
+of possession of the islands. Now it must not be supposed that all this
+was done with the full approval of the German government, because the
+Germans in time brought back Malietoa, and since then they have recalled
+the one man who stirred up most of the trouble. In speaking, therefore,
+of the matter, let it be understood that we have strict reference to
+those Germans alone who were in Samoa.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="400" height="282" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">THE GERMAN WAR-SHIP "ADLER."</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>There was constant friction between the Americans and Germans in Apia,
+and many letters passed between Captain Leary and the Captain of the
+German war-ship <i>Adler</i>, stationed there at the time. This being a story
+of Captain Leary's patriotic acts, we need go no further into the
+details of Samoan history. One of the first of Leary's notable acts was
+to send a letter, on September 6, 1888, to the Captain of the <i>Adler</i>.
+The <i>Adler</i>, on the day before, had gone to the island of Manono to burn
+the houses and villages of the natives who would not support Tamasese.
+The war-ship took some of Tamasese's boats in tow, and soon the guns of
+the war-ship were heard bombarding houses known to have been occupied by
+defenceless women and children. The <i>Adler</i> came back the next day, and
+at once Captain Leary sent the German Captain a letter of protest. He
+recited what he knew of the bombardment and what he had been told, and
+then he added, with a firmness that does one good to read:</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>"Such action, especially after the Tamasese party having been
+represented as a strong government, not needing the armed support
+of a foreign power, appears to be a violation of the principles of
+international law as well as a violation of the generally
+recognized laws of humanity. Being the only other representative of
+a naval power now represented in this harbor, <i>for the sake of
+humanity I hereby respectfully and solemnly protest in the name of
+the United States of America and of the civilized world in general</i>
+against the use of a war-vessel for such service as was yesterday
+rendered by the German corvette <i>Adler</i>."</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span></p><div class="figright" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="400" height="259" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">THE UNITED STATES WAR-SHIP "ADAMS."</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This was the first open breach between the commanders of the two
+war-ships. Leary based his action simply on the ground of humanity. One
+of his next conspicuous acts was to uphold the honor of the American
+flag. A body of Tamasese's men were encamped on Mulinuu Point, which the
+Germans claimed was under the jurisdiction of their government because
+Germans owned property there. Some of these natives saw an American flag
+floating at the top of a tree not far away. It was placed there by a
+half-breed who was an American citizen. It floated above his own
+property. The Tamasese men tore it down and into strips. Then they
+partly wrecked his house and threatened to kill him. Captain Leary soon
+heard of it, and he sent a letter to the <i>Adler</i>'s Captain asking if the
+natives were under the protection of the German war-ship. He wanted to
+fix the responsibility for the insult to the American flag, because, as
+he said, he was "obliged to furnish necessary protection to Americans in
+jeopardy."</p>
+
+<p>The German Captain made a non-committal reply, and the next day Leary
+repeated his request, saying that the question at issue was not one of
+diplomacy, but of military policy. He then showed his American spirit in
+these utterances:</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>"Under the shadow of the German fort at Mulinuu atrocities have
+been committed on American property, and the lives of the American
+owners have been threatened and jeopardized by armed natives, who
+appear to be sheltered by the naval force belonging to the vessel
+under your command. My official obligations do not permit me to
+negotiate with diplomatic or political representatives of foreign
+powers, but with military or naval commanders interested in
+official acts; and as the naval commander charged with the
+protection of American citizens, I again have the honor
+respectfully to request to be informed 'whether the armed natives
+at Mulinuu Point are under the protection of the Imperial Naval
+Guard belonging to the vessel under your command or are they not
+under that protection.'"</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Leary received an evasive reply to this, and the relations between the
+two commanders became more strained. Leary did not stop with this. He
+sent a letter to Tamasese demanding restitution. The Germans, who had
+control of the local post-office, would not forward the letter, and
+later Leary sent another, in which he said:</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>"I have the honor to inform your Highness that the articles
+forcibly taken from the house of Mr. Scanlan by your people have
+not yet been returned, and that they must be restored to Mr.
+Scanlan without unnecessary delay, for which purpose I shall wait
+until sunset, Wednesday the 14th, and if it be not reported to me
+by that time that my demand has been complied with, I shall be at
+liberty to take such action as will in future <i>enforce a wholesome
+respect for the American flag</i> and the laws and property under its
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>"A red flag hoisted at the foremast of an American war-vessel
+simultaneously with the discharge of a blank charge will be the
+signal for you to remove from your fort and vicinity to a place of
+safety all women, children, sick, and wounded, for which purpose a
+liberal time will be allowed before resorting to more serious
+measures."</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>No second notice was required from Leary. Tamasese restored the property
+to Mr. Scanlan, including the American flag, which floated secure from
+insult on his property afterward.</p>
+
+<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="THE_WRONG_TRAIN" id="THE_WRONG_TRAIN">THE WRONG TRAIN.</a></h2>
+
+<h3>BY SOPHIE SWETT.</h3>
+
+<p>The night telegraph operator at Orinoco Junction had the mumps. His name
+was Samuel Dusenberry, and he was seventeen, which is young to have so
+responsible a position; in fact it was Sam's first position, and he was
+on trial. He was also the head of his family, and in that position Sam
+had been heard to grumblingly remark that he was also on trial, for
+Phineas and Mary Jane, and even little Ajax, thought they could manage
+things as well as he could.</p>
+
+<p>Although seventeen is young for such responsibilities as Sam's, it is
+disgracefully old to have the mumps&mdash;or so Sam thought, and he persisted
+in declaring that he hadn't, while his cheeks swelled and swelled, until
+his watery smarting eyes were almost concealed; and he was extremely
+cross when little Ajax assured him that if he felt just as if he were
+not Sam at all, that was the mumps, because that was the way he felt
+when he had 'em. Mary Jane, who attended to the family grammar, was
+somewhat troubled because they all spoke of the disease as plural; but
+Phineas stoutly maintained that this was proper when you had 'em on both
+sides at once, like Sam.</p>
+
+<p>He hadn't the mumps, and if he had, he was going to his work at the
+station that night; that was what Sam insisted, although Mary Jane
+begged him not to with tears in her eyes, and threatened to tell their
+mother, from whom they carefully kept every worrying thing, because she
+was a helpless invalid. It was only at the last moment, when he found
+that things began to whirl around him and his knees to shake, when he
+tried to get to the door, that Sam gave up, and said he supposed Phineas
+would have to go in his place.</p>
+
+<p>"It is so fortunate," said Mary Jane, "that Phineas knows how."</p>
+
+<p>"But he's such a sleepy-head. I ought to have asked the company to
+appoint a substitute. It's irregular, anyway, and if anything should
+happen&mdash;!" groaned Sam.</p>
+
+<p>He was one who felt his responsibilities, and mumps are not conducive to
+cheerful views. As for Phineas, he felt that at last the boy and the
+opportunity had met. Phineas had been repressed&mdash;kept in the background
+all too long, in his own opinion, first by the supposed superior
+"smartness" of Sam, and second by the continual tutelage of his twin
+sister Mary Jane. Her whole attention seemed to be given to the subject
+of what a boy ought not to do; after a time this becomes wearing upon
+the boy. Perhaps Mary Jane had come to assume this unpleasant
+superiority because a heavy twin-sisterly duty constantly devolved upon
+her&mdash;keeping Phineas awake; in the history class, in the long prayer,
+when Uncle Samuel came, periodically, to give them good advice, Mary
+Jane found it always necessary to keep her eye on Phineas and the
+sharpest elbow in Orinoco in readiness.</p>
+
+<p>At first Mary Jane had said that he ought not to learn telegraphy,
+because he could not keep awake; but when he persisted, she came to
+share his optimistic belief that it would <i>keep</i> him awake. But perhaps
+Sam's groan was not without its excuse; certainly no one disputed that
+Phineas was "a sleepy-head."</p>
+
+<p>"I tell you it's hard for even an old stager to keep awake all night
+long"&mdash;Sam had been an operator for two months&mdash;"even when he's had some
+sleep in the daytime, as you haven't. It won't do for you to sit down at
+all, you know; or if you get all tired out walking round, sit on the
+tall three-legged stool out in the middle of the floor; if you get to
+nodding, that will tip over. I've fallen asleep once or twice, but it
+has waked me when my office has been called on the wire. It wouldn't
+wake you!"</p>
+
+<p>"It won't have a chance, because I sha'n't be asleep," said Phineas,
+stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>"Your eyesight is good, isn't it, Phin?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I rather guess!" said Phineas, indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>"You have to swing a red or a white lantern. I shall be glad when we
+have the semaphore signals on our road." (Sam's easy use of learned
+technical expressions always caused Mary Jane's mouth to open wide with
+admiration.) "I say, Phin, what color are Mary Jane's mittens?" Sam
+asked this question with sudden breathless eagerness. "A new operator,
+who was color-blind, wrecked the Northern Express on the L&mdash;&mdash; road!"</p>
+
+<p>"Red," said Phineas, with scornful promptness, and was then forced to
+pass an examination in all the colors of Mary Jane's hooked rug.</p>
+
+<p>"And if there's anything you don't understand, you can ask Lon Brophy in
+the ticket-office." Sam fell back on the lounge, with a long sigh, as he
+gave Phineas this parting assurance.</p>
+
+<p>But Mary Jane ran out to the gate after him. "Don't<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span> sit down even on
+the three-legged stool. It might go over and you wouldn't wake. Think of
+the boy that stood on the burning deck, or the one that let the fox gnaw
+him, whenever you feel sleepy." Along with this stern advice Mary Jane
+forced upon Phineas a dainty lunch that she had prepared, and a can of
+coffee, which he could heat upon the station stove.</p>
+
+<p>After all, Mary Jane was a good sister, and perhaps she did not deserve
+that Phineas should mutter, as he walked along, that it was a mistake
+for a girl to think herself so smart.</p>
+
+<p>As Phin walked toward the station in the bracing air of the November
+night, he was hotly resentful of the distrust that had been shown of his
+ability to take Sam's place for just one night.</p>
+
+<p>The station at Orinoco Junction was a lively place when Phineas relieved
+Tom Woolley, the day operator, at six o'clock. At that time many trains
+stopped, and they were crowded, because there was a great political
+gathering at L&mdash;&mdash;, twenty miles farther on. The little restaurant was
+filled with a jostling crowd. The sharp cries of the popcorn boys
+mingled with political announcements and a running fire of boasts and
+jokes.</p>
+
+<p>Tom Woolley took down his overcoat from its nail with a sigh of relief.</p>
+
+<p>"They've kept me at it all day," he said.</p>
+
+<p>But at the door he turned, as if struck by a sudden misgiving, and
+looked Phin over critically.</p>
+
+<p>"It's going to quiet down by-and-by. Can you keep awake all night&mdash;a
+youngster like you?"</p>
+
+<p>It seemed as if Mary Jane must have been telling; she always did talk
+and talk&mdash;a worse fault than being a little sleepy, if she had only
+known it, thought Phin. Tom Woolley was nineteen, and had an incipient
+mustache; he twirled its imaginary ends as he looked Phin over; and
+Phin's blood boiled.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, sonny, don't fire up," said Tom, easily; "but you'd better
+look sharp, you know," he added, with a grave nod. "There are a couple
+of extra trains expected, and the president of the road is likely to be
+on board of one of them; lives up at Ganges, you know&mdash;going home to
+vote."</p>
+
+<p>Phin muttered that he guessed he could take care of extra trains,
+whether there were presidents on board or not, and when Tom Woolley had
+taken himself off, his courage rose, and he felt himself master of the
+situation.</p>
+
+<p>By seven o'clock there came a lull; when the nine-o'clock bell rang from
+the Baptist church steeple you would have thought all Orinoco had gone
+to sleep. There were no trains between half past eight and ten. Nine
+o'clock was Phin's bedtime; it's queer, but almost anywhere, unless it's
+the night before the Fourth of July, a boy feels his bedtime; besides,
+the room was close, and the clock ticked monotonously. Phin heated his
+coffee and ate his luncheon; he wasn't hungry, but it was necessary to
+do something to shake off drowsiness. There was chicken, and Nep
+crunched the bones and barked for a cooky; after that he scratched the
+door and whined so that Phin was forced to let him out; he thought the
+dog only wanted to stretch his legs and breathe a little fresh air, but
+Nep walked deliberately homeward, and refused to be whistled back. Nep
+disliked irregular proceedings, and knew the comfort of one's own bed at
+night.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I don't really need him to keep me awake," Phin said to
+himself; but nevertheless his heart sank; he began to have a suspicion
+that nights were long.</p>
+
+<p>He pulled himself together and began to walk the floor; when he grew so
+tired that he ached he drew the three-legged stool out into the middle
+of the floor and perched himself upon it.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly&mdash;it seemed only a moment after he had brought out that
+stool&mdash;he found himself in the office with his hand on the key; there
+had been a call on his office; he had been asleep, and had been wakened
+by it, as Sam boasted that he had been! A fellow might allow himself to
+drowse a little when he could wake like that.</p>
+
+<p>No, the Punjaub express had not passed; that was what they wanted to
+know at Cowaree and all along the line. Presently uncomplimentary
+epithets began to be hurled at him over the wire. Sam had complained
+that the fellow at Cowaree had "the big head," but&mdash;the Punjaub express
+had passed, so they said!</p>
+
+<p>He must have slept very soundly; the three-legged stool <i>was</i> tipped
+over; he remembered vaguely that he had picked himself off the floor to
+answer that call.</p>
+
+<p>Drops of perspiration stood upon Phin's forehead when he returned to the
+waiting-room after that Cowaree fellow and the others had exhausted
+their eloquence.</p>
+
+<p>He began a weary march around the room; it would not do to sit down
+again, even upon the three-legged stool. Did any one ever know, who had
+not tried it, what a terrible job it was to keep awake all night?</p>
+
+<p>Another call! An order from the despatches to hold No. 39 express for
+orders, and run downward trains against it. That was a responsibility,
+for failure might involve serious accidents. There was no danger that he
+would fall asleep now!</p>
+
+<p>And yet, after a long hour had dragged by, there was a heaviness upon
+his limbs, an oppression upon his brain. He forced himself to walk, but
+he remembered that he had read that sentries sometimes walked while fast
+asleep. Something must be done, and Phineas forced his wits to work;
+they were the wits that had floored the schoolmaster and helped to
+invent the skunk-trap.</p>
+
+<p>He twined some cotton twine across the track at such a height that the
+train would break it. He fastened it to the platform railing, then drew
+it through the key-hole of the door; he tied a piece of zinc upon the
+end, and his coffee-can and the poker, and all these articles he placed
+upon the top of the stove. There were two trains to pass before the No.
+39 express; there would certainly be a clatter that would awaken him to
+report the first one.</p>
+
+<p>He lay down upon the lounge; he was conscious of a blissful,
+irresistible fall into a gulf of sleep, and then&mdash; There was no clatter,
+but a wild scream of pain and fright from the track. Phin sprang to his
+feet, his heart beating wildly; he had slept, and the accident he had
+dreaded had come! He rushed to the track. A man was scrambling to his
+feet, begging for mercy, and piteously demanding a temperance pledge; it
+was old Hosea Giddings, of Crow Hill, who never missed a night at the
+Junction saloon. He had tripped upon the string and broken it. It was
+evident that no train had passed, and Phin felt a thrill of relief. He
+stood back and let the old man scramble up unaided; it was well that he
+should find snares for his feet in the neighborhood of the saloon.</p>
+
+<p>It grew still again, deadly still, after Hosea Giddings and his vows
+were out of hearing, and Phin felt that sleep was again settling down
+upon him. He found a ball of very stout linen twine&mdash;that was not a bad
+scheme if the string were strong enough; but this time he tied the end
+to his own wrist. A pull upon that would be more certain to awaken him
+than any noise. Two trains before the No. 39 express; after they had
+passed, a string would not serve, for that must be stopped with the red
+lantern.</p>
+
+<p>He lay down again upon the lounge; the last thing that he remembered was
+feeling for the string about his wrist, to be sure that it was tight.</p>
+
+<p>He was hurled violently across the floor; he felt an almost unendurable
+pain; there was a crash, as if heaven and earth came together, and
+then&mdash;was it a long time or only a moment afterwards that he saw Mary
+Jane's face bending over him? She had put water upon his face, and
+something redder than water was trickling from his wrist.</p>
+
+<p>That twine had been strong enough to drag him, and it had cut his wrist
+almost to the bone; his head had hit the stove, and all those things
+that he had forgotten to take off it had come down and hit him.</p>
+
+<p>"I had such a bad dream I just got up and came! I couldn't help it," he
+heard Mary Jane say.</p>
+
+<p>It all seemed to him like a bad dream; but he heard himself say eagerly,
+although it sounded to him like a far-away voice, "No. 39 express, stop
+it! stop it!"</p>
+
+<p>There was in the distance the thunder of a train. Mary Jane seized the
+red lantern from its nail and rushed out.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Though he was still half stupefied, Phin staggered to his feet and made
+his way to the door; in the moonlight he could see the flutter of Mary
+Jane's plaid shawl as she stood on the track.</p>
+
+<p>The train slowed up, and came to a stop only a few feet from the plaid
+shawl.</p>
+
+<p>The conductor demanded an explanation in an excited voice; the engineer
+and the brakeman were complaining in strong language that the train was
+behind time, and shouldn't have been stopped unless for a matter of life
+and death.</p>
+
+<p>Phin had made his way to the track, although he was faint and dizzy; but
+his voice failed him when he tried to speak, for he realized in a flash
+that it was the Ganges branch train that Mary Jane had stopped!</p>
+
+<p>"She&mdash;we meant to stop No. 39 express. I got hurt a little and mixed
+up," he faltered at length.</p>
+
+<p>The conductor and the engineer and the brakeman and several train-boys
+and passengers expressed in chorus a strong though condensed opinion of
+the Orinoco station, and of telegraph operators who fell asleep and left
+girls to manage affairs. Perhaps it was as well for Phin's feelings that
+he could not stop to hear it all; there was a call on his office, and he
+hurried as well as he could to the instrument.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop Ganges branch; tunnel bridge broken!" That was the message.</p>
+
+<p>Phin seized the red lantern, which Mary Jane still held, as she sat,
+mortified and miserable, upon the door-step, and rushed up the track.
+The Ganges train had only just started on again, but there was evidently
+a distrust of Phin's red lantern; by the hootings with which it was
+greeted, Phin judged that they thought it a bad joke or another mistake.
+They seemed to mean to run him down. Well, then, they might!</p>
+
+<p>Phin set his teeth, held the lantern aloft, and stood as if he were
+rooted to the track. He made ready to spring for the cow-catcher; it
+actually grazed him as he stood before the train stopped.</p>
+
+<p>"Tunnel bridge broken!" he screamed, hoarsely, as he had been screaming
+incessantly above the rushing of the train and the din of angry voices;
+but it was mechanically now, and they had to carry him back to Mary
+Jane. His wrist had been bleeding all the time; the right wrist, too,
+that swung the lantern; and his head was badly hurt; and&mdash;well, it is no
+disgrace for a boy to faint sometimes.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="500" height="440" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">"THERE WAS AN OLD GENTLEMAN WITH A FUR COLLAR TURNED UP
+TO HIS EARS WHO MADE FRIENDS WITH MARY JANE."</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The passengers poured into the station; there was a great chorus of
+thanksgiving, and they made what Phin called a great fuss over him and
+Mary Jane. There was an old gentleman with a fur collar turned up to his
+ears, who made friends with Mary Jane. He seemed to feel deeply what a
+narrow escape the train had had, and he sharply rebuked the conductor
+when he said that the night was so light that they might have seen that
+the bridge was broken; he "did keep an eye on that bridge as soon as the
+frost came, because it was old." (It proved to have been a gang of
+discharged workmen who had wrecked the bridge.) The old man declared it
+a providential mistake that had stopped the wrong train and let the
+message arrive in time.</p>
+
+<p>When they were relieved, in the early morning, after all the Ganges
+passengers had gone on by such conveyances as they could find, Phin and
+Mary Jane walked homeward together.</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't say a word to Sam," warned Phin. "It would only worry him.
+I mean about stopping the wrong train, and all that. I've just heard
+that the old gentleman who talked to you was the president of the road.
+I hope you didn't tell him anything!"</p>
+
+<p>The president of the road! Phin turned and looked with severe suspicion
+at Mary Jane, and Mary Jane turned so pale that the freckles stood out
+like little mud spatters on her face.</p>
+
+<p>"I only told him how anxious Sam was," she faltered, "and what you did
+to keep awake&mdash;all about the zinc and poker and things, and how your
+wrist was cut."</p>
+
+<p>"You've told the president of the road that I'm a sleepy-head! Now I
+hope you're satisfied!"</p>
+
+<p>That was, I fear, an unhappy day for Mary Jane; but the next night, when
+Phin went down to help Sam, who would go, although he was not much
+better, Tom Woolley reported that he had received a message from that
+Cowaree fellow, the same one who was so uncomplimentary, that orders had
+been received from headquarters that a place was to be found, the very
+first desirable vacancy, for "a plucky, wide-awake fellow" who had
+substituted the night before in the Orinoco office. And a free pass had
+been ordered for Miss Mary Jane Dusenberry, with the compliments of her
+friend the president of the road.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"><a name="INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT" id="INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT"></a>
+<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="700" height="142" alt="INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT" />
+</div>
+
+<p>As there has been occasion more or less of late to deprecate the holding
+of so-called "junior" events in track-athletic meetings, it is perhaps
+an appropriate time to devote some space to the subject of athletics for
+younger sportsmen, and to try to impress them, if possible, with the
+fact that any kind of training for boys under sixteen years of age is
+not only inadvisable but absolutely injurious. If boys of that age wish
+to take regular exercise&mdash;and they all should&mdash;there are better things
+for them to do than to train for contests of speed and endurance. They
+will do better for themselves if they will restrict their endeavors to a
+milder form of athletics, to simple body motions or calisthenics. This,
+of course, is not so interesting, and I know these words will fall upon
+many deaf ears, but their truth will be recognized none the less by
+those who have the slightest experience in such matters.</p>
+
+<p>It is perhaps natural that young boys who see their older companions
+constantly at some kind of preparation, or training, for some branch of
+sport, should wish to imitate their elders, and go in to some similar
+kind of regular work. The older athletes, and those who look after their
+development, ought to use all their power to prevent the youngsters from
+trying to train, instead of encouraging them, as they do, by offering
+medals as prizes in "junior" events.</p>
+
+<p>The last thing that growing boys should try to accomplish is to get
+hardened muscles. This sort of thing retards growth and development,
+thereby defeating the very end that the boys think they are attaining.
+The best kind of training for the younger lads is to keep regular hours,
+both for meals and sleep. They will find this more beneficial than to
+keep a regular hour each day for running or jumping or putting up heavy
+dumbbells. The boy who gets his breakfast, luncheon, and dinner at a
+regular hour each day, and who sleeps eight or nine hours each night,
+and who bathes every morning, will make a much stronger man than the boy
+who trains for "junior" events.</p>
+
+<p>But, as exercise should form a part of each day's occupation, the
+sixteen-year-old boy should take his exercise in a way that will do him
+the most good. He will probably not find it so interesting at first, but
+he will soon discover that he is becoming a better specimen physically
+than his fellows who can run a hundred yards or a mile under a certain
+figure, that really does not mean very much.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 135px;">
+<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="135" height="300" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 1.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>There are a number of body motions that can be performed at home alone,
+or in the gymnasium with others, that develop the chest and the arms,
+the back and the legs, so that when the time comes when it can do no
+harm for a young man to enter into regular athletic training, his
+muscles are supple, his skin is clear, his chest is deep, his back is
+straight, and his legs are firm enough to allow of the natural strain
+which comes from any kind of training.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 176px;">
+<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="176" height="250" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 2.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>One of the simplest methods of developing the strength of the legs is to
+stand erect with the hands on the hips (Fig. 1), and to perform what is
+called the frog motion.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span> That is to bend the knees and to squat down,
+rising at the same time on the toes, and keeping the body erect, from
+the waist up (Fig. 2). This motion should be continued up and down until
+you feel tired. Stop at once when the slightest sensation of fatigue is
+felt. At first a boy will not be able to perform this motion more than
+ten or a dozen times, but if he keeps it up every morning he will soon
+find that he does not become tired until he has dropped and risen again
+some seventy-five or a hundred times. The important point, however, that
+must be kept in mind all the time is not to overdo.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 310px;">
+<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="310" height="400" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 3.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Having gone through the exercise just described, for a few minutes, it
+is well to try something else that will exercise a different set of
+muscles. For instance, stand erect and lift the arms high overhead, the
+palms turned outward, and then bring them rapidly down to the level of
+the shoulders and up again (Fig. 3). Do this a few times, and then try
+another arm motion. Stretch the arms forward, the finger-tips touching,
+and then swing them horizontally back as far as possible, rising on the
+toes at the same time (Fig. 4). As in the case of any other kind of
+work, this practice will tire the novice, but at the end of a few weeks
+it will be surprising to note how long the exercise can be kept up
+without fatigue.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 348px;">
+<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="348" height="400" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 4.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>These three exercises will be found sufficient for the first few weeks,
+but thereafter a greater variety may be adopted. An excellent exercise
+is to stand erect, with the hands lifted above the head, thumb to thumb,
+and then to bow over forward, keeping the knees stiff (Fig. 5). At first
+the hands will not come within eight or ten inches of the floor, but
+within a week or so it will be an easy matter to touch the carpet with
+the ends of the fingers.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 160px;">
+<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="160" height="400" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 5.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Another movement that will develop the muscles of the waist and back is
+shown in Fig. 6. Stand erect, with the heels together and the arms
+akimbo, the hands firmly settled upon the hips. Then move the body about
+so that the head will describe a circle, the waist forming a pivot about
+which the upper portion of the body will move. At the start the circle
+described by the head will be very small, but as the muscles become
+limbered and the waist becomes supple the body will swing easily about
+through a much broader area.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 227px;">
+<img src="images/ill_016.jpg" width="227" height="400" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">FIG. 6.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>There is no use denying that all these things are at the start
+uninteresting, and I know from experience that even with the best
+intentions there will be a strong temptation at the end of a week to
+give up the whole business. But here is where the sand and determination
+of the American boy must prove itself, and the lad who sticks to the
+monotonous exercise in his own bedroom will be the one in after-years to
+stand the best chance for a position on his college crew or eleven.</p>
+
+<p>There was a man in my class in college who as a boy lived in a small
+town where there were no athletic contests. Some one told him that if he
+wanted to get strong he ought to start in in the morning and dip between
+two chairs, lacking parallel bars. His adviser told him to dip once the
+first morning, twice the second morning, three times the third morning,
+and so on. It is evident that on the last day of the year he would dip
+365 times, if he could only keep up this regular increase. He soon found
+that he was unable to do this, but he was surprised at the end of the
+year to notice how easily he could dip a number of times between two
+chairs, whereas his playfellows could barely perform the act three or
+four times.</p>
+
+<p>When that boy came to college he was the strongest in our class about
+the chest and arms and back, and could perform wonderful feats of
+lifting himself and of dipping on the parallel bars in the gymnasium.
+But, unfortunately, the man who had suggested to him to dip each morning
+between two chairs had not thought of telling him that he ought likewise
+in some manner to develop the muscles of his legs, and so he was
+consequently overdeveloped from the waist up and under-developed from
+the waist down. This goes to show that when exercising it is imperative
+that all the muscles of the body should be given an equal chance,
+otherwise some parts of the anatomy must suffer at the expense of
+others.</p>
+
+<p>A very little exercise performed regularly and for a long period will do
+much more for any boy or man than<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span> vigorous exercise performed for one
+or two hours a day for only a few weeks during the year. It is the
+little drop of water falling constantly that wears away the stone.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/ill_017.jpg" width="600" height="375" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">CORRECT WAY TO HOLD A HOCKEY-STICK.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The accompanying illustration will give a better idea of the proportions
+of a hockey-stick, and the manner of holding it, than any description
+can do, better even than the photograph published in the last issue of
+the <span class="smcap">Round Table</span> with a brief description of the game.</p>
+
+<p>The members of the Arbitration Committee of the New York I.S.A.A. at a
+recent meeting voted to ask the University Athletic Club to accept the
+responsibility of acting as arbitrators in any future disputes between
+the schools. It is to be hoped that the University A.C. will undertake
+this, for a committee of college graduates can, beyond question, be more
+serviceable to the interests of amateur sport in this matter than any
+committee made up of individuals whose interests are closely related to
+scholastic athletics.</p>
+
+<p>It is pleasant to note that the officials of the N.Y.I.S.A.A. refused to
+allow the tie between Berkeley and De La Salle for the skating honors of
+the League to be settled by the unsportsmanlike expedient of gambling.
+One of the schools wanted to toss a coin to settle the matter, but this
+was very properly overruled. There is only one step from this sort of
+thing to the settling of all contests by the arbiter of a coin without
+taking the trouble to go to the field. That is not sport. When it is
+proved (as in a jumping contest) that two contestants can do no better,
+after repeated attempts, one than the other, it is just and proper that
+some method be adopted to determine who shall have the medal&mdash;although
+the points <i>must be split</i>. If both contestants agree to toss for the
+medal, well and good; for the medal is merely an evidence of success,
+and does not in any way affect the merit of the contest which has
+already been settled and recorded, before the owners of half a medal
+each determined to take the chance of possessing two halves of a medal
+or no medal at all.</p>
+
+<p>The renewal of athletic relations between Exeter and Andover seems to
+have put new life and energy into every branch of sport at the New
+Hampshire school. An enthusiastic meeting of the entire school was held
+a few days ago in order to collect money for the management of a
+track-athletic team, and a very respectable sum was realized. More men
+have turned out for practice than for many years at Exeter, and the
+Captain of the team feels greatly encouraged over the prospects for the
+winter and spring season. A team of Exonians will go down to the big
+in-door meeting of the B.A.A., and a still stronger team will probably
+be gathered to represent the school at the New England I.S.A.A. games in
+June. Dual games with Worcester and Andover will probably also be
+arranged. It is pleasing to note this renewed activity at Exeter, for
+there was a time&mdash;just about ten years ago&mdash;when the P.E.A. accepted
+second place to nobody in athletics. The decadence which the school has
+just passed through, and from which she is now making a vigorous
+endeavor to arise, may prove to have been a blessing in disguise. The
+fact that all this was the result of questionable methods in sport
+should stand as a glaring proof that straightforwardness, after all, is
+the only path to success in athletics as well as in any other work.
+Exeter now stands as a champion of purity in sport, and for that reason
+we may very well look forward to her brilliant success within the next
+few years.</p>
+
+<p>In connection with the news of activity in northern New England comes
+the report from New Haven that the Hillhouse High-School will not put a
+track-athletic team into the field this spring. At a recent school
+meeting this action was definitely determined, and it was voted that the
+school would support a baseball team only. If it was found that the
+school could only support one of these two branches of sport, the choice
+to keep up baseball was a wise one, but at the same time it is
+regrettable to see so strong a member of the Connecticut
+Inter-scholastic League as H.H.-S. fall out of the ranks. So far as I am
+able to ascertain at the present writing, the reason for dropping track
+athletics was purely financial, but as the Connecticut Association seems
+to be rich just now, perhaps this obstacle may be removed.</p>
+
+<p>The comment upon the dispute over the football "championship" going on
+between the Southbridge High-School and the North Brookfield
+High-School, printed in a recent issue of this Department, has called
+forth a number of letters from partisans of both sides. The actual
+standing of the affair seems, however, to be very clearly settled by Mr.
+T.&nbsp;E. Halpin, Vice-President of the Worcester County South A.A., who
+assures me that there existed no league for football in the Worcester
+County South A.A. this fall, and that therefore there was no possibility
+of there being any "championship" of football in that association, since
+the W.C.S.A.A. claims no jurisdiction over football affairs. It would
+seem that Southbridge and North Brookfield have been wasting a great
+deal of valuable breath and writing-paper over nothing, and if the two
+schools are uncertain as to which is the better in athletics, they might
+preferably wait until next spring and settle the question on the
+baseball-field.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
+<img src="images/ill_018.jpg" width="700" height="398" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">W.&nbsp;S. McCLAVE OF TRINITY WINNING THE NOVICE RACE AT
+STAMFORD.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the Skating-races held recently in Stamford, W.&nbsp;S. McClave, of
+Trinity, proved himself one of the cleverest of the skaters present, and
+won several important races. The illustration on another page represents
+McClave winning the novice race.</p>
+
+<p>It has been decided that the race between the crews of the Milwaukee
+East Side High-School and the St. John's Military Academy shall take
+place on the last Saturday in June.</p>
+
+<p>It seems necessary to repeat every few months that the editor of this
+Department can pay no attention to anonymous communications.
+Correspondents who desire to have their questions answered, whether by
+mail or through these columns, must give their names.</p>
+
+<h4>"TRACK ATHLETICS IN DETAIL."&mdash;<span class="smcap">Illustrated.&mdash;8vo, Cloth, Ornamental</span>,
+$1.25.</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">The Graduate</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 230px;">
+<img src="images/ill_019.jpg" width="230" height="400" alt="ROYAL BAKING POWDER" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Celebrated for its great leavening strength and healthfulness. Assures
+the food against alum and all forms of adulteration common to the cheap
+brands.</p>
+
+<h4>ROYAL BAKING POWDER CO., NEW YORK.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>Arnold</h2>
+
+<h2>Constable &amp; Co</h2>
+
+<h2>Children's Wear.</h2>
+
+<h3>SPRING STYLES.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Organdie, Dimity,</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Percale and Silk Frocks.</i></p>
+
+<h3>Hand-Made Guimps.</h3>
+
+<h3>INFANTS' WEAR.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Real Lace Robes,</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Hand-made Dresses,</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Long Cloaks.</i></p>
+
+<h4>Broadway &amp; 19th st.</h4>
+
+<h4>NEW YORK.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>EARN A TRICYCLE.</h2>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/ill_020.jpg" width="300" height="281" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We wish to introduce our Teas. Sell 30 lbs. and we will give you a Fairy
+Tricycle; sell 25 lbs. for a Solid Silver Watch and Chain; 50 lbs. for a
+Gold Watch and Chain; 75 lbs. for a Bicycle; 10 lbs. for a Gold Ring.
+Write for catalog and order sheet Dept. I</p>
+
+<h4>W.&nbsp;G. BAKER,</h4>
+
+<h4>Springfield, Mass.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>HARVARD UNIVERSITY</h2>
+
+<h3>SUMMER SCHOOL.</h3>
+
+<h4>For Pamphlet apply to M. Chamberlain, Cambridge, Mass.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/ill_021.jpg" width="400" height="136" alt="PISO'S CURE FOR CONSUMPTION" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a name="QUESTIONS_FOR_YOUNG_MEN" id="QUESTIONS_FOR_YOUNG_MEN">QUESTIONS FOR YOUNG MEN.</a></h2>
+
+<h3>ON EXAMPLE.</h3>
+
+<p>There is a famous statement of the average preparatory-school boy, which
+has been so often made that it is historic, to the effect that he can do
+whatever he pleases because nobody will be fool enough to follow his
+example. He feels that men older than himself&mdash;men in college, or
+graduates of college, or grown-up men&mdash;may be setting example to others,
+but that he has not sufficient influence with any one to induce him to
+follow his example in anything. Sometime after the preparatory-school
+boy has grown up he will find that from year to year the same feeling
+sticks by him, and that he never considers himself a person worthy to
+set example to any one else.</p>
+
+<p>If he only realized it, he would discover that even as a
+preparatory-school boy he is looked up to by the younger boys in the
+lower classes and by those who have not yet arrived at the point where
+they can enter a school at all. In other words, you, as a schoolboy, are
+setting an example to somebody else just as certainly as is your father
+or your grandfather is setting an example to others; and the feeling you
+have, that you are responsible to no one as an example for what you do,
+is wrong. It is very simple to understand this if you think it over a
+moment. For instance, a member of a college 'varsity team is a great man
+to the members of school teams. If they see a member of the 'varsity
+team drinking and smoking, they believe that it is proper for them to do
+so, and yet if you were to ask this man if he realized what an example
+he was setting, he would maintain that nobody was fool enough to think
+of looking to him for guidance. And this influence not only spreads over
+younger men in the school, but has a strong power in the college itself;
+for the fact that an athletic man is looked up to at the university and
+that the athletic man lives a normal life induces a great many other
+members of the university to take him as an example; and as a matter of
+record the strict training and the loyalty and thoroughness required by
+captains from members of their teams have done much to raise the
+standard in our big colleges to-day.</p>
+
+<p>Every boy, therefore, should always bear in mind that he has a name to
+keep up and a record to keep clean, not alone because it is right to do
+so, but because he can never tell when some one else may not be looking
+to him as an example and may not be tempted to do things unworthy of
+boys because he does them. There is perhaps just as much evil on the
+other side of the question&mdash;that is, where a young man (or an old one,
+for that matter) feels that he is continually an example to others, and
+lives two different lives, one for the benefit of his friends and the
+other for himself. The example is of no value itself. It is merely that
+you, living your daily life, entering into sports and into studies at
+school, can never tell when your school-mates or persons whom perhaps
+you may never know may not be unconsciously observing your actions, and
+be accepting them as standards for themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Thus every man and boy and girl is at some time or other, and often
+frequently, a guide or example for others, and it behooves him or her to
+bear this in mind from day to day. It should not cause worry; the
+responsibility of it ought not to weigh any one down; but the idea that
+you can do whatever enters your head, provided that in your mind you are
+satisfied that it is right for you, is not always correct.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>TRYING HER IN A SQUALL.</h3>
+
+<p>A good story is told of the late Captain R.&nbsp;B. Forbes, who was
+interested in some seventy sail of fine vessels, and who built many
+clippers for the India and China trade before the general application of
+steam. It seems that while testing the sailing qualities of a
+clipper-schooner, she was struck by a squall in Boston Harbor, fell on
+her side, filled with water, and went down. Fortunately she had a boat
+in tow, which saved all hands. He would not start a sheet nor luff her
+into the wind to prevent her being capsized; he was determined to know
+what she could do in a squall, even at the risk of his life and the
+lives of a select party of nautical friends he had with him; and
+although this experiment may have been of intense interest to Captain
+Forbes, it is doubtful whether his invited guests relished their
+position. Later she was raised without much trouble and had her spars
+reduced. For years afterwards she was famous along the coast of China
+for her speed.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Forbes's brother, Hon. John M. Forbes, now in the eighty-fourth
+year of his age, has an original steel clipper of the following
+dimensions: Length on the water-line, 125 feet, 154 feet 6 inches over
+all; has 27 feet 6 inches extreme breadth of beam; is 12 feet 6 inches
+deep; has engines of 400-horse power; is fully rigged as a two-masted
+schooner, and has a steel centreboard 21 feet long by 6 and 7&frac34; feet
+wide; is a complete sailing-clipper as well as a steamer, and is the
+only vessel of the kind in the world. She is also unsinkable; if full of
+water she will still float, having air-tight compartments along her
+sides like a life-boat.</p>
+
+<p>Under sail, with a working breeze, she will stay within nine points in
+three minutes; by the wind, sail eight knots; and going free, twelve
+knots. She is named the <i>Wild Duck</i>, has been in service about two
+years, and has been quite successful under steam and sails.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>THE CAT.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 21em;">The cat's a happy animal</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 22em;">When blows the winter bluff,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Because she purrs and dreams all day</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Within her downy muff.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 21em;">But I am sure when summer comes</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 22em;">And roasts us with its glare,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 21em;">She'd like to be the Chinese dog,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 22em;">That hasn't any hair.</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;">R.&nbsp;K.&nbsp;M.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>SAILORS AND THE SMALL BOAT.</h3>
+
+<p>It is a curious fact that few seamen can handle a small boat with
+facility. This applies chiefly to the crews of sailing craft, as the
+large steamship corporations long ago realized this failing among
+sailors, and instituted a series of boat drills on their steamships that
+have been productive of excellent results. Knowledge of the workings of
+small boats is a requisite that every seaman should possess, and young
+men intending to follow the sea for a livelihood should acquire it
+before they tread the decks of a vessel, as they will have but little
+opportunity afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>The wise forethought of steamship corporations on having their crews
+drilled saved many lives at the wreck of the steamer <i>Denmark</i>, as
+something like 734 persons were transferred from her to the <i>Missouri</i>
+without a single accident in mid-ocean during a heavy swell. It follows,
+therefore, that those who seek recreation on the water would do well not
+to go in any boat, unless it is in charge of an experienced boatman, and
+is amply supplied with life-preservers. Boats ought to be ballasted with
+fresh water in small casks, instead of stones or iron, so that, in the
+event of being capsized, the ballast may help to keep them afloat. A
+young man who may have been only a very few times in a boat, under
+favorable circumstances, assumes he can manage one. He makes up a party,
+the wind freshens or a squall ensues, he loses his head, a capsize takes
+place, the boat sinks, and the chances are that he and his companions
+will be drowned. Those who go boat-sailing ought to leave as little to
+chance as possible.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a name="STAMPS" id="STAMPS"></a>
+<img src="images/ill_022.jpg" width="600" height="282" alt="STAMPS" />
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>This Department is conducted in the interest of stamp and coin
+collectors, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question
+on these subjects so far as possible. Correspondents should address
+Editor Stamp Department.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>This is the height of the auction season. One auction a day is a fair
+average, and several lists with reserved prices have been sent out to
+prospective buyers, who are asked to compete against each other by mail.
+The straight auction where no stamp is held at a reserve will always
+commend itself to collectors. In the few instances where it was
+suspected that "a string was attached to the valuable stamps," such
+dissatisfaction was aroused that no self-respecting or far-sighted
+dealer will countenance any thing which savors of unfair bidding.</p>
+
+<p>In the issue of January 5 I referred to a rumor that the Bureau of
+Engraving contemplated a new issue of U.S. stamps. Although no official
+notice has been given, it is believed the government intends to issue
+the new set during the International Postal Union Convention which meets
+in Washington this spring. I advise young collectors to look up the
+blank spaces especially in the current issue. For instance, the
+guide-lines now used make eight varieties of the 1c. and 2c. stamps,
+viz., guide-line at the top, bottom, left, or right, and the lines at
+top and left, top and right, bottom and left, and bottom and right. Then
+there are the three varieties of triangles in the 2c. stamps, and also
+the marked varieties in the color of the early compared with later
+printings.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Baltimore</span>.&mdash;The Nova Scotia 1c. black is worth 30c.; the 5c. blue
+about 10c.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">E.&nbsp;C. Wood</span>.&mdash;U.S. stamps issued before 1861 are not available for
+postage, but all issues from 1861 are valid to-day.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;E. Kinter</span>.&mdash;The "Army and Navy" is not a coin, but is one of the
+many war tokens issued in 1861.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">J. Mann</span>.&mdash;The early Portugal have been reprinted. The Argentine
+1892 2 centavos and 5 centavos were formerly high-priced, but of
+late they can be bought for 75c to $1 for the two.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">A. Danby</span>.&mdash;The Cape of Good Hope first issue were triangular. They
+are slowly advancing in value.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">J. Joyner</span> and <span class="smcap">J. Rasmussen</span>.&mdash;We do not sell albums or stamps or
+coins, nor supply catalogues. Refer to advertisements of dealers.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;R. Avery</span>.&mdash;You can buy a very good 1834 half-dollar from a
+coin-dealer for 75c.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;L. Underhill</span>.&mdash;Your stamp is a Swiss revenue stamp.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">H. Lek. Demarest</span>.&mdash;An unused U.S. stamp which has been creased
+cannot have the crease removed without taking off the original gum.
+Trondhjem stamps are Norway locals. A revenue stamp with one side
+unperforated is worth a little less than one with all four sides
+perforated.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">D.&nbsp;D. Wardwell</span>.&mdash;Apply to any dealer for list of S.S.S.S. stamps.
+Confederate bills are worthless, as there are millions of them in
+existence. The San Francisco find of $20,000 U.S. Revenues will not
+affect the value of the stamps.</p>
+
+<p>G.&nbsp;H.&nbsp;C. and <span class="smcap">E.&nbsp;D. Beals</span>.&mdash;No value.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">C.&nbsp;W. Walker</span>.&mdash;The half-penny is worthless. U.S. half-cent, 1809,
+is worth 10c.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">J. Smythe</span>.&mdash;I know very few collectors of postal cards, and
+personally never collected them. I think it would pay you to join
+the Postal-Card Society if you are going to collect cards on
+anything like a fair scale. At auctions postal cards bring very
+small prices, but probably there are no rarities in the lots
+offered in this way.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">A.&nbsp;A. Fischer</span>.&mdash;The water-marks on the Tuscany stamps, first issue,
+are in four horizontal rows of three crowns in each row. It
+requires quite a block to see an entire crown. The second issue is
+on a paper bearing interlacing lines, with an inscription running
+diagonally from the lower left to the upper right corner.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Philatus</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/ill_023.jpg" width="600" height="282" alt="IVORY SOAP" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>IMPORTANT BOOKS</h2>
+
+<h4><i>PUBLISHED RECENTLY</i></h4>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>George Washington</h3>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Woodrow Wilson</span>, Ph.D., LL.D. Copiously Illustrated by <span class="smcap">Howard Pyle</span>,
+<span class="smcap">Harry Fenn</span>, and Others. Crown 8vo, Cloth, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top,
+$3.00.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>We doubt if the career of Washington has ever received worthier
+treatment at the hands of biographer, historian, or political
+philosopher.&mdash;<i>Dial</i>, Chicago.</p>
+
+<p>A familiar and delightful study of Washington.... We do not recall
+a popular work on Washington of more graphic interest than
+Professor Wilson's performance.&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Bulletin.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>"Harper's Round Table" for 1896</h3>
+
+<p>Volume XVII. With 1276 Pages and about 1200 Illustrations. 4to, Cloth,
+Ornamental, $3.50.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>The book is one which is sure to delight all the
+children.&mdash;<i>Detroit Free Press.</i></p>
+
+<p>One of the best periodicals for children ever
+published.&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Ledger.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>Naval Actions of the War of 1812</h3>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">James Barnes</span>. With 21 Full-page Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Carlton T. Chapman</span>,
+printed in color, and 12 Reproductions of Medals. 8vo, Cloth,
+Ornamental, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top, $4.50.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Unquestionably both the most lifelike and the most artistic
+renderings of these encounters ever attempted.&mdash;<i>Boston Journal.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brimful of adventure, hardihood, and patriotism.&mdash;<i>Philadelphia
+Ledger.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>The Dwarfs' Tailor</h3>
+
+<p>And Other Fairy Tales. Collected by <span class="smcap">Zoe Dana Underhill</span>. With 12
+Illustrations. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.75.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>The twenty-two tales form a cosmopolitan array that cannot fail to
+delight young readers.&mdash;<i>Chicago Tribune.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fascinating for old and young.&mdash;<i>Boston Traveller.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>A Virginia Cavalier</h3>
+
+<p>A Story of the Youth of George Washington. By <span class="smcap">Molly Elliot Seawell</span>.
+Illustrated. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.50.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Warmly commended to all young American readers.&mdash;<i>Chicago
+Inter-Ocean.</i></p>
+
+<p>An absorbing tale.&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Bulletin.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>Rick Dale</h3>
+
+<p>A Story of the Northwest Coast, By <span class="smcap">Kirk Munroe</span>. Illustrated by <span class="smcap">W.&nbsp;A.
+Rogers</span>. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.25.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Lively and exciting, and has, incidentally, much first-hand
+information about the far Northwest.&mdash;<i>Outlook</i>, N.&nbsp;Y.</p>
+
+<p>Capital story of adventure.&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Evening Bulletin.</i></p></blockquote>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h4>HARPER &amp; BROTHERS, Publishers, New York</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>THAT MYSTERY TRIP.</h2>
+
+<h4>Answers and Money Awards in that Exciting Contest about a Queer Journey.</h4>
+
+<p>The Mystery Trip story proved a mystery indeed to many, for while the
+puzzle was rather easy, it scared out not a few contestants by its
+looks&mdash;like the famous animal in the Bunyan narrative. And the questions
+thought by most solvers to be the hardest proved to the successful ones
+the easiest. For example, the great majority could not find "Tidbottom's
+spectacles," nor guess the riddles. The first-prize winner failed on one
+of the easy questions&mdash;What was the sea of darkness?&mdash;but answered
+everything else. His name is Herbert Wiswell, and he lives in Melrose,
+Mass.; and since he did so much better than any one else he is awarded a
+big prize&mdash;$25 in cash. The next two winners are girls. One is Anna
+Whitall James, of Riverton, N.&nbsp;J., and the other Bessie Steele, of
+Chicago. They did almost equally well, but not quite the same. So to the
+former is given $5 and the latter $3. To the other eight of the best
+ten&mdash;in addition to the first big prize&mdash;the offer was to divide $40
+among the best ten&mdash;$1 each is awarded. Their names follow in order: De
+F. Porter Rudd, of Connecticut; Franklin A. Johnston, New York; Bryant
+K. Hussey, of Illinois; J. Lawrence Hyde, of Washington; W. Putnam, of
+New York; Fred P. Moore, of Massachusetts; J. Lurie, of New York; and G.
+Edwin Taylor, of Pennsylvania.</p>
+
+<p>The following are placed on the honor list. All found at least 33 of the
+37 questions: Freida G. Vroom, of New Jersey; Nannie R. Nevins, of New
+York; Maud G. Corcoran, of Maryland; Robert Meiklejohn, Jr., of Ohio;
+Ernest Haines, of New York; Frank J. and S.&nbsp;N. Hallett, of Rhode Island;
+Robert C. Hatfield and William J. Culp, of Pennsylvania; Margaret A.
+Bulkley and Rose G. Wood, of Michigan; and Claude S. Smith, of New York.</p>
+
+<p>Here are the answers to the questions: 1. A travelling-rug that would
+transport its owner anywhere he wished to go. 2. A golden arrow given
+him by the gods which rendered him invisible as he rode through the air.
+3. Vulcan. 4. Spectacles that enabled their wearers to see real
+character beneath an assumed one. (See George Wm. Curtis's <i>Prue and
+I</i>.) 5. A broom which he put at his ship's mast-head to indicate he
+intended to sweep all before him. 6. A Druid monument near Aylesford, in
+England. 7. Don Quixote. 8. Rosinante. 9. Dean Swift. 10. John Brown's
+dog "Rab." 11. One that could cover an army and yet be carried, when
+desired, in one's pocket. 12. An offering given to the priest at
+Whitsuntide according to the number of chimneys in his parish. 13. Roman
+coins dug up at Silchester, in England. 14. Old German coins made to
+unscrew; inscriptions were placed inside. 15. The Gate of Dreams. 16. An
+old name for the Atlantic Ocean. 17. A ship made by the dwarfs, large
+enough to hold all the gods, which always commanded a prosperous gale;
+it could be folded up like a sheet of paper and put into a purse when
+not in use. 18. The flying island, inhabited by scientific quacks,
+visited by Gulliver in his travels. 19. A mountain which drew all of the
+nails out of any ship which came within reach of its magnetic influence.
+20. Scotland. 21. Roger Bacon. 22. Charles II. 23. Garibaldi. 24. Robert
+Southey. 25. Should have been "budge," not "bridge." The question is
+therefore ruled out&mdash;that is, none who missed it had the error counted
+against them. The answer is: a company of men dressed in long gowns,
+lined with budge or lamb's wool, who used to accompany the Lord Mayor of
+London on his inauguration. 26. Something made of all the scraps in the
+larder. (See <i>Merry Wives of Windsor</i>.) 27. An imaginary land of plenty,
+where roast pigs ran about squealing "Who'll eat me?" 28. The Escurial.
+29. Caverns in the chalk cliffs of Essex, England. 30. An old jail in
+Edinburgh, Scotland. 31. A curious stone in Mexico cut with figures
+denoting time. 32. Corea. 33. December 13, 1688. 34. Simple people in
+the time of King John who danced about a thorn-bush to keep captive a
+cuckoo. 35. A badge worn by those who received parish relief in the
+reign of William III.; it consisted of the letter P, with the initial of
+the parish where the owner belonged in red or blue cloth, on the
+shoulder of the right sleeve. 36. The paper that enclosed the cartridges
+which were used in the Civil War. 37. A bookworm.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>Boys will be Boys.</h3>
+
+<p>In the <i>Life and Letters of Dr. Samuel Butler</i> recently published, it is
+shown that the saying "boys will be boys" was as true many years ago as
+it is to-day.</p>
+
+<p>"There was a certain Exciseman in Shrewsbury who was very trim and neat
+in his attire, but who had a nose of more than usual size. As he passed
+through the school-lane the boys used to call him 'Nosey,' and this made
+him so angry that he complained to Dr. Butler, who sympathized, and sent
+for the head boy, to whom he gave strict injunctions that the boys
+should not say 'Nosey' any more.</p>
+
+<p>"Next day, however, the Exciseman reappeared, even more angry than
+before. It seems that not a boy had said 'Nosey,' but that as soon as he
+was seen the boys ranged themselves in two lines, through which he must
+pass, and all fixed their eyes intently upon his nose. Again Dr. Butler
+summoned the head boy, and spoke more sharply. 'You have no business,'
+said he, 'to annoy a man who is passing through the school on his lawful
+occasions; don't look at him.' But again the Exciseman returned to Dr.
+Butler, furious with indignation, for this time, as soon as he was seen,
+every boy had covered his face with his hand until he had gone by."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>Signs of Coming Events.</h3>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Burning ears indicate, you know, that we are being talked about.
+When the right ear burns, something to our advantage is being said;
+when the left ear is troubled, something detrimental is being said.
+An old darky I knew of had a spell to stop this kind of gossip. She
+spat on her finger, made the sign of a cross on her ear, and said,</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"If yer talkin' good, good betide ye;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Talkin' bad, hope de debil ride ye."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>"Mother Goose" is responsible for the following:</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"If you sneeze on Monday, you sneeze for danger.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Sneeze on a Tuesday, kiss a stranger.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Sneeze on a Wednesday, sneeze for a letter.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Sneeze on a Thursday, something better.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Sneeze on a Friday, sneeze for sorrow.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Sneeze on a Saturday, see your sweetheart to-morrow."</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Eugene Ashford</span>.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Portland, Oregon</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>A cat eating grass is a sign of rain.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Evening red and morning gray</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Lets the traveller on his way.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Evening gray and morning red</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Brings down rain on the traveller's head."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Snow lingering on the ground is a sign that the winter will be
+severe.</p>
+
+<p>Stumbling up stairs is a sign of your marriage within the year.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Rosa Elizabeth Hutchinson</span>, R.T.F.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Montclair</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>Knew Himself Best.</h3>
+
+<p>The Rev. John Watson, who has written several successful books under the
+<i>nom de plume</i> of "Ian Maclaren," recently visited this country&mdash;his
+home is in Liverpool, England&mdash;where he met with wonderful success on a
+lecture tour. Just before departing for his home he met a New York
+editor who was a class-mate of his at school years ago in Edinburgh,
+Scotland. Calling him familiarly by his first name, as of old, Dr.
+Watson, in response to congratulations, said: "I am glad this success
+did not come to me when I was young. Why, Dave, if this had happened
+when I was twenty-one, it would have turned my head, and I should have
+thought myself a very great man! But now I know better."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>Funny Incidents with Unfamiliar Languages.</h3>
+
+<p>The late George du Maurier, an account of whose early student days has
+recently been published by Messrs. Harper &amp; Brothers, was once much put
+out by an Englishman who took him for a Frenchman. The two conversed for
+a while in French, the Englishman stumbling through the conversation,
+thinking it necessary to bring into service all the French he knew in
+order to make himself understood by this greatest of English satirists.</p>
+
+<p>But Du Maurier was not the only man to have this experience. Some years
+ago a party of four American gentlemen met, in the park at Versailles,
+four American ladies whose acquaintance they had made some months before
+in Germany. Desiring to treat them to a carriage ride, one of the
+gentlemen motioned to a cab that stood near. Supposing cabby to be
+French because he was in France, the eight summoned their best French,
+and, after a great deal of difficulty, in which cabby seemed dull and
+the Americans unable to give a French pronunciation to their French,
+succeeded in fixing upon a price for a two-hour ride. As four of the
+party were about to enter the carriage, one lady objected to the small
+seat. The cabby desired, so it afterward developed, to tell the lady she
+could sit on the front seat with him. Thinking of an inducement for so
+doing, he undertook to express it by bending over, shaking his trousers,
+then his coat tails, next his coat collar, and lastly his mustaches,
+which he pulled to their greatest length, having first inflated his
+cheeks to their fullest extent. His performance was so ludicrous that
+the whole party laughed, and some lady, in true American vernacular,
+shouted,</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I never!"</p>
+
+<p>The man straightened up instantly. "Are you folks English?" he
+ejaculated. Assured that they were next thing to English, and that they
+could not speak French, cabby said, "Neither can I."</p>
+
+<p>"But what were you trying to say by those antics just now?"</p>
+
+<p>"That it would be cooler on the high front seat," said cabby.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the objection to the seat was waived, and the party, not put
+out as was Du Maurier, enjoyed a hearty laugh over their half-hour
+wasted in trying to make a bargain with cabby in a language that neither
+they nor he understood.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>Societies Active in Good Deeds.</h3>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>I write to tell you of the success of the Iris Club, of which I
+told you in the fall. After I wrote, we decided not to give our
+dues to a "home," but to give a church fair instead. It was a big
+undertaking for five schoolgirls, busy with lessons and music, but
+would bravely, making as many articles as possible. I made about
+one hundred. We got tickets printed free, and the fair was held at
+our house. Several ladies furnished music, and tickets, including
+ice-cream, were fifteen cents. We sold plants, embroidery, and
+other things on commission. So, although we took in $65, when
+everything was paid for we had $53.60 to give to the church. At the
+fair we had five tables, and then one large cake-table, besides a
+Wheel of Fortune and a fortune-teller. We asked all our friends for
+cakes and articles for sale, and the girls acted as waitresses. It
+was a great success, and the club justly feels proud of it.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the Iris, another club, the Drumtochty, has been started
+here, also a benevolent institution, for making clothes for poor
+children. We meet every week, and we sew our garments. After they
+are finished we keep them until a poor family is found. Instead of
+reading books, the Iris reads "A Loyal Traitor," in <span class="smcap">Harper's Round
+Table</span>, and enjoys it very much. We wish success to any other young
+society trying to do good.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Adelaide L.&nbsp;W. Ermentrout</span>, Secretary.</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;">"<span class="smcap">Granstein</span>."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>National Amateur Press Association.</h3>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Undoubtedly one of the most interesting and beneficial hobbies of
+young people is amateur journalism. The chief promoter of this
+cause in the United States is the National Amateur Press
+Association, an organization consisting of upward of three hundred
+members scattered all over the country. Conventions are held every
+year, when new officers are elected and other business transacted.
+The last one was held at Washington, D.&nbsp;C., and was a success in
+every way. The next convention will be held in San Francisco,
+California. For the nominal sum of $1 any one interested to that
+amount is admitted to membership. A large number of papers are
+issued by different amateurs of the association, which are sent to
+all members, free of charge. Mr. Allison Brocaw, Litchfield,
+Minnesota, is at present recruiting chairman, and will supply any
+one interested with further information.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Elmer B. Boyd</span>.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a name="THE_CAMERA_CLUB" id="THE_CAMERA_CLUB"></a>
+<img src="images/ill_024.jpg" width="600" height="195" alt="THE CAMERA CLUB" />
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p>Any questions in regard to photograph matters will be willingly
+answered by the Editor of this column, and we should be glad to
+hear from any of our club who can make helpful suggestions.</p></blockquote>
+
+<h3>A NEW PROCESS FOR SENSITIZING PAPER.</h3>
+
+<p>In the <i>American Annual of Photography for 1896</i>, Mr. E.&nbsp;W. Newcomb
+tells how to make vignettes with an atomizer by spraying the paper with
+a sensitive solution. This seemed such a clever idea that the editor
+made a trial of the method, and found that many artistic effects could
+be produced in this way which could not be made by any other process
+either of printing or sensitizing the paper.</p>
+
+<p>The sensitizing solution can be applied so as to obtain any form
+desired, and paper thus prepared may be used in many different ways not
+possible with a paper which is coated all over evenly.</p>
+
+<p>The atomizer must be of hard rubber&mdash;both tube and stopper&mdash;as metal
+either corrodes or injures the sensitive solution. The spray must be so
+fine that it is almost a mist, and the atomizer should be tried before
+purchasing. Clear water will do to test the fineness of the spray.</p>
+
+<p>The first experiments should be made with the blue-print solution, as
+this is not only cheaper, but easier to prepare and handle, and when dry
+it shows just where the solution has been applied. Pin the paper by the
+corners to a smooth board, set it in an upright position, and holding
+the atomizer perhaps a foot away from the paper, direct the spray to the
+place on the paper where the heaviest printing is intended. Squeeze the
+bulb gently, so that the solution will not soak into the paper, and at
+the edges, where the solution must be applied lightly in order to
+produce vignetted effects, hold the spray farther away from the paper.
+By a little practice one can soon make any shaped vignette desired.</p>
+
+<p>If any member of our Camera Club is looking for some new way of making
+prints for gifts, here is a suggestion: Cut plain salted paper in sheets
+8 by 10 in. in size. Take an 8 by 10 in. card-mount, and cut out a
+square from the centre, leaving a margin 1 in. wide on one side and at
+the top and bottom, and on the other side a margin 1&frac12; in. wide. Over
+the corners of this mat paste triangles of paper in the way that corners
+are made for desk-blotters, pasting the edges down on one side, and on
+the other leaving the paper free from the card-board, so that a sheet of
+paper may be slipped under the corners. Take a piece of plain paper,
+slip it into the mat&mdash;the corners holding it in place&mdash;turn it over, and
+hanging or fastening it against the wall, spray it with the sensitive
+solution in the places where you wish to print pictures. The mat made of
+card-board protects the edges of the sensitive paper, and makes a nice
+wide margin. Half a dozen sheets sensitized, printed, and bound together
+with an attractive cover, either made of rough paper or some fancy
+card-board, will make a pretty gift for a friend, and something that
+will not be duplicated. To make a more elaborate present, select some
+familiar poem, easily illustrated, choose negatives which will make
+appropriate pictures for it, print, wash, and dry the pictures, then
+with French blue water-color letter the verses of the poem in the clear
+spaces left on the paper. If a little taste is used in arranging and
+printing the pictures, putting them in different places on the sheet,
+one can make a very artistic little booklet. The side of the paper with
+the 1&frac12; in. margin is the edge for binding. If a touch of gold is
+given to the lettering the effect is more striking. Small cakes of what
+is called water-color gold may be bought for 10c. or 15c., and is the
+kind used for lettering on paper.</p>
+
+<p>This way of sensitizing paper will suggest many ideas for decorative
+work, such as menu-cards, letter-heads, calendars, mats for pictures,
+etc. The blue-print solution is the simplest to use in preparing paper
+in this manner, but the same result may be obtained with other
+solutions. The formulas given for tinted sensitive solutions in previous
+numbers of the <span class="smcap">Round Table</span> could be used, and many delicate and
+attractive tones be obtained. Prints made on paper sensitized with a
+spray instead of being applied with a brush have the appearance of wash
+drawings.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Sir Knight Hugo Kretschmar</span> sends a number of negatives and asks
+what is the matter with them. He explains that they were taken with
+a No. 1 kodak on a day when the ground was covered with snow,
+making an exposure of ten seconds. The trouble with the negatives
+is that they are much over-exposed. Ten seconds is a long time to
+expose a plate even on a dark day, and when the snow is on the
+ground the exposure should be instantaneous, unless plate and lens
+are both very slow. The best time to make snow pictures is early in
+the morning or late in the afternoon, when the shadows are long. If
+a slow plate is used, make an exposure of two seconds, and develop
+as for a time picture. The camera which Sir Hugh asks about is a
+good camera for a cheap camera.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Sir Knight W.&nbsp;D. Campbell</span>, 420 Fifth St., Brooklyn, N.&nbsp;Y., asks if
+some member of the club living in St. Louis, Mo., will send him a
+view of the part of the city which was destroyed by the tornado. In
+return he will send a good picture of the ocean greyhound
+<i>Campania</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Sir Knight William Merritt</span>, Rhinecliff, N.&nbsp;Y., wishes to exchange
+some interesting views taken at Rhinecliff, N.&nbsp;Y., for some views
+taken in Central Park, New York city. Will some of our New York
+members write to Sir William? He would also like to exchange
+scenery photographs with any of the members of the club.</p>
+
+<p>Any member who does not receive a response to his request for
+prints may have the same printed again, after a reasonable length
+of time.</p></blockquote>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>ADVERTISEMENTS.</h2>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>Postage Stamps, &amp;c.</h2>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 136px;">
+<img src="images/ill_025.jpg" width="136" height="147" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><b>STAMPS!</b> 300 genuine mixed Victoria, Cape, India, Japan, Etc., with Stamp
+Album, only 10c. New 96-page price-list FREE. Approval Sheets, 50% com.
+Agents Wanted. We buy old U.S. &amp; Conf. Stamps &amp; Collections. <b>STANDARD
+STAMP CO., St. Louis, Mo., Est. 1885.</b></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;">
+<img src="images/ill_026.jpg" width="150" height="108" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><b>ALBUM AND LIST FREE!</b> Also 100 all diff. Venezuela, Bolivia, etc., only
+10c. Agts. wanted at 50% Com. <b>C.&nbsp;A. Stegmann</b>, 5941 Cote Brilliant Ave.,
+St. Louis, Mo.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>500</h2>
+
+<p>Mixed, Australian, etc., 10c.; <b>105 var.</b> Zululand, etc., and album, 10c.;
+12 Africa, 10c.; 15 Asia, 10c. Bargain list free. F.&nbsp;P. VINCENT,
+Chatham, N.Y.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<p class="center"><b>AGENTS WANTED</b>&mdash;50% com. Send references. Lists free. <b>J.&nbsp;T. Starr Stamp
+Co.</b>, Coldwater, Mich.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>1000</h2>
+
+<p class="center">Best Stamp Hinges only <b>5</b>c. Agts. wt'd at 50%. List free.</p>
+
+<h4><b>L.&nbsp;B. DOVER &amp; CO.</b>, 5958 Theodosia, St. Louis, Mo.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>U.S.</h2>
+
+<p class="center">Postage and Rev. Fine approval sheets. Agts. wanted.</p>
+
+<h4>P.&nbsp;S. CHAPMAN, Box 151, Bridgeport, Ct.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h3>"A perfect type of the highest order</h3>
+
+<h3>of excellence in manufacture."</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;">
+<img src="images/ill_027.jpg" width="358" height="400" alt="Walter Baker &amp; Co.'s Breakfast Cocoa" />
+</div>
+
+<h3>COSTS LESS THAN ONE CENT A CUP</h3>
+
+<p class="center">Be sure that you get the</p>
+
+<p class="center">genuine article, made at</p>
+
+<h4>DORCHESTER, MASS.,</h4>
+
+<h4>By WALTER BAKER &amp; CO., Ltd.</h4>
+
+<p class="center">Established 1780.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/ill_028.jpg" width="400" height="132" alt="MEFISTO SCARF PIN" />
+</div>
+
+<p>A brand new joke; Mefisto's bulging eyes, bristling ears and ghastly
+grin invite curiosity every time when worn on scarf or lapel, and it is
+fully satisfied when by pressing the rubber ball concealed in your
+inside pocket you souse your inquiring friend with water. Throws a
+stream 30 feet; hose 16 in. long; 1&frac12; inch ball; handsome
+Silver-oxidized face colored in hard enamel; worth 25c. as a pin and a
+dollar as a joker; sent as a sample of our 3000 specialties with 112
+page catalogue post-paid for ONLY 15c.; 2 for 25c.; $1.40 Doz. AGENTS
+Wanted.</p>
+
+<h4>ROBT. H. INGERSOLL &amp; BRO.,</h4>
+
+<h4>Dept. No. 62, 65 &amp; 67 Cortlandt Street, New York City.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>ARE YOU CLEVER?</h2>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 134px;">
+<img src="images/ill_029.jpg" width="134" height="200" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<h3>$25.00 $15.00 $10.00</h3>
+
+<p>In Gold, will be paid to the three purchasers sending in the most
+solutions of this novel Egg Puzzle. Interests &amp; amuses young &amp; old.
+Requires patience &amp; steady nerves. Send 15 cts. for Puzzle, (2 for 25
+cts.) and learn how to secure a <span class="smcap">Prize</span>.</p>
+
+<h4>Walter S. Coles, Neave Building, Cincinnati, O.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>HOOPING-COUGH</h2>
+
+<h2>CROUP.</h2>
+
+<h3>Roche's Herbal Embrocation.</h3>
+
+<p>The celebrated and effectual English Cure without internal medicine.
+Proprietors, <span class="smcap">W. Edward &amp; Son</span>, Queen Victoria St., London, England. All
+Druggists.</p>
+
+<h4>E. Fougera &amp; Co., 30 North William St., N.&nbsp;Y.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>BOYS and GIRLS</h2>
+
+<p>can earn money by working half an hour daily distributing free samples
+of Headache Powders. For full particulars address,</p>
+
+<h4>CAPITAL DRUG CO., Box 880, Augusta, Me.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>PLAYS</h2>
+
+<p class="center">Dialogues, Speakers for School,</p>
+
+<p class="center">Club and Parlor. Catalogue free.</p>
+
+<h4>T.&nbsp;S. DENISON, Publisher, Chisago, Ill.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>HARPER &amp; BROTHERS'</h2>
+
+<p>Descriptive list of their publications, with <i>portraits of authors</i>,
+will be sent by mail to any address on receipt of ten cents.</p>
+
+<h4>HARPER &amp; BROTHERS, Publishers, New York.</h4>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/ill_030.jpg" width="500" height="579" alt="" />
+<span class="caption">THE FIRST VISIT TO THE PHOTOGRAPHER'S.<br /><br />
+"<span class="smcap">Who wouldn't be frightened at having that great big-headed two-legged
+thing coming right at you</span>?"</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>RULES FOR BOBBING.</h3>
+
+<p>When you start out to "bob," it is just as well to determine in advance
+what kind of bobbing you are going to do. There are several kinds, as
+most young people know&mdash;such as bobbing for apples, bobbing for eels,
+and bobbing on a bob-sled. A rule which would do very well when bobbing
+for apples would not suit you at all when sliding down hill, and <i>vice
+versa</i>. Therefore, the first general rule for bobbing is to select your
+kind, and then go ahead. The following rules are for the sled variety:</p>
+
+<p>1. First get your bob. There is no use of trying to go bobbing without a
+bob. The boy who tries to bob without a bob is apt to wear his clothes
+out in a very short time, and to experience considerable discomfort into
+the bargain.</p>
+
+<p>2. Having secured your bob, and got its runners and steering-gear into
+good working order, select a convenient hill upon which to coast, and
+start from the top of it. This is one of the most important of the rules
+of bobbing. Boys who have tried the experiment of starting to bob from
+the foot of the hill have met with considerable opposition not from the
+people about them, but from certain principles of nature which make it
+impossible for even the best of bob-sleds to coast up hill, and while
+there is no law against your trying to coast up hill which would result
+in your being put into jail if you broke it, persistence in the effort
+might result in your landing sooner or later in a lunatic asylum.</p>
+
+<p>3. Having started from the top of the hill, then stick as closely as you
+can to the line mapped out before the "shove-off." It is always well to
+know where you are going to land, particularly when you are bobbing. It
+is true that when Columbus started out to discover America he did not
+know where he was going to land, or, indeed, that he was going to land
+at all, but he had a pretty good general idea of the possibilities, and
+that is what you need to have before the shove-off. The experiences of a
+New Hampshire boy who ignored this point will show its importance. He
+shoved off all right, but having left the chosen path, found himself
+speeding down the hill directly at the rear of the village church. He
+could not stop, and the first thing he knew he crashed through the
+stained-glass windows, down through the middle aisle, and out into the
+street, slap bang into the arms of the town constable. He was arrested,
+and his father having to pay the fine imposed, as well as to give the
+church new windows, and carpet for the middle aisle, where the runners
+of the bob had destroyed the old one, made him very uncomfortable by
+spanking him regularly every time it snowed during the following winter.</p>
+
+<p>4. Do not try to coast unless there is snow on the ground. Coasting on
+bare hill-sides or down stony roads is not very exhilarating sport, nor
+will the oiling of your runners help you a bit. The only boy who ever
+got far by oiling his runners for a slide on a snowless road covered
+twenty feet, and then had his bob destroyed by fire. He had used
+kerosene oil, and the friction of the runners upon the road created such
+an intense heat that the oil ignited, and in a short time the bob was a
+smoking ruin. What became of the boy is not known, but it is safe to say
+that if he were scorched at all he would have found the snow rather more
+cooling than the country road without it.</p>
+
+<p>5. If on your way down hill you see a horse and wagon approaching, do
+not try to slide between the wheels and under the horse; nor should you
+trust to a fortunate thank-you-marm in the road to enable you to jump
+the obstruction. Steer to one side if there is room, and if there isn't,
+try your fortunes in a convenient snow-bank, should there happen to be
+one, and if there shouldn't happen to be one, do the best you can with
+what snow there is. It is better to be landed head-first in the snow
+than to become involved with a horse and wagon in any way.</p>
+
+<p>6. In case your bob should run into an unforeseen stump on the way down,
+you might as well make up your mind to keep on your journey whether the
+bob stops short or not. You cannot help doing so, whether you wish to or
+not, and it is always well, in view of possible accidents of this sort,
+to have it understood by on-lookers that that was the way you intended
+to do, anyhow. If you can convince the on-looker of this, he will not
+have half as much excuse for laughing at you as he might otherwise have.</p>
+
+<p>7. The last of the suggestions to be made here at this time is the only
+rule that young ladies need observe in bobbing. That rule is to leave
+the management of the whole affair to the boys. Just take your places on
+the bob and don't bother. The boys will attend to everything involved in
+the preceding rules, and then when the foot of the hill is reached,
+after a glorious trip down the precipitous descent will, if they are the
+right kind of boys, tell you to sit still and they will haul you back to
+the top again. Of course this rule is not available in leap-year, when,
+if the young ladies insist upon having all their rights, it will become
+their turn to take charge and to haul the boys up.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>AT THE SUMMER HOTEL.</h3>
+
+<p>"Do you write stories?" asked the kind old lady, meeting Polly in the
+hall.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Polly. "Papa writes stories, though."</p>
+
+<p>"I know; but why don't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Polly, sadly, "it's because when papa is all through there
+isn't any paper left in the house."</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Begun in <span class="smcap">Harper's Round Table</span> No. 898.</p></div></div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 60620-h.htm or 60620-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/6/2/60620/
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_001.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8739024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_001.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_002.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47a9991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_002.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_003.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f9f992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_003.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_004.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15e136c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_004.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_005.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58f8718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_005.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_006.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..541a27e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_006.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_007.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3796908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_007.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_008.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3290eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_008.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_009.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89052f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_009.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_010.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afc7d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_010.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_011.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b60b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_011.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_012.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9771ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_012.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_013.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e01aeb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_013.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_014.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa74426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_014.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_015.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_015.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..670ca84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_015.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_016.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a23dce2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_016.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_017.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0780b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_017.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_018.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45dd19d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_018.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_019.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_019.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..373a04d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_019.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_020.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_020.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd5f2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_020.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_021.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_021.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6271014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_021.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_022.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbbc0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_022.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_023.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1bbd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_023.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_024.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5428702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_024.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_025.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dfde67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_025.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_026.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_026.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30536fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_026.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_027.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_027.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb3ca2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_027.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_028.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_028.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88cb55e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_028.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_029.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_029.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99aa1b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_029.jpg
diff --git a/60620-h/images/ill_030.jpg b/60620-h/images/ill_030.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..317b735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620-h/images/ill_030.jpg
diff --git a/60620.txt b/60620.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d751c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3616 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll
+have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
+this ebook.
+
+
+
+Title: Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: November 3, 2019 [EBook #60620]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: HARPER'S ROUND TABLE]
+
+Copyright, 1897, by HARPER & BROTHERS. All Rights Reserved.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PUBLISHED WEEKLY. NEW YORK, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1897. FIVE CENTS A
+COPY.
+
+VOL. XVIII.--NO. 901. TWO DOLLARS A YEAR.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+CRYING TOMMY.
+
+BY MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.
+
+
+Jenks, the master-at-arms, otherwise known as Jimmylegs, was the best
+Jimmylegs in the naval service of the United States. His countenance was
+usually as stolid as a mummy's, and his voice as steady as the Sphinx's
+might have been. He would have announced "The magazine is on fire, sir,"
+in precisely the same tone as "John Smith has broken his liberty, sir."
+Therefore when Mr. Belton, First Lieutenant of the training-ship
+_Spitfire_, in his first interview after coming aboard, detected a
+rudimentary grin upon Jimmylegs's usually impassive face, he stopped
+short in the perilous operation of shaving while the ship had a sharp
+roll on, and asked:
+
+"What is it, master-at-arms? Out with it!"
+
+"Just this, sir," replied old Jenks, crossing his arms and tugging at
+his left whisker with his right hand. "Along o' that 'prentice boy,
+Hopkins--the other boys call him Crying Tommy, because he's always
+blubbering about something or 'nother. That boy'd be worth good money to
+a undertaker, he's got such a distressful countenance. Well, sir, I
+brought him down, with a batch o' other boys from the training-station,
+and he didn't half seem to like going aboard ship. Howsomedever, I never
+misdoubted as how he'd jump the ship. But after them boys was landed at
+the dock, I looked around, and there wasn't no Crying Tommy. I brought
+the rest of 'em along, and reported on board ship, and then I started
+out on a quiet hunt for that there boy. I didn't have no luck, though;
+but about dark that evening there come over the for'ard gangway a great
+strappin' red-headed girl about fifteen, holdin' on to Crying Tommy like
+grim death, and he scared half out of his wits. She marches him up to
+me, and she says, 'Here's that dratted boy'--dratted was the very word
+she used, sir--and she kep' on, 'He won't run away no more, I think--not
+if my name is Mary Jane Griggs.' And I says to her, bowin' and tryin' to
+keep from grinnin', for the girl had as honest a face, sir, as I ever
+clapped eyes on, 'Miss Griggs, may I ask what relation you are to Mr.
+Hopkins here?' And she snapped out: 'Not a bit; only after his mother
+died we took him in our house, and he paid his way--when he could. Then
+one day I read in the paper about naval apprentices, and I said to
+Tommy, "That's the place for you." So he went and signed the articles.
+That was six months ago. And this afternoon, when I come home from the
+box factory where I works, there was this great lummux.' Well! how her
+eyes did flash! Mr. Belton, I'm afraid o' red-headed women and girls,
+sir--that I am--and Crying Tommy, I saw, was in mortal fear of Mary Jane
+Griggs. And she says, 'I marched him straight back; he bellowed like a
+calf--he's the greatest crier I ever see; but I want you to take him and
+make him behave himself.' 'I will endeavor to do so, Miss Griggs,' says
+I, and then she gave her flipper to the boy, and went off home, I
+suppose, and we sailed that night."
+
+"Well, what sort of a boy is he?" asked the Lieutenant.
+
+Jimmylegs tugged at his whiskers harder than ever.
+
+"Well, sir," he said, presently, "the boy ain't no shirk. He's a
+foretopman, and the captain of the foretop says he's the smartest boy
+he's got aloft. But he keeps on crying, and I'm mightily afraid he'll
+start some of the other boys to crying, and they'll think the ship is a
+penitentiary. Low spirits is ketchin','specially in the foc's'l', and I
+wish that blessed brat would stop his bawling. I'd like you to speak to
+him, sir; you've got such a fine way with boys, sir." Which was true
+enough.
+
+"Send him here," said the Lieutenant, wiping his face after his shave.
+
+Presently there came a timid knock at the door, and Crying Tommy
+appeared. He was a sandy-haired boy of sixteen, ill-grown for his age,
+and of a most doleful countenance.
+
+"Well, my lad," said the Lieutenant, cheerily, "I hear that you are
+always piping your eye. What's that for?"
+
+Crying Tommy shook his head helplessly, but said nothing.
+
+"Do the men run you?"
+
+"Yes, sir; but--'taint that."
+
+"Do you get enough to eat?"
+
+"Yes, sir--never had such good grub in my life before."
+
+"Then what in the name of sense are you always howling for?"
+
+Crying Tommy looked about him more helplessly than ever, and then burst
+out suddenly and desperately:
+
+"I don't know, sir, except that I've always had--somebody to look out
+for me. Mary Jane Griggs done that--she's a corker, sir--and she made me
+go and be a 'prentice--and I didn't want to; she made me go--that she
+did, sir!"
+
+"I'm not surprised that Mary Jane wanted to get rid of you if this is
+the way you acted. Now mind; do you stop this boo-hooing, and do your
+duty _cheerfully_. Do you understand me? For I hear that you do your
+duty. And if you don't, why"--here the Lieutenant quickly assumed his
+"quarter-deck" voice and roared out, "_I'll give you something to cry
+for!_"
+
+Crying Tommy fled down the gangway. Half an hour afterwards the
+Lieutenant was on the bridge, the anchor was picked up, the _Spitfire_
+was spreading her white wings to the freshening breeze. Mr. Belton,
+watch in hand, was keenly observing the young bluejackets, and when he
+saw that all plain sail was made within ten minutes, he put his watch
+back with a feeling of satisfaction. He had sailor-boys to count on, not
+farmers and haymakers, aloft. Especially had he noticed one boy, who,
+laying out with cat-like swiftness on the very end of the topsail-yard,
+did his work with a quickness and steadiness that many an old
+man-o'-war's man might have envied. When this smart youngster landed on
+deck Mr. Belton was surprised to see that it was Crying Tommy, looking,
+as usual when he was not crying, as if he were just ready to begin.
+
+But Mr. Belton had something else to study besides the boys, and this
+was the ship. The _Spitfire_ was a fine old-fashioned, tall-masted,
+big-sparred frigate, which could leg it considerably faster under her
+great sails than under her small engines. She had the spacious quarters
+for officers and the roomy airy spaces between decks for the men of the
+ships of her class, and was altogether a much more comfortable ship for
+cruising than the modern floating forts that could have blown her out of
+the water with a single round. Stanch and weatherly, Mr. Belton had but
+one fault to find with her, and that was her powder-magazine was exactly
+where it ought not to have been; the breech of one of her guns was
+directly over the chute by which the ammunition was handed up. Whenever
+that gun was fired, Mr. Belton would go up to the gun captain and give
+him a look of warning, and the man would respond to this silent caution
+by touching his cap. Nevertheless, the Lieutenant said to himself
+sometimes, "If we finish this cruise without some trouble with the
+magazine, the _Spitfire_ will deserve her name of a lucky ship."
+
+They had sailed in April, and six very satisfactory weeks had been
+passed at sea. Homesickness and seasickness had disappeared after the
+first week, and the whole ship's company from the Captain down--who
+rejoiced in such a First Lieutenant as Mr. Belton--was happy and
+satisfied, with the possible exception of Crying Tommy. The
+master-at-arms never had so little disagreeable work to do, and so he
+told Mr. Belton one Sunday morning after inspection.
+
+"By-the-way," asked the Lieutenant, "I see that Hopkins boy is doing
+well. He has never had a report against him. Has he stopped that habit
+of howling for nothing?"
+
+"Well, sir," replied old Jimmylegs, "he has, partly. The other boys
+laughed at him, and that done him good. They've caught on to Mary Jane,
+and they asks him if he has to report to Mary Jane twicet a day when he
+is ashore, and such like pullin' of his legs as boys delights in. The
+other day, sir, he got to cryin' about something or 'nother, and they
+run him too hard. I saw 'em and heard 'em, but they didn't know it. Fust
+thing Crying Tommy lights out from the shoulder, and laid the biggest of
+'em sprawlin', and they shoved off pretty quick, sir. I didn't think as
+'twas my duty to report him for fightin', and I 'ain't never had
+occasion to report him for nothin' else. A better boy nor a smarter at
+his duty I 'ain't never seen, sir."
+
+One lovely May morning a few days after this found the _Spitfire_ off
+the glorious bay of Naples. The sun shone from a sapphire sky upon a
+sapphire sea, while in the distance rose the darker blue cone of
+Vesuvius, crowned with fire and flame. Across the rippling water swept
+innumerable sail-boats, while tall-masted merchantmen and steamships
+with inky smoke pouring out of their black funnels ploughed their way in
+and out the harbor. Near a huge government mole half a dozen majestic
+war-ships, strung out in a semicircle, rode at anchor. A great British
+battle-ship, all black and yellow, towered over the smart little cruiser
+near by, which also flew a British ensign from her peak. Not far away
+lay a French ship with remarkably handsome masts and spars and a
+wicked-looking ram as sharp as a knife, that could cut an armored ship
+in half like a cheese if ever she got the chance. Farther off still lay
+three Italian men-of-war, from one of which flew the blue flag of an
+Admiral. The Captain of the _Spitfire_ was with Mr. Belton on the bridge
+as they came in, with a fair wind, and a mountain of canvas piled on the
+ship. The Captain, knowing that no man could handle a sailing-ship more
+beautifully than his First Lieutenant, was quite willing that he should
+show his expertness before the thousands of sailors watching the
+_Spitfire_. On she rushed, the water bellowing against her sides as her
+keen bows cut her way through the blue waves. Mr. Belton, with a
+seaman's eye, selected an admirable anchorage, and just as the
+on-lookers were wondering where the _Spitfire_ meant to bring up, she
+made a beautiful flying move. Her yards were squared like magic, and her
+sails furled with almost incredible swiftness. With a gleam like
+lightning and a rattle like thunder her cable rushed out of the
+hawse-hole, and scarcely had the splash of her anchor resounded when the
+Italian colors were broken at the mast-head and the first gun of the
+salute boomed over the bright water.
+
+"Well done, _Spitfire_!" cried the Captain; and well done it was.
+
+Twenty guns roared out, with scarcely a second's difference in their
+steady boom!--boom!--boom!--and then there was a sudden break before the
+twenty-first gun was fired. Mr. Belton turned, and his eye instinctively
+flashed upon the starboard gun over the magazine. Yes, there it
+was--that accident he had been looking for ever since he set foot on the
+ship. The shreds of a blazing cartridge-bag dropped under the breech,
+and a faint puff of wind blew them over the edge of the open chute, and
+down they went into the powder-magazine.
+
+The Lieutenant hardly knew how he reached the deck and sped along it,
+but in a moment he had leaped down the ladder toward the open door of
+the magazine, where an ominous crackling was heard. And instead of half
+a dozen men at work flooding the magazine, there were half a dozen pale,
+wild-eyed, and panic-stricken creatures, as the bravest will be
+sometimes, crowding out into the passage, and quite dazed with fear.
+
+"Return to your duty!" shouted Mr. Belton, feeling for his pistol, and
+not finding it, seizing a bucket of water that was handy and dashing it
+in the men's faces. The shock brought them to their senses; they stopped
+in their mad flight and turned toward the magazine. Mr. Belton rushed
+like a catapult among them, wedged together in the narrow passage, and
+right behind was old Jimmylegs with a bucket of water. They could see a
+boyish figure on hands and knees in the magazine with a wet swab,
+crawling about and putting out the sparks that flashed from all over the
+floor. The next moment the whole floor was awash; the danger was over,
+and Mr. Belton and the master-at-arms had time to observe that the boy
+who had stood to his post when men fled was Crying Tommy, and he was
+crying vigorously. When he saw that the fire was out, he sat down on the
+wet floor and began to howl louder than ever. Old Jimmylegs seized him
+by the shoulder, and giving him a shake that made his teeth rattle in
+his head, bawled,
+
+"Choke a luff, and tell the orficer about the fire!"
+
+Crying Tommy was so scared at this that he actually stopped weeping, and
+wiped his eyes on the sleeve of his jacket.
+
+"I see the loose powder on the floor burning, and the men saw it, and
+then one of em called out, 'Oh Lord! we're dead men!' and they all ran
+away." Here Crying Tommy piped up again.
+
+"And you didn't run away. Go on," said Mr. Belton.
+
+"And I reached out for the swab and the water-bucket, and I swabbed the
+floor the best I could."
+
+"A-cryin' all the time, no doubt," put in old Jimmylegs.
+
+"I couldn't help it, sir," whimpered Crying Tommy.
+
+"Well," said Mr. Belton, "you had something to cry for this time. Now
+get out of here. You've saved the ship."
+
+Not long after this, one Sunday morning, the boatswain was directed to
+pipe all hands up and aft. And when all the officers and men were
+assembled, the Captain read out the appointment of Thomas Hopkins,
+apprentice boy, as acting gunner's mate for his gallantry in putting out
+the fire in the magazine on that May morning. Then Mr. Belton handed
+Tommy a handsome watch as a gift from the officers, at which the men
+cheered, and Tommy bowed and bowed again, and presently put up his
+ever-ready jacket sleeve to his eye; and the officers roared with
+laughing and the men grinned, and Tommy went below, weeping but very
+happy.
+
+One day, some years after this, Mr. Belton and old Jimmylegs, who were
+then on different ships, met at the navy-yard gate, and, being old
+shipmates, they exchanged very warm greetings. Presently there passed
+them a smart-looking young gunner, and holding his arm was a tall
+fine-looking young woman in a red gown, with a red feather in her hat,
+red cheeks, and a brilliant red head, and she looked very proud and
+smiling. Her companion, on the contrary, seemed overcome with
+bashfulness on seeing the Lieutenant and the old master-at-arms, and
+hurriedly saluting, made off in the opposite direction, looking
+uncommonly sheepish.
+
+"That, sir," said Jimmylegs, with a sly grin, "is Gunner Hopkins, and
+that is Mrs. Hopkins. They're just married. He used to be called Crying
+Tommy, and she was Mary Jane Griggs, sir."
+
+"I remember," answered the Lieutenant, smiling.
+
+
+
+
+A BOY'S APPEAL.
+
+
+  I wonder if grown people who have all their growing done
+  Remember, as they sit at ease, that growing isn't fun.
+  One's legs and arms have separate aches, one's head feels half asleep,
+  But every day, let come what may, at school one has to keep.
+
+  And there the teachers never say, "Just study as you please,"
+  When shooting pains are flying round about a fellow's knees.
+  Reports say, "Tommy's progress is not what is desired,"
+  And fathers call you lazy when you're only deadly tired.
+
+  You have to learn the things you hate; it almost makes you sick,
+  There's such a lot of grammar, there's so much arithmetic,
+  The maps and boundaries to draw, the text to get by heart,
+  And all the while those growing pains to pull your joints apart!
+
+  Now skating, and snowballing, and managing a wheel,
+  Are very, very different things; though tired you may feel,
+  You manage not to mind it; the time goes rushing so
+  That you are interested and forget you have to grow.
+
+  Dear mothers and grandmothers, they seem to understand;
+  All boys should always meet them, bowing deeply, cap in hand,
+  For _they_ have sense, and don't expect what fellows cannot do,
+  Though other people laugh and say, it's all the point of view.
+
+  But, oh! if grown-up gentlemen with growing safely done,
+  Would just remember now and then that growing isn't fun,
+  Perhaps they'd make it easier for boys who'd like to be
+  A trifle brighter, if they could, but are growing just like me.
+
+  TOMMY TRADDLES.
+
+
+
+
+GOLF ON SHIPBOARD.
+
+
+Marine golf is the very latest aberration of golfing genius, and though
+the new game is but a distant relative of the "Royal and Ancient," its
+novelty may commend it to those who want amusement on long sea-voyages,
+and who have wearied of "shuffleboard" and "deck quoits."
+
+It is evident that a ball is out of the question, and in its place is
+employed a disk of wood about four and a half inches in diameter. A
+rather heavy walking-stick, with a right-angled, flat-crooked head, is
+the "club," and serves every purpose from driving to holing out. The
+holes are circles about six inches in diameter chalked upon the deck,
+and the links are only bounded by the available deck space, the good
+nature of the Captain, and the rights of the non-golfing passengers.
+
+Hatches, companionways, and the deck furniture in general serve as
+bunkers, and the ship's roll is an omnipresent and all-pervading hazard.
+
+As the disk is propelled over the deck and not sent into the air,
+hitting is useless, and the proper stroke is something between a push
+and a drag, with the club laid close behind the disk. The player, in
+driving, stands with both feet slightly in advance of the disk, the
+shuffleboard push from behind being barred. As the club is virtually in
+contact with the disk, or "puck," keeping one's "e'e on the ba'" is not
+necessary--in fact, the best results will be obtained by aiming as in
+billiards and kindred games. A good drive will propel the disk for forty
+yards along the deck--that is, if the wind does not interfere by getting
+under the disk and sending it wildly gyrating into the scuppers. The
+carrom is permissible, and furnishes occasion for scientific play, but
+the great sport of the game lies in the skilful utilization of the
+pitching and rolling of the ship. The disk takes a bias from the angle
+of the deck, and some impossible shots may be triumphantly brought
+off--round the corner, for instance. Even in putting, marine golf may
+lay just claim to the variety which is the spice of (sporting) life. On
+a gray day the boards will be half as slow again as when the sun is
+shining, while with any spray coming aboard it is impossible to tell
+whether the disk will drag or slide.
+
+
+
+
+BOYS IN WALL STREET.
+
+BY COL. THOMAS W. KNOX,
+
+AUTHOR OF THE "BOY TRAVELLERS" SERIES.
+
+
+The visitor to Wall Street in business hours will see many active,
+bright, pleasant-looking boys moving more or less rapidly in all
+directions, and evidently absorbed in work. Some are in blue or gray
+uniforms, but the majority are in plain clothes, and almost invariably
+neatly dressed. The uniformed are employed by telegraph and messenger
+companies, the others by bankers, brokers, and other men of affairs.
+
+Their chances of rising are about as many as boys ever have--the really
+able, honest, and pushing boys go up as they grow older. As a
+dignified-looking gentleman passes along the sidewalk we are told: "That
+is the president of the ---- Bank. He knows Wall Street and all its ins
+and outs. Been here all his life. Began as an office-boy in a brokerage
+house; became partner; got elected a member of the Stock Exchange; now
+he is near the top of the heap. I could name several bank presidents who
+began as brokers' boys at two or three dollars a week."
+
+Our informant went on, "Yes, and there are lots of cashiers of banks and
+other banking officials who began life in the same way. The partners in
+a great many banking and brokerage firms began as Wall Street boys."
+
+Boys have begun in Wall Street at one dollar a week. Employers can
+generally tell in a week or two whether the boy is likely to "amount to
+anything." If the boy is faithful and energetic his wages are advanced
+so that he gets three dollars a week in two or three months from the
+start. Boys usually get not far from one hundred and fifty or two
+hundred dollars for the first year, and from three hundred upwards the
+second year. A prominent banker of New York once told me:
+
+"My father died when I was sixteen years old, and that threw my mother
+and myself on our own resources. We had so little money or property that
+it was necessary for me to leave school and go to work. As the late
+Thurlow Weed had been a warm friend of my father, I came to New York to
+ask for his influence in getting a clerkship in the Custom-house, or
+something of the sort. I knew Mr. Weed as a boy of my age would know a
+man of his, and he greeted me cordially. When I had told him my story he
+said:
+
+"'Now, Charley, find a cheap boarding-place and send your address to me.
+Don't come to me again, but as soon as I have anything for you I will
+write to you. Meantime look around and see what you can find for
+yourself.'
+
+"I did as he told me, and a week went by without my hearing from him.
+One day I found a place in a broker's office where they would pay me two
+hundred dollars a year, and that very day I received a letter from Mr.
+Weed saying he had a place for me in the Custom-house at seven hundred
+dollars a year. I went to him, thanked him for his kindness, and
+declined his offer, telling him I preferred the broker's office,
+although the salary was much smaller. He patted me on the shoulder and
+said,
+
+"'Charley, you have decided rightly, and you'll never regret it.'
+
+"And I never have. I think it was pretty smart for a boy of sixteen."
+
+Many Wall Street boys lose their places by loitering on errands.
+Employers know perfectly well how long it takes on the average to reach
+a certain point, transact the necessary business, and return. There
+_are_ delays now and then, but if a boy returns late to the office
+several times in a day with excuses for delay his employers understand
+the situation perfectly, and he is soon "bounced."
+
+A Wall Street boy is expected to be at the office at nine o'clock in the
+morning, and remain there as long as his services are needed, though he
+usually gets away about four o'clock. He has an allowance of half an
+hour at noon for luncheon, but the rest of the time belongs to his
+employer. He is expected to be neat in appearance, clean as to hands and
+face, well mannered, truthful at all times, prompt in obedience, and
+faithful in guarding the secrets of his employers.
+
+The duties first assigned to him are to carry messages, deliver stocks
+at other brokerage offices, and obtain checks for them. After a while he
+is advanced to making comparisons of sales of stocks and taking the
+checks received from other brokers to be certified at the banks.
+
+Of late years the Stock Exchange Clearing-house has done away with so
+much of the stock delivery by boys that the number of them on the Street
+is not more than half what it used to be. Formerly it was not uncommon
+to see from twenty-five to one hundred boys waiting in line at each of
+the prominent banks to get checks certified, and nearly every bank
+employed a private policeman to keep the boys in line and in order.
+
+A story is told of a new boy on the Street who once went to make a
+delivery of stock. When the bookkeeper made up the accounts at the close
+of the day he found himself eighty thousand dollars short, and an
+examination of the books showed that one of the boys had failed to bring
+back a check in return for some stock he had delivered.
+
+He was perfectly innocent about the matter, and said that he had handed
+the papers in at the office where he was sent to make the delivery, and
+as they gave him nothing he supposed there was nothing for him to get.
+His employer treated him kindly, and told him to be careful not to make
+the same mistake again. He never did. That boy is now at the head of one
+of the largest brokerage houses on Broad Street.
+
+As the Wall Street boy advances in proficiency he is put upon the
+purchase and sale books. Then he takes charge of the comparison tickets,
+and then of the stock ledgers. Then he becomes a bookkeeper or cashier,
+and if he shows himself valuable enough he receives a junior
+partnership, and later on rises to a higher one.
+
+[Illustration: WALL STREET BOYS.]
+
+It is proper to say, however, that only a small proportion of the boys
+who begin life in Wall Street work their way upward to positions of
+consequence. Fully fifty per cent. of them go wrong, or, at all events,
+leave the Street, and are not heard of afterward. Not less than half of
+the others remain in subordinate places. Either they lack the
+intelligence, energy, and fidelity necessary to secure advancement, or
+they have vicious tendencies which lead them into trouble.
+
+There is a class of speculating establishments in the neighborhood of
+Wall Street which are known among the brokers as "bucket-shops," where
+any one can go and risk one dollar, or as much more as he likes in
+speculation in stocks. Suppose he has but one dollar; he places it upon
+a certain stock, and watches the indicator till it goes up or down. If
+it rises a point, he makes a dollar, but if it goes down he loses, and
+the dollar he risked is wiped out.
+
+Men with very limited capital are the chief patrons of these
+bucket-shops, but a good many of the boys slip around to them, and risk
+anywhere from one dollar to five dollars in speculation. Sooner or later
+they come to grief. A knowledge of their conduct reaches the ears of
+their employers, they lose their situations, and have great difficulty
+in getting others.
+
+Boys are taken into brokerage offices only upon good recommendations,
+and it is almost invariably required that a boy shall live with his
+parents and not by himself. Employers well know that a boy not living at
+home is far more likely to fall into evil ways than one who has a home
+and is under the eyes of father and mother.
+
+In addition to their regular wages the boys in Wall Street offices
+receive presents in money at Christmas-time, the amount depending partly
+upon the good conduct of the boy himself, and partly on the condition of
+business in the year just closing. If times have been hard, speculation
+light, and incomes small, the broker's gratuities to his employees are
+much smaller than if the reverse is the case. In the one instance, he
+feels poor and forced to economize; in the other, he feels prosperous
+and is liberal.
+
+There are other kinds of boys on Wall Street than the ones just
+described. In the Stock Exchange about one hundred and fifty boys are
+employed as pages to run with messages for members in the Board Room,
+not outside. They receive from three to five dollars a week, with a
+gratuity at Christmas.
+
+There is no prospect of these pages rising to higher positions while in
+the employ of the Exchange, and when they grow too large for employment
+there they drift away to other places. Many are the applicants for these
+positions, and in order to secure one there a boy must be well
+recommended. The pages wear gray uniforms with brass buttons, and are
+generally bright little fellows who soon learn to know every member of
+the Stock Exchange by name.
+
+Perhaps two hundred members of the Stock Exchange have private
+telephones in the building, and there is a squad of some fifty or more
+boys in blue uniforms who look after these telephones. The Stock
+Exchange has its own messenger service, each boy wearing a gray uniform
+with a military cap. The duties of these messengers is to run from the
+Exchange to the offices of the members.
+
+All these boys are remembered at Christmas-time. The members of the
+Exchange subscribe from five to twenty-five dollars each to make up the
+gratuity fund, which is divided among the boys according to their time
+of service. Those who have been there two or three years obtain quite a
+handsome little present during the holiday season.
+
+Then there are boys connected with the American District Messenger
+service; there are Western Union Telegraph boys; Cable Telegraph boys;
+boys in the offices of lawyers, corporations, and the like. But the
+principal and most important boy of all is the one who starts in an
+office at a small salary, determined to win his way to fame and fortune,
+and possessing the ability and intelligence to do so.
+
+
+
+
+THE MIDDLETON BOWL.[1]
+
+[1] Begun in HARPER'S ROUND TABLE No. 898.
+
+BY ELLEN DOUGLAS DELAND.
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+"Boys," said Mrs. Hoyt, "the Misses Middleton have met with a great
+loss. Their beautiful bowl is broken. You have seen it, and you have
+heard of its value, and you can imagine how badly they feel about it,
+and now they are trying to find out who broke it. You were at their
+house this morning, I believe. Do you know anything about it?"
+
+Raymond and Clement were unmistakably very much surprised. They had not
+heard of the accident before, it was plainly to be seen, and they
+eagerly disclaimed all knowledge of the affair.
+
+"Was that the broken china you found in the currant-bushes?" exclaimed
+Raymond. "How on earth did it get there?"
+
+"Oh, I say!" cried Clement, in the same breath. "Teddy, what were you
+and Arthur doing by the currant-bushes before the kitten's funeral?
+Don't you remember, Ray?" And then he stopped abruptly. He did not want
+to "give them away," he said to himself.
+
+"And what do you know about it, Arthur?" asked his mother.
+
+Arthur said nothing.
+
+"Did you go into Miss Middleton's parlor this morning?"
+
+Still there was no answer.
+
+"Arthur, come here to me. Now tell me, darling, did you go into Miss
+Middleton's parlor this morning?"
+
+"Yes, mother," he said, in a very low voice.
+
+"Did you break the bowl?"
+
+The silk gowns of the three visitors rustled audibly as they leaned
+forward to listen. Teddy drew a step nearer and waited eagerly for his
+reply, and the other boys gathered about their mother and brother, as
+though to sustain the family honor through this terrible emergency. But
+Arthur remained silent.
+
+"Did you break the bowl, Arthur?"
+
+"No, mother, I didn't."
+
+And then, boy of eleven though he was, and with his older brothers
+looking on, he began to cry.
+
+"Pshaw!" exclaimed Raymond, "don't be a baby, Art! If you did it, why
+don't you own up?"
+
+"Because I didn't do it," said Arthur. "I didn't do it, and I wish I'd
+never seen the old bowl!"
+
+"Why, Arthur," said Theodora, "I thought-- Are you sure you didn't do
+it?"
+
+"Of course I'm sure; just as sure as you are, or anybody else."
+
+"Do you know anything about it?" asked Mrs. Hoyt. "Do you know who did
+do it?"
+
+To this there was no reply whatever.
+
+"It is very strange," said Miss Joanna, grimly. "Theodora and Arthur
+both had something to do with the calamity, for Arthur acknowledges that
+he was there, and Theodora carried away the fragments. One of them must
+be guilty of it. Is your boy truthful, Mrs. Hoyt?"
+
+Before his mother could speak, Raymond stepped forward and stood in
+front of the Misses Middleton.
+
+"Look here," said he. "I guess you'd better understand that we Hoyts
+aren't cowards and we aren't liars. If my brother Arthur broke that
+bowl, you bet he'd say so!"
+
+"Hush, Ray!" said his mother. "That is not the proper way to speak to
+ladies. But I think, Miss Middleton, that what Raymond says is the case.
+If Arthur had done it he would acknowledge it."
+
+"But, Arthur," cried Teddy, whose face expressed her complete
+mystification, "I thought--I don't understand!"
+
+"Hush up!" said Arthur, between his sobs.
+
+"Suppose we ask Teddy to give an account of what transpired this
+morning," said Mrs. Hoyt. "Did you find Arthur in the parlor?"
+
+"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt," said Theodora. "I wasn't going to tell this, on
+Arthur's account, but I suppose I'll have to as long as you ask me. When
+I went down to wait for Aunt Tom to go to the garden I went to the
+parlor, and there I met Arthur coming out. He was crying, and he seemed
+terribly frightened, and was saying, 'Hide it! hide it!' and he ran
+away. When I went in, there was the bowl on the floor, broken. And then
+I heard Aunt Tom coming down stairs, and I didn't stop to think, but
+just picked up the pieces and carried them out under my apron."
+
+"And is that all you know?"
+
+"Yes, Mrs. Hoyt, it is all I know."
+
+No one could doubt the truthfulness of this statement, and the three
+Misses Middleton rose to go, satisfied, if only for the moment, that
+their niece was guiltless. They drove off, Theodora occupying the fourth
+seat in the old barouche, and Mrs. Hoyt was left alone with her boys.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A week passed away, and the mystery of the broken bowl was as far from
+being solved as it had been at the beginning. It was carefully carried
+by three of the ladies to the old china-mender in the town of Alden, who
+skilfully cemented the pieces together in such a manner that the
+uninitiated would never discover that it had been broken; but its owners
+knew only too well that this treasure was no longer what it had once
+been, and their feelings had received a shock from which they could not
+soon recover.
+
+As Miss Joanna remarked, when she examined the bowl upon its return,
+"Mr. Jones has done it very well; but he cannot mend our hearts, which
+were broken when the Middleton bowl was broken, and even if the cracks
+_are_ well hidden, they will always stare us in the face!"
+
+Though her aunts no longer thought that Theodora was actually
+responsible for the accident, they were quite sure that she knew who
+was, and they censured her severely for her silence. Even Miss Thomasine
+felt that she might tell them more if she would. But Teddy had already
+given her version of the affair, and there was nothing more to be said.
+She had supposed from the beginning that Arthur was the author of the
+misfortune, and though she did not like to doubt his word, she greatly
+feared that he was not speaking the truth when he denied this.
+
+His brothers stoutly maintained his innocence when talking to Theodora,
+or to any one outside of the family, but with one another they
+acknowledged having some misgivings.
+
+"You see, Art has been sick such a lot that I guess he is afraid to own
+up," said they among themselves. "He isn't just like the rest of us.
+Look how afraid he is in the dark, and in that spooky place in the
+woods, and of lots of other things. I suppose he is afraid father will
+punish him if he owns up, and so he's going to keep it dark as long as
+he can."
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Hoyt were both greatly troubled by the affair. They knew
+the value of the bowl, a value which could not be made good by any
+amount of money, and they knew that such a rare work of art could never
+be replaced; and, besides, the fact that if Arthur had broken it he
+lacked sufficient moral courage to confess was a bitter grief to them.
+But the "if" was a large one, and Arthur's mother could not bring
+herself to believe that her boy was not speaking the truth.
+
+Arthur himself showed plainly that he was suffering. He grew pale and
+lost his appetite; he started at every sound, and when he was
+out-of-doors he would stop constantly in his play to look about
+apprehensively, to peer behind bushes or trees, and to take refuge in
+the house did he see any one coming.
+
+He and Teddy discussed the subject more than once, but never with any
+satisfactory result. It usually ended in his running to his mother to
+declare, with tears and sobs, that he did not break the old bowl, and he
+wished that he had never seen it.
+
+In the mean time Teddy continued to ride the bicycle. Her aunts seemed
+to have completely forgotten having seen her in the very act. They did
+not mention the subject again, being absorbed in conjectures and grief
+about the bowl, and Theodora, apparently believing that silence gave
+consent, did not recall it to their minds.
+
+The boys were all perfectly willing now that she should use their
+wheels, for she soon rode as well as they did, and as there were so many
+bicycles in the family, there was usually one that she could take.
+
+One afternoon Teddy had been off on quite a little excursion by herself.
+She was on Arthur's wheel, and she had gone "around the square," as they
+called it, coming home by a back way. Just as she drew near her aunts'
+house a heavy shower which had been gathering for some time, unnoticed
+by Theodora, came pattering down.
+
+There was hail as well as rain, and Teddy rode quickly to the house and
+went in by the kitchen door. She took the wheel in with her and placed
+it in the back hall, in an out-of-the-way corner, intending to return it
+to Arthur as soon as the storm should be over.
+
+But it lasted longer than she expected, and by the time it had ceased to
+rain supper was ready. It was quite dark now by six o'clock, and
+Theodora knew that her aunts would not allow her to go out alone so
+late, so she determined to get up early the next morning, and take the
+wheel back then. She said nothing of this plan, however, and did not
+mention to her aunts that a hated bicycle was in the house.
+
+In fact she was not at all sure that she was doing right to ride without
+their permission, and she made up her mind that she would tell them
+to-morrow. Now that she had attained her object, and had learned how,
+she would not mind so much if she were forbidden by them to ride, for
+she was sure that when her father and mother returned to this country in
+the spring they would buy her a wheel, and until then she could wait.
+Indeed, she hoped, from what she had heard her mother say, that Mrs.
+Middleton would learn to ride herself, in spite of the sentiments of her
+sisters-in-law upon the subject.
+
+Eight o'clock was Teddy's bedtime, and she bade her aunts good-night at
+that hour as usual. She had been asleep but a short time when she was
+awakened by a commotion in the hall, most unusual in that quiet
+household. There were hurried footsteps and half-smothered exclamations,
+and presently she was quite sure that she heard moans of pain.
+
+Springing out of bed, she ran to the door and opened it just in time to
+see Miss Thomasine hurry through the hall with a mustard plaster in her
+hand, while in the distance appeared Miss Melissa with a hot-water bag,
+and from another room emerged Miss Dorcas with a bottle of medicine.
+
+"What is the matter, Aunt Tom?" asked Teddy. "Is any one sick?"
+
+"Your aunt Joanna is very ill," whispered Miss Thomasine, as she passed.
+
+Much startled, Teddy went back to her room and waited. Then she
+concluded to dress herself and go to her aunt's door to see if she could
+be of any help. This did not take long, but when she knocked at the door
+it was opened by Miss Dorcas, who told her that she had better not come
+in.
+
+Theodora was sadly frightened, and the groans which she heard did not
+tend to reassure her. Her aunt must be very ill; perhaps she was even
+dying.
+
+"Have you sent for the doctor?" she asked.
+
+"There is no one to send," said Miss Dorcas, "for John is in bed with a
+bad attack of rheumatism; so your aunt Melissa is going with Catherine,
+the cook. They are getting ready now, but I am afraid it will take them
+a long time to get to Dr. Morton's house; and it is so very late for
+women to be out alone--after ten o'clock!"
+
+And then she shut the door again, and her niece was left alone in the
+hall, with the sound of her aunt Joanna's moans in her ears.
+
+She went to look for her aunt Melissa, and found that she was just
+rousing Catherine from her first heavy slumber. Though ten o'clock was
+not late in the eyes of the world, the Middleton household had been in
+bed for an hour, and to them it seemed like the middle of the night.
+
+It would take Catherine a long time to get awake, to say nothing of
+dressing. Miss Melissa herself was in her wrapper, and Theodora supposed
+that she would not go forth even upon an errand of life and death
+without arraying herself as if for a round of calls, down to the very
+last pin in the shoulder of her camel's-hair shawl--and in the mean time
+Aunt Joanna might die!
+
+How dreadful it was! Teddy wished that she could do something. She did
+not love Aunt Joanna as she did either of her other aunts, but she would
+do anything to save her life. She could run to Dr. Morton's in half the
+time that it would take Aunt Melissa and old Catherine to get there.
+
+Suddenly she bethought herself of Arthur's wheel down in the back entry.
+She would go on that!
+
+[Illustration: ANOTHER MOMENT SHE MOUNTED AND WAS OFF.]
+
+No sooner said than done. She did not tell her aunts of her inspiration,
+knowing that valuable time would be lost in the discussion that would
+ensue, and she would probably be back before Aunt Melissa had left their
+own gates. She flew down stairs, picking up her worsted cap as she ran
+through the hall. It took but a moment to unfasten the back door and
+lift the wheel down the short flight of steps. Another moment and she
+was mounted and off.
+
+The storm clouds had rolled away, and the sky was now perfectly clear.
+The moon had risen an hour since, making the night as bright as day with
+its strange, weird light, the light that transforms the world into such
+a different place from that which the sun reveals. Teddy had seldom been
+out at night, and now to go alone on such an errand and in such a manner
+filled her with excitement.
+
+To be fleeing away on a bicycle at dead of night to save her aunt's life
+was something which she had never dreamed it would be her fate to do.
+
+Puddles of rain-water stood here and there in her path, but the Alden
+roads were noted for their excellence, and even after the heavy shower
+they were hard as boards, and the pools were easily avoided. The
+moonlight cast strange shadows over the lawn, and as she flew past the
+gate-post it almost seemed as if some one were standing there and had
+moved; but of course that was only her imagination, Teddy told herself.
+The child had not a thought of fear.
+
+Her aunts' house was on the outskirts of the town, and at this hour the
+street was but little frequented, and she met no one as she skimmed over
+the broad white road. Dr. Morton's house was about a mile from that of
+the Misses Middleton, and it did not take long to get there. The
+doctor's buggy was at the door, and he himself was just in the act of
+alighting, when there was the whiz of a wheel on the gravelled driveway
+and the sharp, sudden ring of a bicycle-bell.
+
+The doctor turned in time to see a small girlish figure swing herself to
+the ground.
+
+"Bless my soul!" exclaimed he, much startled. "Who is this?"
+
+"It's Teddy Middleton, and Aunt Joanna is very ill. Please come just as
+quick as you can, Dr. Morton."
+
+"Bless my soul!" repeated the Doctor. "You don't mean to tell me the
+good ladies have allowed you to come out at this hour of the night, and
+on a bicycle?"
+
+He knew them well, and had heard them discourse more than once on the
+subject of their pet aversion.
+
+"No, they don't know anything about it," said Teddy. "And Aunt Melissa
+and old Catherine are getting ready to walk here, so I must hurry back
+and stop them; and I think Aunt Joanna is dying, Dr. Morton, so please
+hurry."
+
+Before the doctor could reply she had mounted her wheel and had
+disappeared in the shadow of the trees at the gate. Without waiting
+another moment he stepped into his buggy, and turning his tired horse
+once more away from home, he drove after her as quickly as possible.
+
+Teddy reached the house just as her aunt, clothed with the care which
+she had suspected, and accompanied by the still half-asleep Catherine,
+emerged from the front door. The sight of some one at the foot of the
+steps nearly caused Miss Melissa to faint with horror upon the spot.
+
+"Oh!" she gasped. "Burglars! Murder!"
+
+"No, it isn't, Aunt Melissa. It's only Teddy. You needn't go for the
+doctor; he is coming."
+
+"Child, what do you-- Catherine, your arm, please! Surely you haven't
+been--and on that!"
+
+The unwonted excitement under which Miss Melissa was laboring caused her
+to be more incoherent even than usual.
+
+"Yes, I have been for him," said Teddy, coolly, as she lifted the
+bicycle up the steps and stood it on the piazza, "and here he comes
+now."
+
+The roll of wheels and the quick tread of a horse's hoofs were heard
+upon the avenue, and in another moment the doctor had alighted. Miss
+Melissa, incapable of further speech, turned and followed him into the
+house.
+
+He found Miss Joanna indeed very ill with a sharp attack of the heart
+trouble to which she was subject. It was some time before she was
+relieved, but at length the pain passed by, and she was at least out of
+danger; but it had been a narrow escape.
+
+"If I had been five minutes later I doubt if I could have saved her,"
+said the doctor, "and it is all owing to that niece of yours that I got
+here in time."
+
+"May I ask what you mean, doctor?" said Miss Middleton. "I thought that
+my sister Melissa went to you."
+
+"Miss Melissa was just about to leave the house when I drove up. That
+bright little Teddy came for me on a wheel. Where she got it I don't
+know, unless you have relented and given her one. If you haven't, it is
+high time you did, for she deserves it for her presence of mind. And it
+is high time, too, that you changed your minds about bicycles, for it is
+all owing to one that Miss Joanna is alive now. I tell you that if I had
+been five minutes later she wouldn't be living now."
+
+"Oh, doctor!" exclaimed the three ladies who were with him in the room
+next to Miss Joanna's, while the fourth watched by the invalid's bed.
+
+"It is the truth," continued Dr. Morton, who was in the habit of
+speaking his mind plainly to the awe-inspiring Misses Middleton as well
+as to every one else; "and that bright little Teddy deserves a wheel of
+her own--if you haven't given her one already."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the mean time Teddy had been wandering about the big house, not
+knowing quite what to do with herself. She went to her own room at
+first, but she could not stay there. It was just near enough to her aunt
+Joanna for her to hear muffled sounds from her room without knowing what
+they meant. She could not go in there, and her aunts were all too much
+occupied in obeying the doctor's commands and in waiting upon their
+sister to speak to her.
+
+The servants had collected in the back part of the hall, very much
+frightened at the state of affairs, weeping and exclaiming with one
+another. Theodora, after trying each unoccupied room in turn, at last
+found herself in the parlor. It was very dark at first, but she pulled
+up the Venetian-blinds at the front windows, and let in a flood of
+moonlight.
+
+Teddy had never before seen the room look so attractive. It was not
+often so brilliantly illuminated, for the shades were always carefully
+drawn. She moved restlessly about for a time, not daring to touch any of
+the treasures, but looking at them with interest and curiosity.
+
+The mended bowl was again in its place upon the Chinese table, the
+beautiful yellow porcelain shining in the silvery light.
+
+"I wonder if Arthur really didn't do it?" thought Teddy. "It is the
+queerest, strangest thing that ever happened. I wish we could find out
+about it."
+
+She thought about this for some time, and then spying a Chinese puzzle
+which hung from a corner of a cabinet, she took it down and began to
+play with it. It was composed of a number of slender sticks of carved
+ivory which were strung horizontally upon silken cords of various
+colors. Theodora had seen it before, and she never wearied of slipping
+the sticks up and down the silk, first disclosing a dozen cords, then
+but two or three, sometimes more, sometimes less, the mechanism of which
+constituted the puzzle. She worked at it for ten minutes, sitting in the
+full glory of the moonlight; and then suddenly she became conscious that
+she was not alone in the room.
+
+A slight, almost imperceptible noise behind her, the faintest of
+movements in the back of the room, told her that unquestionably some one
+was there!
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+A LOYAL TRAITOR.
+
+A STORY OF THE WAR OF 1812 BETWEEN AMERICA AND ENGLAND.
+
+BY JAMES BARNES.
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+A GENTLEMAN VALET.
+
+I breakfasted next morning with my three titled friends, and during the
+discussion we held it was agreed that the best way to keep suspicion
+from me--for they were apparently quite as apprehensive of my being
+taken by the authorities as an escaped prisoner as I was myself--was for
+me to assume the position of private servant for the nonce to my patron
+and kind friend Monsieur de Brissac.
+
+We started about nine o'clock in the morning along the post-road to the
+eastward, with a ride of some hundred and ten miles and over before us,
+I was informed.
+
+The two gentlemen drove ahead in a high-wheeled chaise, while I and the
+servant of Monsieur le Marquis de Senez followed by the coach within a
+few minutes of their starting. It was our intention to pass the night at
+Oxford, and we expected to reach London on the afternoon of the
+following day.
+
+They had spoken very openly before me, and although they had not
+indulged in any explanations, I garnered from the earnestness of their
+talk, and from the substance of it, that they had not given up all ideas
+of dwelling once more in France, and returning to the grandeur they had
+been accustomed to. Their bitterness against Napoleon was extreme, but
+with him out of it, I do not see how they ever expected to live in a
+country whose inhabitants they hated as a nation; for if the common and
+middle class of people do not compose a nation's blood and body, I miss
+my reckoning.
+
+The view from the coach-top as we descended the hill from the inn was
+extremely fine. The river below took a bend almost in the shape of the
+crook of a man's elbow, and enclosed an island covered with houses,
+connected with the shore by a large bridge. But soon we had shut the
+view of the water behind us, and as we progressed inland the smell of
+the sea disappeared entirely.
+
+The man Baptiste, alongside of whom I was sitting on the second seat,
+had the impassive, expressionless face of the trained servant. As he was
+not disposed to be communicative, and had evidently been told to treat
+me with respect, I grew reserved, and out of caution I kept silent; but
+nevertheless my enjoyment was not prevented from being of the very
+keenest.
+
+I could crowd these pages by detailing my sensations. I could have sung
+or shouted, so high were my spirits. And I had to keep all this to
+myself; and being but a lad, as I say, it was far from easy. Two or
+three times I got down to stretch my legs, and thus I found myself
+walking behind the coach as we entered the little hamlet of Witney. In
+fact I did not know that we were so close to a village until I saw the
+guard get out his horn to toot it, as was his custom when approaching
+one.
+
+Running after the coach, I swung myself on board just as we rolled
+across a bridge over a small clear stream. We had taken on fresh horses
+at a place called Burford, if I remember rightly, some short time back,
+and we would not have stopped at the little place we were entering at
+all (the driver was pleased with himself and proud of the rate at which
+we had been travelling), but as we went by the gate of a private park we
+were hailed, and looking over the side, I saw two officers in
+regimentals waiting to be taken up on the coach. One of them had the
+uniform of the Somersetshire regiment that had been stationed at the
+Stapleton prison. In fact I recognized the man before he had seated
+himself as one of my former guardians. But he glanced carelessly at us,
+and stared rather insolently into the face of a young country lass who
+was evidently leaving home, as she had had her handkerchief to her eyes
+for the past hour or more.
+
+I need not have feared recognition if I had thought for a minute, for I
+was something of a dandy in my way. My legs were encased in gray
+breeches buttoned tightly from the knee to the ankle. My coat, with its
+long tails, was of blue cloth, with brass buttons, and the large velvet
+collar reached up behind, almost swamping my ears. My waist-coat had
+wide lapels (pulled outside the coat), and was made of cream-colored
+satin. My stock was of clean white linen, and my hat, that was a trifle
+too small, would persist in getting rakishly over my left eye, as if it
+understood that I was careless, happy, and defiant of bad fortune.
+
+I believe I could write pages of descriptions of all I saw and felt on
+this journey, but I am really most anxious myself to reach the more
+interesting part of it, and so resist temptation. We arrived at Oxford
+in the late afternoon. I was delighted at the glimpses of the old
+college buildings and the students playing at cricket in the fields,
+while through the trees I could see that we were near a river, as now
+and then the water would flash into sight.
+
+When we reached the inn at which we intended to stop, Monsieur de
+Brissac, who had arrived already, sent for me to come to his room. I was
+fully prepared to carry up his box or to tend him in any way, as
+befitted my supposed position; but as soon as I entered the apartment he
+greeted me with a smile.
+
+"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, "be seated."
+
+A queer tingling thrilled me as he called me by that title.
+
+"I will explain to you," Monsieur de Brissac went on, "that in London
+there are a large number of us who have been forced to take up residence
+outside of France. Your own story is so remarkable that although,
+believe me, I myself do not doubt it, it would not be best to tell it to
+every one who might listen. Therefore, believe me, forget, as you have
+said, that you were an American, put outside from you the idea, above
+all things, that you have escaped from a prison of the English, and
+indeed, if possible, show little knowledge of the tongue. It is a
+frightful speech at the best, and racks the throat and ears. To people
+whom you meet you are Jean Amedee de Brienne, son of le Marquis Henri
+Amedee Lovalle de Brienne; your story is that you have come to England
+from America" (he lowered his voice and looked over his shoulder) "to
+join us. Ah, we need young blood and swords."
+
+"But, Monsieur le Marquis," I interrupted, intending to blurt out the
+truth and abide by the consequences, "there is just one thing I--"
+
+Monsieur de Brissac playfully touched me on the shoulder. "Never mind
+about that now," he said; "you will understand everything in a short
+time. Perhaps some day your grandfather's great estates shall belong to
+you, as they must in the sight of God and the saints, and as the blessed
+Church allows it to be true. Then," he exclaimed--"then we will whip
+this _canaille_, lash these dogs into shape, or drown them as they
+drowned us, eh? Ah, yes, that we will do. The bubble will soon burst,
+and they will be glad to take our crumbs. But no more for to-day.
+To-morrow you shall be informed. I know that you are to be trusted,
+monsieur. Say nothing. It is my pleasure to serve you. Be cautious with
+others."
+
+Of course this touched me, and I do not doubt I showed it as I bowed
+myself out of Monsieur de Brissac's apartments, that were the best the
+place afforded. Our conversation had been held in French, of course, and
+in setting this down I have condensed it somewhat, but the gist of what
+he said is here.
+
+I had begun to grow very much attached to my kind patron, for such I
+call him in this recounting; and I also was much taken with the elder
+man, the Marquis de Senez; but he was not so frank or, if I may say it,
+so simple as the other.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Well! I have taken a leap over two weeks of time as the very best way to
+avoid falling into the error of becoming verbose.
+
+It is a great shift of scene. Here I was, seated in a low-backed
+soft-cushioned chair, with my feet on another, a linen napkin tucked in
+about my throat, and over me was bending a strange little old man who
+addressed me as "monsieur le marquis," as he curled my hair with a pair
+of hot irons. Now truly this was a change from being a prisoner at
+Stapleten, a scarecrow-clad figure doddering along the highway, or even
+from the position of a gentleman's gentleman riding outside of a coach
+on the post-road. Yet all these three had I been almost within the
+fortnight, and what was I now? Why, "le Marquis de Brienne," who dined
+with noblemen, and had learned in these few short days to make pretty
+speeches to ladies of quality in silks and satins. What is more, I was
+fairly launched as a conspirator.
+
+I hope that none who reads this will suppose that I was not sailing a
+proper course, or that I was living a life of deceit for the purpose of
+gain, for the reason that it is evident that I am gifted with an
+adaptable temperament. Oh no! I hope I can say that what money I had I
+came by honestly, for it had been given to me with the intention that I
+should pay it back at some future time (I have paid it long since, to
+the last penny), and I was imposing on no one, unless it was my friend
+Monsieur de Brissac, whose pleasure it was to do anything for me, and
+lastly there is nothing in all this that is intended as an apology of my
+position.
+
+It cannot be said that I was luxuriously surrounded, despite that I was
+lolling in an easy-chair and having my hair curled by my own private
+servant. I was living in lodgings on the top floor of a house not far
+from Orchard Street, off Piccadilly, a house that had more the dignity
+of age in its appearance than an air of prosperity. I was the possessor
+of a suite of four rooms under the roof.
+
+The click of the irons ceased for a minute.
+
+"Ah, Monsieur le Marquis, I remember well your grandfather when I was a
+young man, and he not much older! He wore his own hair, monsieur. I
+never remember seeing him in anything else. It was much handsomer than a
+wig. You resemble him much, monsieur."
+
+[Illustration: "IF MARY COULD ONLY SEE ME NOW."]
+
+This speech had called me back to myself, for at that moment I had been
+thinking of Mary Tanner and the old days on the hill-side at Belair.
+Yes, there was no doubt about it, she was much prettier than the
+Comtesse de Navarreins, with whom I had danced a quadrille the previous
+evening. What a strange career I had had! Oh, if Mary could see me now!
+How fine it was to be the nobleman! How Mary's eyes would open!
+
+But the old servant was waiting for me to speak.
+
+"Ah, Gustave," I replied, making a wry face at myself in the glass, for
+the old man had given my hair a tremendous twist with the tongs, "I
+doubt that we shall see the old days again. From what I hear, France
+seems to be getting ahead fairly well without such men as my
+grandfather. The people seem to be able to look out for themselves and
+struggle on."
+
+I glanced at the reflection of the old man's face. On it was a compound
+of expressions.
+
+"Monsieur le Marquis," he said, quietly, "had they not killed the
+kindest master in the world I should be one of them to-day. It is that
+alone that made me leave my country. Could I but forget the guillotine
+and the days of horror, and that I really loved my King, I could rejoice
+in France's every victory."
+
+It rather surprised me to hear the old man speak thus, for his language
+was better than one might expect to hear from the lips of one who had
+been born and bred a lackey. But they set me to thinking, and his next
+question chimed in well with my thoughts.
+
+"You have seen France, Monsieur le Marquis?" he asked.
+
+"No, Gustave, I have never been there," I replied. "I have lived my life
+in far-off America."
+
+Now with this word a surge of pride came over me. What was this France
+that I had never seen to me? What were the plottings of the little band
+of nobles who had been despoiled of what they called their rights? Why,
+_I_ was an American! There was my heart! Could I ever truly enter in
+with all my will and spirit for the cause or the factions of another
+exiled government? What reward was there for me? Ay, what reward? I
+remembered those brave men whom I had left in prison. (Ah, one can learn
+patriotism in a prison!) Sutton, the boatswain's mate, with the stars
+and stripes as big as your two hands tatooed across his broad chest,
+came in my mind's eye. His country's flag was mine! The watchword of
+Lawrence, that had been brought to us by the prisoners from the
+_Chesapeake_, rang in my ears as it had rung through the crowded prison,
+"Don't give up the ship!" Of a truth I was no Frenchman, though I could
+pass as such, and had done so.
+
+Wondering what my messmates had been saying about my strange
+disappearance, I fell into a reverie of retrospection. Where were
+Captain Temple and the _Young Eagle_? Where was Cy Plummer, who had
+loaned me his belongings, and who, in my mind's eye, I could see with
+his bundle over his shoulder, chanting his song as he went over the
+hill? Where was the brave sailor who had thrown his severed hand at the
+feet of the English officer, and what was I but a person who was
+allowing himself to become deeper embroiled in a cause in which he had
+no heart, and becoming committed deeper and deeper every day to plots
+and conspiracies for whose methods he had no stomach (yes, I may set it
+down--assassination, dagger, and pistol, were spoken of). Truly I had no
+place here, and a great wish came over me that I could exchange this
+borrowed finery, and this assumption of being what I was not, for a
+sailor's toggery, the wide sweep of the sea, and take up again my life
+on a vessel to whose peak I might look up and see the flag for whose
+sake _my_ countrymen were dying, for whose sake I should and would be
+fighting as soon as God would let me.
+
+The door of the little room opened. Gustave had long since had my hair
+arranged to his satisfaction, and I had been sitting in silence I know
+not how long. But with the draught of air from the hallway I turned my
+head and saw a small dwarf of a man, who was a sort of a servant and
+boots in the house, standing there with the morning paper. I took
+it--the London _Times_--and read the head-lines in the first column,
+"England's Disgrace," in big black letters. And below it, "Has Another
+Vessel Been Lost in Single Action to the United States?" Hastily I read
+the reported rumor (pity 'twas nothing else) of the capture of another
+forty-four-gun frigate by the _Constitution_. I laughed aloud at the
+_Times_'s expressions of astonishment that such things should be, and
+then I threw the paper down and burst into a loud huzza.
+
+Gustave had been watching me as if he thought I had suddenly turned
+madman.
+
+"Is Napoleon defeated?" he inquired.
+
+"No, no; not that," I answered, smiling to myself, and I think truly
+that the old man gave a sigh of relief. At this moment there was a tap
+on the door, and the old servant laid down the fine plum-colored coat
+that he had been preparing for my wearing, and Monsieur de Brissac was
+ushered in by him with a low bow. The nobleman closed the door behind
+him. "Mon ami," he said, hurriedly, "I would speak to you alone."
+Gustave (he had been "loaned" to me by De Senez) was too old a servant
+to be told. He picked up a pair of boots and went out into the hallway.
+
+"It is arranged!" cried Monsieur de Brissac, speaking quickly and
+excitedly. "Three of us must leave for Paris. A cipher letter has been
+received. The time is most opportune, my dear Blondin."
+
+He gave me an embrace, to which I confess I replied, because he was my
+friend, and then he continued. "You are the one to go with us," he said.
+"De Senez and you and myself. We can face the danger bravely, mon ami.
+Consider the reward!"
+
+Ay, there it was again, "the reward." What did I really care for it?
+
+"I have an invitation for you to be one of a little partie carree this
+evening," Monsieur de Brissac went on. "I judge it is best that you
+attend. Eh, what's the matter?"
+
+I was standing with my back to him looking out of the window, when he
+approached and placed his hand upon my shoulder. I turned, and his eyes
+met mine. I was constrained to speak at once of what was uppermost in my
+thoughts. It required some courage.
+
+"Monsieur de Brissac," I asked, "what do you really think of me?"
+
+"I think you are one who can be trusted," he replied. "In fact, on that
+I would stake my life; but--" He hesitated.
+
+"But what?" I inquired.
+
+"I pray you not to take offence," my kind friend went on; "but why
+should I not tell you? The manner of your joining us was certainly most
+strange, and in some minds has excited a suspicion. That there have been
+spies among us, I know well; but you--"
+
+I interrupted him. "Believe me, my dear friend, I would rather die than
+betray a single word of what I have heard or know by being told. But
+listen"--I spoke earnestly and slowly--"one can be honest with a friend.
+I truly doubt the ultimate success of any scheming to restore the old
+French regime. I have thought everything over carefully, and have come
+to a decision, my first statement put aside."
+
+Monsieur de Brissac said nothing, but stood there listening, with one
+elbow on the mantel-piece, whilst I continued speaking. It was some
+minutes before I had finished, but I told him frankly of my position,
+and what I considered right for me to do. He was most attentive, and
+although once or twice I saw that he felt like making some interruption,
+he restrained himself.
+
+"I shall not ask," he said at last, "why you did not tell me this thing
+before; but, believe me, even at this late hour, monsieur, I appreciate
+the confidence that you have placed in me. As to your misgivings in
+regard to our attempts to restore the better things, I shall say
+nothing. If you have weighed carefully the matter, I shall not attempt
+to dissuade you. But one thing, spoken as a friend, I must tell you: Do
+not, for your life, breathe a word of this to De Senez or to any of the
+others."
+
+"Tell me, what am I to do?" I asked. "I am in your power--your hands."
+
+"It would be wrong," the Marquis replied, musingly, but with a sad tone
+in his words, "not to help you, aside from the requirements of
+friendship. So do not fear."
+
+"I do not fear; I do not fear," I reiterated. "But what shall I do?"
+
+"You must come with us to France," Monsieur de Brissac answered,
+speaking in the same low tone of voice. "Despite the embargo laid on
+trade and importations by the usurper, money works corruption,
+corruption means many things. It is a known fact that licenses to enter
+French ports have been sold to both American and English vessels. You
+are not safe in this country. Come with us to where danger will be no
+less, but chances to follow your own ideas the better. I can explain
+that you have left for some French port when you leave us, and if you do
+not return, I shall join in the mourning, that is all. We will increase
+our party by one in order to keep up the original number. I shall let
+you know to-night how we intend to leave England. Good-by, until this
+evening. Au revoir, monsieur."
+
+When he had gone I began to think and ponder over what had passed. Had I
+been foolish in being so frank and clear spoken? A word from the
+Marquis, and I might be returned to the hulks or the prison-yard. Yet in
+getting out of England lay my only chance. From what had gone before, I
+understood that it was intended to make a voyage across the Channel in
+one of the small smuggling vessels that plied an adventurous and
+remunerative trade along the coast of England, despite the careful
+watching of the coast-guard vessels and the war-ships. But Monsieur de
+Brissac's manner had chilled towards me--I felt that. My words had
+killed the enthusiasm with which he had always addressed me. I half
+feared that I had been rash.
+
+Notwithstanding this, we made rather a merry party at the gathering that
+evening. To all intents, nothing had occurred, and not until it came to
+the breaking up of the little poverty-stricken court, which was held at
+the mansion of the Comtesse de Navarreins, was there anything said of
+the approaching departure; but as we left, De Brissac ran his arm
+through mine, at the same time saying, "I shall walk home with you, if
+you will permit me, Monsieur de Brienne." We strolled in silence, I
+waiting for my friend to speak. At last he did so, at my door. "At
+twelve o'clock to-night you and I will start northwards in a chaise, and
+to-morrow evening," he whispered, softly, "we will find ourselves in the
+neighborhood of N----, where we will meet the others, and debark, if the
+weather permits, in one of the little luggers that cut deeply into the
+King's revenue. If we land safely on the other side, you had best leave
+us at once. Leave it all to me. In an hour I call for you."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Before daylight of the next morning Monsieur de Brissac and myself were
+some thirty miles north of London, driving through the county of Essex.
+At about ten o'clock we breakfasted at a way-side tavern, where we
+exchanged our tired horse for two saddle beasts, I having quite a tussle
+with mine as I mounted, and then we pressed ahead all the afternoon,
+expecting to be near the little village of N---- some time in the
+evening. It was damp and chilly for this time of the year; the prospect
+was not fine in the way of scenery, and my companion was in no talkative
+frame of mind. It was strange; I was, so to speak, a blind man in the
+power of his guide, for if I should lose Monsieur de Brissac, I should
+be in a bad way. At last I knew we were near the sea, for I could smell
+it in the air long before it burst in view.
+
+I wondered greatly at my patron's knowledge of the road and the by-ways
+by which we reached this particular bit of the coast. For hours we had
+ridden across a wind-swept plateau, seamed by many deep-worn paths
+running in all directions. In the earlier part of the afternoon
+gibbetlike sign-posts had helped to point us to the right direction, but
+as it grew toward dusk we saw none of them, and yet never once had
+Monsieur de Brissac faltered; turning and twisting and yet keeping the
+same general direction, until he had brought us to the edge of the
+narrow height along which we were riding. Finally we sighted a little
+cluster of huts, whose roofs we looked down upon from the top of a
+great, high sand cliff, and then Monsieur de Brissac pointed.
+
+"Your eyes are good," he said. "Can you see whether there is anything
+hanging from the window of the house nearest yonder small dock?"
+
+I gazed intently. In the growing darkness I could make out a white rag
+or something fluttering from the window-sill, and so I reported.
+
+"The signal," was the response to my information. "They are ahead of us,
+and all is well."
+
+It was no easy job to urge our tired nags down the steep runway, and had
+my mount backed and filled the way he had when I first put my leg over
+him, we might both of us have pitched headlong upon the roofs of some of
+the outlying huts, for they were scarcely more.
+
+I suppose that this little village was considered of too small
+importance to be watched closely by the government, but it must have
+been apparent that it was not fishing or net-mending that kept so many
+stalwart sailor-men there.
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+CAPTAIN LEARY'S SAMOAN EXPERIENCE.
+
+SOME STIRRING INCIDENTS IN RECENT AMERICAN NAVAL HISTORY.
+
+BY FRANKLIN MATTHEWS.
+
+
+[Illustration: CAPTAIN LEARY AT SAMOA.]
+
+No man can deny that there are times when war, with all its horrors, is
+necessary and honorable. One of these times is when war is waged for the
+rights of common humanity. Some of the most stirring episodes in our
+history have been associated with this kind of noble effort. Many a time
+have the decks of our men-of-war been cleared for action in such a
+cause. Many a time has some one of our naval officers, thousands of
+miles away from home, with no means of asking for instructions, taken
+action which meant warfare, with its loss of life and great expenditure
+of money, simply because he knew he was doing what was right, and really
+was acting for the civilized nations of the world. We thundered at the
+gates of Japan. We have fired on and punished pirates. Only recently we
+cleared our ships for action in the harbor of Rio de Janeiro. More than
+fifty years ago one of the bravest men that ever wore the naval uniform
+of the United States defied the power of Austria in her own waters
+because she would not give up an American citizen confined on one of her
+war-ships, and the roar of "Old Ingraham," as he ordered his ship
+cleared for action when he knew that in a fight he would probably be
+beaten, was heard around the world.
+
+Most of these "minor episodes" of our navy have been associated with the
+misdeeds of half-civilized nations. Occasionally one has had to do with
+a nation of first rank. One of these was the stand of Ingraham in
+Austria. I want to tell of another deed which, in my judgment, was as
+important as that of Ingraham, and which came within a hair's-breadth of
+involving us, in 1889, in war with Germany, then, as now, a nation of
+great military prowess. It is a story the full details of which have
+never been made known, and one that should make American blood tingle
+with pride. The story reveals the heroism of one of our naval officers
+who has always refused to exalt his part of the work, saying he merely
+did his duty; he did not hesitate, even if war with Germany should
+result, to uphold the honor of our flag, and to protect women and
+children and the sick and infirm in the name of humanity.
+
+That man was Commander Richard P. Leary of our navy, and the incidents
+that led up to his action happened at and near the harbor of Apia in the
+beautiful Samoan Islands. Time and again have I and other writers asked
+Leary to tell about it, and time and again has he resolutely refused,
+saying that the sense of having done his duty was all the reward he
+wanted. Consequently I have been forced to go to the public records and
+to some of the men who were in Samoa at the time to get the details of a
+long series of acts which resulted one day in an American man-of-war and
+a German man-of-war lying side by side a short distance outside of Apia
+Harbor, each cleared for action, and war between our country and Germany
+depending upon whether the Captain of the German ship should fire upon
+some native forts on the mainland. Such shots would have gone over the
+deck of the _Adams_, which Leary commanded, and he practically, although
+not literally, sent word to the German commander that the first shot on
+the native forts would be answered by a broadside from American guns.
+After almost an entire day of intense excitement on board both ships and
+on the mainland, the German commander yielded--went back into port--and
+a grave crisis in our history was safely passed--because of the
+patriotism and pluck of one of our naval officers who to this day
+refuses to talk about it.
+
+To understand the story fully we must go into the causes of the trouble.
+The Samoan, or Navigator Islands, have always been an object of envy by
+nations which are known as "land-grabbers." The desire of the Germans to
+secure control of those islands had caused most of the troubles of the
+Samoans in recent years. It was the old desire for money and property
+over again. The United States had long recognized the Samoans as a
+civilized people, and had made a treaty with them. In time Germany and
+England united with us in a joint treaty with the Samoans for their
+protection and development. German residents there wanted control of
+trade, and stirred up a rebellion against the High Chief, or King,
+Malietoa. They took the side of Tamasese, a pretender to the throne. On
+a pretext that property belonging to Germans--some pigs and some
+cocoanuts--had been stolen by Malietoa's men, they declared war against
+him, and finally made him give himself up to them to save his people
+from slaughter. He was deported to Africa, and later to Germany. The
+Samoans would not have Tamasese for King, and practically the entire
+nation rallied around Mataafa, who succeeded Malietoa.
+
+There was now a civil war between the two factions. The Americans did
+not take sides, except to refuse to acknowledge Tamasese as King. The
+Germans did take sides, notwithstanding the treaty of neutrality. They
+bombarded villages on this and that excuse; they fired on unarmed
+natives in boats; they gave aid openly to Tamasese; they assumed an air
+of possession of the islands. Now it must not be supposed that all this
+was done with the full approval of the German government, because the
+Germans in time brought back Malietoa, and since then they have recalled
+the one man who stirred up most of the trouble. In speaking, therefore,
+of the matter, let it be understood that we have strict reference to
+those Germans alone who were in Samoa.
+
+[Illustration: THE GERMAN WAR-SHIP "ADLER."]
+
+There was constant friction between the Americans and Germans in Apia,
+and many letters passed between Captain Leary and the Captain of the
+German war-ship _Adler_, stationed there at the time. This being a story
+of Captain Leary's patriotic acts, we need go no further into the
+details of Samoan history. One of the first of Leary's notable acts was
+to send a letter, on September 6, 1888, to the Captain of the _Adler_.
+The _Adler_, on the day before, had gone to the island of Manono to burn
+the houses and villages of the natives who would not support Tamasese.
+The war-ship took some of Tamasese's boats in tow, and soon the guns of
+the war-ship were heard bombarding houses known to have been occupied by
+defenceless women and children. The _Adler_ came back the next day, and
+at once Captain Leary sent the German Captain a letter of protest. He
+recited what he knew of the bombardment and what he had been told, and
+then he added, with a firmness that does one good to read:
+
+     "Such action, especially after the Tamasese party having been
+     represented as a strong government, not needing the armed support
+     of a foreign power, appears to be a violation of the principles of
+     international law as well as a violation of the generally
+     recognized laws of humanity. Being the only other representative of
+     a naval power now represented in this harbor, _for the sake of
+     humanity I hereby respectfully and solemnly protest in the name of
+     the United States of America and of the civilized world in general_
+     against the use of a war-vessel for such service as was yesterday
+     rendered by the German corvette _Adler_."
+
+[Illustration: THE UNITED STATES WAR-SHIP "ADAMS."]
+
+This was the first open breach between the commanders of the two
+war-ships. Leary based his action simply on the ground of humanity. One
+of his next conspicuous acts was to uphold the honor of the American
+flag. A body of Tamasese's men were encamped on Mulinuu Point, which the
+Germans claimed was under the jurisdiction of their government because
+Germans owned property there. Some of these natives saw an American flag
+floating at the top of a tree not far away. It was placed there by a
+half-breed who was an American citizen. It floated above his own
+property. The Tamasese men tore it down and into strips. Then they
+partly wrecked his house and threatened to kill him. Captain Leary soon
+heard of it, and he sent a letter to the _Adler_'s Captain asking if the
+natives were under the protection of the German war-ship. He wanted to
+fix the responsibility for the insult to the American flag, because, as
+he said, he was "obliged to furnish necessary protection to Americans in
+jeopardy."
+
+The German Captain made a non-committal reply, and the next day Leary
+repeated his request, saying that the question at issue was not one of
+diplomacy, but of military policy. He then showed his American spirit in
+these utterances:
+
+     "Under the shadow of the German fort at Mulinuu atrocities have
+     been committed on American property, and the lives of the American
+     owners have been threatened and jeopardized by armed natives, who
+     appear to be sheltered by the naval force belonging to the vessel
+     under your command. My official obligations do not permit me to
+     negotiate with diplomatic or political representatives of foreign
+     powers, but with military or naval commanders interested in
+     official acts; and as the naval commander charged with the
+     protection of American citizens, I again have the honor
+     respectfully to request to be informed 'whether the armed natives
+     at Mulinuu Point are under the protection of the Imperial Naval
+     Guard belonging to the vessel under your command or are they not
+     under that protection.'"
+
+Leary received an evasive reply to this, and the relations between the
+two commanders became more strained. Leary did not stop with this. He
+sent a letter to Tamasese demanding restitution. The Germans, who had
+control of the local post-office, would not forward the letter, and
+later Leary sent another, in which he said:
+
+     "I have the honor to inform your Highness that the articles
+     forcibly taken from the house of Mr. Scanlan by your people have
+     not yet been returned, and that they must be restored to Mr.
+     Scanlan without unnecessary delay, for which purpose I shall wait
+     until sunset, Wednesday the 14th, and if it be not reported to me
+     by that time that my demand has been complied with, I shall be at
+     liberty to take such action as will in future _enforce a wholesome
+     respect for the American flag_ and the laws and property under its
+     protection.
+
+     "A red flag hoisted at the foremast of an American war-vessel
+     simultaneously with the discharge of a blank charge will be the
+     signal for you to remove from your fort and vicinity to a place of
+     safety all women, children, sick, and wounded, for which purpose a
+     liberal time will be allowed before resorting to more serious
+     measures."
+
+No second notice was required from Leary. Tamasese restored the property
+to Mr. Scanlan, including the American flag, which floated secure from
+insult on his property afterward.
+
+[TO BE CONTINUED.]
+
+
+
+
+THE WRONG TRAIN.
+
+BY SOPHIE SWETT.
+
+
+The night telegraph operator at Orinoco Junction had the mumps. His name
+was Samuel Dusenberry, and he was seventeen, which is young to have so
+responsible a position; in fact it was Sam's first position, and he was
+on trial. He was also the head of his family, and in that position Sam
+had been heard to grumblingly remark that he was also on trial, for
+Phineas and Mary Jane, and even little Ajax, thought they could manage
+things as well as he could.
+
+Although seventeen is young for such responsibilities as Sam's, it is
+disgracefully old to have the mumps--or so Sam thought, and he persisted
+in declaring that he hadn't, while his cheeks swelled and swelled, until
+his watery smarting eyes were almost concealed; and he was extremely
+cross when little Ajax assured him that if he felt just as if he were
+not Sam at all, that was the mumps, because that was the way he felt
+when he had 'em. Mary Jane, who attended to the family grammar, was
+somewhat troubled because they all spoke of the disease as plural; but
+Phineas stoutly maintained that this was proper when you had 'em on both
+sides at once, like Sam.
+
+He hadn't the mumps, and if he had, he was going to his work at the
+station that night; that was what Sam insisted, although Mary Jane
+begged him not to with tears in her eyes, and threatened to tell their
+mother, from whom they carefully kept every worrying thing, because she
+was a helpless invalid. It was only at the last moment, when he found
+that things began to whirl around him and his knees to shake, when he
+tried to get to the door, that Sam gave up, and said he supposed Phineas
+would have to go in his place.
+
+"It is so fortunate," said Mary Jane, "that Phineas knows how."
+
+"But he's such a sleepy-head. I ought to have asked the company to
+appoint a substitute. It's irregular, anyway, and if anything should
+happen--!" groaned Sam.
+
+He was one who felt his responsibilities, and mumps are not conducive to
+cheerful views. As for Phineas, he felt that at last the boy and the
+opportunity had met. Phineas had been repressed--kept in the background
+all too long, in his own opinion, first by the supposed superior
+"smartness" of Sam, and second by the continual tutelage of his twin
+sister Mary Jane. Her whole attention seemed to be given to the subject
+of what a boy ought not to do; after a time this becomes wearing upon
+the boy. Perhaps Mary Jane had come to assume this unpleasant
+superiority because a heavy twin-sisterly duty constantly devolved upon
+her--keeping Phineas awake; in the history class, in the long prayer,
+when Uncle Samuel came, periodically, to give them good advice, Mary
+Jane found it always necessary to keep her eye on Phineas and the
+sharpest elbow in Orinoco in readiness.
+
+At first Mary Jane had said that he ought not to learn telegraphy,
+because he could not keep awake; but when he persisted, she came to
+share his optimistic belief that it would _keep_ him awake. But perhaps
+Sam's groan was not without its excuse; certainly no one disputed that
+Phineas was "a sleepy-head."
+
+"I tell you it's hard for even an old stager to keep awake all night
+long"--Sam had been an operator for two months--"even when he's had some
+sleep in the daytime, as you haven't. It won't do for you to sit down at
+all, you know; or if you get all tired out walking round, sit on the
+tall three-legged stool out in the middle of the floor; if you get to
+nodding, that will tip over. I've fallen asleep once or twice, but it
+has waked me when my office has been called on the wire. It wouldn't
+wake you!"
+
+"It won't have a chance, because I sha'n't be asleep," said Phineas,
+stoutly.
+
+"Your eyesight is good, isn't it, Phin?"
+
+"Well, I rather guess!" said Phineas, indignantly.
+
+"You have to swing a red or a white lantern. I shall be glad when we
+have the semaphore signals on our road." (Sam's easy use of learned
+technical expressions always caused Mary Jane's mouth to open wide with
+admiration.) "I say, Phin, what color are Mary Jane's mittens?" Sam
+asked this question with sudden breathless eagerness. "A new operator,
+who was color-blind, wrecked the Northern Express on the L---- road!"
+
+"Red," said Phineas, with scornful promptness, and was then forced to
+pass an examination in all the colors of Mary Jane's hooked rug.
+
+"And if there's anything you don't understand, you can ask Lon Brophy in
+the ticket-office." Sam fell back on the lounge, with a long sigh, as he
+gave Phineas this parting assurance.
+
+But Mary Jane ran out to the gate after him. "Don't sit down even on
+the three-legged stool. It might go over and you wouldn't wake. Think of
+the boy that stood on the burning deck, or the one that let the fox gnaw
+him, whenever you feel sleepy." Along with this stern advice Mary Jane
+forced upon Phineas a dainty lunch that she had prepared, and a can of
+coffee, which he could heat upon the station stove.
+
+After all, Mary Jane was a good sister, and perhaps she did not deserve
+that Phineas should mutter, as he walked along, that it was a mistake
+for a girl to think herself so smart.
+
+As Phin walked toward the station in the bracing air of the November
+night, he was hotly resentful of the distrust that had been shown of his
+ability to take Sam's place for just one night.
+
+The station at Orinoco Junction was a lively place when Phineas relieved
+Tom Woolley, the day operator, at six o'clock. At that time many trains
+stopped, and they were crowded, because there was a great political
+gathering at L----, twenty miles farther on. The little restaurant was
+filled with a jostling crowd. The sharp cries of the popcorn boys
+mingled with political announcements and a running fire of boasts and
+jokes.
+
+Tom Woolley took down his overcoat from its nail with a sigh of relief.
+
+"They've kept me at it all day," he said.
+
+But at the door he turned, as if struck by a sudden misgiving, and
+looked Phin over critically.
+
+"It's going to quiet down by-and-by. Can you keep awake all night--a
+youngster like you?"
+
+It seemed as if Mary Jane must have been telling; she always did talk
+and talk--a worse fault than being a little sleepy, if she had only
+known it, thought Phin. Tom Woolley was nineteen, and had an incipient
+mustache; he twirled its imaginary ends as he looked Phin over; and
+Phin's blood boiled.
+
+"Oh, well, sonny, don't fire up," said Tom, easily; "but you'd better
+look sharp, you know," he added, with a grave nod. "There are a couple
+of extra trains expected, and the president of the road is likely to be
+on board of one of them; lives up at Ganges, you know--going home to
+vote."
+
+Phin muttered that he guessed he could take care of extra trains,
+whether there were presidents on board or not, and when Tom Woolley had
+taken himself off, his courage rose, and he felt himself master of the
+situation.
+
+By seven o'clock there came a lull; when the nine-o'clock bell rang from
+the Baptist church steeple you would have thought all Orinoco had gone
+to sleep. There were no trains between half past eight and ten. Nine
+o'clock was Phin's bedtime; it's queer, but almost anywhere, unless it's
+the night before the Fourth of July, a boy feels his bedtime; besides,
+the room was close, and the clock ticked monotonously. Phin heated his
+coffee and ate his luncheon; he wasn't hungry, but it was necessary to
+do something to shake off drowsiness. There was chicken, and Nep
+crunched the bones and barked for a cooky; after that he scratched the
+door and whined so that Phin was forced to let him out; he thought the
+dog only wanted to stretch his legs and breathe a little fresh air, but
+Nep walked deliberately homeward, and refused to be whistled back. Nep
+disliked irregular proceedings, and knew the comfort of one's own bed at
+night.
+
+"Of course I don't really need him to keep me awake," Phin said to
+himself; but nevertheless his heart sank; he began to have a suspicion
+that nights were long.
+
+He pulled himself together and began to walk the floor; when he grew so
+tired that he ached he drew the three-legged stool out into the middle
+of the floor and perched himself upon it.
+
+Suddenly--it seemed only a moment after he had brought out that
+stool--he found himself in the office with his hand on the key; there
+had been a call on his office; he had been asleep, and had been wakened
+by it, as Sam boasted that he had been! A fellow might allow himself to
+drowse a little when he could wake like that.
+
+No, the Punjaub express had not passed; that was what they wanted to
+know at Cowaree and all along the line. Presently uncomplimentary
+epithets began to be hurled at him over the wire. Sam had complained
+that the fellow at Cowaree had "the big head," but--the Punjaub express
+had passed, so they said!
+
+He must have slept very soundly; the three-legged stool _was_ tipped
+over; he remembered vaguely that he had picked himself off the floor to
+answer that call.
+
+Drops of perspiration stood upon Phin's forehead when he returned to the
+waiting-room after that Cowaree fellow and the others had exhausted
+their eloquence.
+
+He began a weary march around the room; it would not do to sit down
+again, even upon the three-legged stool. Did any one ever know, who had
+not tried it, what a terrible job it was to keep awake all night?
+
+Another call! An order from the despatches to hold No. 39 express for
+orders, and run downward trains against it. That was a responsibility,
+for failure might involve serious accidents. There was no danger that he
+would fall asleep now!
+
+And yet, after a long hour had dragged by, there was a heaviness upon
+his limbs, an oppression upon his brain. He forced himself to walk, but
+he remembered that he had read that sentries sometimes walked while fast
+asleep. Something must be done, and Phineas forced his wits to work;
+they were the wits that had floored the schoolmaster and helped to
+invent the skunk-trap.
+
+He twined some cotton twine across the track at such a height that the
+train would break it. He fastened it to the platform railing, then drew
+it through the key-hole of the door; he tied a piece of zinc upon the
+end, and his coffee-can and the poker, and all these articles he placed
+upon the top of the stove. There were two trains to pass before the No.
+39 express; there would certainly be a clatter that would awaken him to
+report the first one.
+
+He lay down upon the lounge; he was conscious of a blissful,
+irresistible fall into a gulf of sleep, and then-- There was no clatter,
+but a wild scream of pain and fright from the track. Phin sprang to his
+feet, his heart beating wildly; he had slept, and the accident he had
+dreaded had come! He rushed to the track. A man was scrambling to his
+feet, begging for mercy, and piteously demanding a temperance pledge; it
+was old Hosea Giddings, of Crow Hill, who never missed a night at the
+Junction saloon. He had tripped upon the string and broken it. It was
+evident that no train had passed, and Phin felt a thrill of relief. He
+stood back and let the old man scramble up unaided; it was well that he
+should find snares for his feet in the neighborhood of the saloon.
+
+It grew still again, deadly still, after Hosea Giddings and his vows
+were out of hearing, and Phin felt that sleep was again settling down
+upon him. He found a ball of very stout linen twine--that was not a bad
+scheme if the string were strong enough; but this time he tied the end
+to his own wrist. A pull upon that would be more certain to awaken him
+than any noise. Two trains before the No. 39 express; after they had
+passed, a string would not serve, for that must be stopped with the red
+lantern.
+
+He lay down again upon the lounge; the last thing that he remembered was
+feeling for the string about his wrist, to be sure that it was tight.
+
+He was hurled violently across the floor; he felt an almost unendurable
+pain; there was a crash, as if heaven and earth came together, and
+then--was it a long time or only a moment afterwards that he saw Mary
+Jane's face bending over him? She had put water upon his face, and
+something redder than water was trickling from his wrist.
+
+That twine had been strong enough to drag him, and it had cut his wrist
+almost to the bone; his head had hit the stove, and all those things
+that he had forgotten to take off it had come down and hit him.
+
+"I had such a bad dream I just got up and came! I couldn't help it," he
+heard Mary Jane say.
+
+It all seemed to him like a bad dream; but he heard himself say eagerly,
+although it sounded to him like a far-away voice, "No. 39 express, stop
+it! stop it!"
+
+There was in the distance the thunder of a train. Mary Jane seized the
+red lantern from its nail and rushed out.
+
+Though he was still half stupefied, Phin staggered to his feet and made
+his way to the door; in the moonlight he could see the flutter of Mary
+Jane's plaid shawl as she stood on the track.
+
+The train slowed up, and came to a stop only a few feet from the plaid
+shawl.
+
+The conductor demanded an explanation in an excited voice; the engineer
+and the brakeman were complaining in strong language that the train was
+behind time, and shouldn't have been stopped unless for a matter of life
+and death.
+
+Phin had made his way to the track, although he was faint and dizzy; but
+his voice failed him when he tried to speak, for he realized in a flash
+that it was the Ganges branch train that Mary Jane had stopped!
+
+"She--we meant to stop No. 39 express. I got hurt a little and mixed
+up," he faltered at length.
+
+The conductor and the engineer and the brakeman and several train-boys
+and passengers expressed in chorus a strong though condensed opinion of
+the Orinoco station, and of telegraph operators who fell asleep and left
+girls to manage affairs. Perhaps it was as well for Phin's feelings that
+he could not stop to hear it all; there was a call on his office, and he
+hurried as well as he could to the instrument.
+
+"Stop Ganges branch; tunnel bridge broken!" That was the message.
+
+Phin seized the red lantern, which Mary Jane still held, as she sat,
+mortified and miserable, upon the door-step, and rushed up the track.
+The Ganges train had only just started on again, but there was evidently
+a distrust of Phin's red lantern; by the hootings with which it was
+greeted, Phin judged that they thought it a bad joke or another mistake.
+They seemed to mean to run him down. Well, then, they might!
+
+Phin set his teeth, held the lantern aloft, and stood as if he were
+rooted to the track. He made ready to spring for the cow-catcher; it
+actually grazed him as he stood before the train stopped.
+
+"Tunnel bridge broken!" he screamed, hoarsely, as he had been screaming
+incessantly above the rushing of the train and the din of angry voices;
+but it was mechanically now, and they had to carry him back to Mary
+Jane. His wrist had been bleeding all the time; the right wrist, too,
+that swung the lantern; and his head was badly hurt; and--well, it is no
+disgrace for a boy to faint sometimes.
+
+[Illustration: "THERE WAS AN OLD GENTLEMAN WITH A FUR COLLAR TURNED UP
+TO HIS EARS WHO MADE FRIENDS WITH MARY JANE."]
+
+The passengers poured into the station; there was a great chorus of
+thanksgiving, and they made what Phin called a great fuss over him and
+Mary Jane. There was an old gentleman with a fur collar turned up to his
+ears, who made friends with Mary Jane. He seemed to feel deeply what a
+narrow escape the train had had, and he sharply rebuked the conductor
+when he said that the night was so light that they might have seen that
+the bridge was broken; he "did keep an eye on that bridge as soon as the
+frost came, because it was old." (It proved to have been a gang of
+discharged workmen who had wrecked the bridge.) The old man declared it
+a providential mistake that had stopped the wrong train and let the
+message arrive in time.
+
+When they were relieved, in the early morning, after all the Ganges
+passengers had gone on by such conveyances as they could find, Phin and
+Mary Jane walked homeward together.
+
+"You needn't say a word to Sam," warned Phin. "It would only worry him.
+I mean about stopping the wrong train, and all that. I've just heard
+that the old gentleman who talked to you was the president of the road.
+I hope you didn't tell him anything!"
+
+The president of the road! Phin turned and looked with severe suspicion
+at Mary Jane, and Mary Jane turned so pale that the freckles stood out
+like little mud spatters on her face.
+
+"I only told him how anxious Sam was," she faltered, "and what you did
+to keep awake--all about the zinc and poker and things, and how your
+wrist was cut."
+
+"You've told the president of the road that I'm a sleepy-head! Now I
+hope you're satisfied!"
+
+That was, I fear, an unhappy day for Mary Jane; but the next night, when
+Phin went down to help Sam, who would go, although he was not much
+better, Tom Woolley reported that he had received a message from that
+Cowaree fellow, the same one who was so uncomplimentary, that orders had
+been received from headquarters that a place was to be found, the very
+first desirable vacancy, for "a plucky, wide-awake fellow" who had
+substituted the night before in the Orinoco office. And a free pass had
+been ordered for Miss Mary Jane Dusenberry, with the compliments of her
+friend the president of the road.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT]
+
+
+As there has been occasion more or less of late to deprecate the holding
+of so-called "junior" events in track-athletic meetings, it is perhaps
+an appropriate time to devote some space to the subject of athletics for
+younger sportsmen, and to try to impress them, if possible, with the
+fact that any kind of training for boys under sixteen years of age is
+not only inadvisable but absolutely injurious. If boys of that age wish
+to take regular exercise--and they all should--there are better things
+for them to do than to train for contests of speed and endurance. They
+will do better for themselves if they will restrict their endeavors to a
+milder form of athletics, to simple body motions or calisthenics. This,
+of course, is not so interesting, and I know these words will fall upon
+many deaf ears, but their truth will be recognized none the less by
+those who have the slightest experience in such matters.
+
+It is perhaps natural that young boys who see their older companions
+constantly at some kind of preparation, or training, for some branch of
+sport, should wish to imitate their elders, and go in to some similar
+kind of regular work. The older athletes, and those who look after their
+development, ought to use all their power to prevent the youngsters from
+trying to train, instead of encouraging them, as they do, by offering
+medals as prizes in "junior" events.
+
+The last thing that growing boys should try to accomplish is to get
+hardened muscles. This sort of thing retards growth and development,
+thereby defeating the very end that the boys think they are attaining.
+The best kind of training for the younger lads is to keep regular hours,
+both for meals and sleep. They will find this more beneficial than to
+keep a regular hour each day for running or jumping or putting up heavy
+dumbbells. The boy who gets his breakfast, luncheon, and dinner at a
+regular hour each day, and who sleeps eight or nine hours each night,
+and who bathes every morning, will make a much stronger man than the boy
+who trains for "junior" events.
+
+But, as exercise should form a part of each day's occupation, the
+sixteen-year-old boy should take his exercise in a way that will do him
+the most good. He will probably not find it so interesting at first, but
+he will soon discover that he is becoming a better specimen physically
+than his fellows who can run a hundred yards or a mile under a certain
+figure, that really does not mean very much.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1.]
+
+There are a number of body motions that can be performed at home alone,
+or in the gymnasium with others, that develop the chest and the arms,
+the back and the legs, so that when the time comes when it can do no
+harm for a young man to enter into regular athletic training, his
+muscles are supple, his skin is clear, his chest is deep, his back is
+straight, and his legs are firm enough to allow of the natural strain
+which comes from any kind of training.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 2.]
+
+One of the simplest methods of developing the strength of the legs is to
+stand erect with the hands on the hips (Fig. 1), and to perform what is
+called the frog motion. That is to bend the knees and to squat down,
+rising at the same time on the toes, and keeping the body erect, from
+the waist up (Fig. 2). This motion should be continued up and down until
+you feel tired. Stop at once when the slightest sensation of fatigue is
+felt. At first a boy will not be able to perform this motion more than
+ten or a dozen times, but if he keeps it up every morning he will soon
+find that he does not become tired until he has dropped and risen again
+some seventy-five or a hundred times. The important point, however, that
+must be kept in mind all the time is not to overdo.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3.]
+
+Having gone through the exercise just described, for a few minutes, it
+is well to try something else that will exercise a different set of
+muscles. For instance, stand erect and lift the arms high overhead, the
+palms turned outward, and then bring them rapidly down to the level of
+the shoulders and up again (Fig. 3). Do this a few times, and then try
+another arm motion. Stretch the arms forward, the finger-tips touching,
+and then swing them horizontally back as far as possible, rising on the
+toes at the same time (Fig. 4). As in the case of any other kind of
+work, this practice will tire the novice, but at the end of a few weeks
+it will be surprising to note how long the exercise can be kept up
+without fatigue.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4.]
+
+These three exercises will be found sufficient for the first few weeks,
+but thereafter a greater variety may be adopted. An excellent exercise
+is to stand erect, with the hands lifted above the head, thumb to thumb,
+and then to bow over forward, keeping the knees stiff (Fig. 5). At first
+the hands will not come within eight or ten inches of the floor, but
+within a week or so it will be an easy matter to touch the carpet with
+the ends of the fingers.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 5.]
+
+Another movement that will develop the muscles of the waist and back is
+shown in Fig. 6. Stand erect, with the heels together and the arms
+akimbo, the hands firmly settled upon the hips. Then move the body about
+so that the head will describe a circle, the waist forming a pivot about
+which the upper portion of the body will move. At the start the circle
+described by the head will be very small, but as the muscles become
+limbered and the waist becomes supple the body will swing easily about
+through a much broader area.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 6.]
+
+There is no use denying that all these things are at the start
+uninteresting, and I know from experience that even with the best
+intentions there will be a strong temptation at the end of a week to
+give up the whole business. But here is where the sand and determination
+of the American boy must prove itself, and the lad who sticks to the
+monotonous exercise in his own bedroom will be the one in after-years to
+stand the best chance for a position on his college crew or eleven.
+
+There was a man in my class in college who as a boy lived in a small
+town where there were no athletic contests. Some one told him that if he
+wanted to get strong he ought to start in in the morning and dip between
+two chairs, lacking parallel bars. His adviser told him to dip once the
+first morning, twice the second morning, three times the third morning,
+and so on. It is evident that on the last day of the year he would dip
+365 times, if he could only keep up this regular increase. He soon found
+that he was unable to do this, but he was surprised at the end of the
+year to notice how easily he could dip a number of times between two
+chairs, whereas his playfellows could barely perform the act three or
+four times.
+
+When that boy came to college he was the strongest in our class about
+the chest and arms and back, and could perform wonderful feats of
+lifting himself and of dipping on the parallel bars in the gymnasium.
+But, unfortunately, the man who had suggested to him to dip each morning
+between two chairs had not thought of telling him that he ought likewise
+in some manner to develop the muscles of his legs, and so he was
+consequently overdeveloped from the waist up and under-developed from
+the waist down. This goes to show that when exercising it is imperative
+that all the muscles of the body should be given an equal chance,
+otherwise some parts of the anatomy must suffer at the expense of
+others.
+
+A very little exercise performed regularly and for a long period will do
+much more for any boy or man than vigorous exercise performed for one
+or two hours a day for only a few weeks during the year. It is the
+little drop of water falling constantly that wears away the stone.
+
+[Illustration: CORRECT WAY TO HOLD A HOCKEY-STICK.]
+
+The accompanying illustration will give a better idea of the proportions
+of a hockey-stick, and the manner of holding it, than any description
+can do, better even than the photograph published in the last issue of
+the ROUND TABLE with a brief description of the game.
+
+The members of the Arbitration Committee of the New York I.S.A.A. at a
+recent meeting voted to ask the University Athletic Club to accept the
+responsibility of acting as arbitrators in any future disputes between
+the schools. It is to be hoped that the University A.C. will undertake
+this, for a committee of college graduates can, beyond question, be more
+serviceable to the interests of amateur sport in this matter than any
+committee made up of individuals whose interests are closely related to
+scholastic athletics.
+
+It is pleasant to note that the officials of the N.Y.I.S.A.A. refused to
+allow the tie between Berkeley and De La Salle for the skating honors of
+the League to be settled by the unsportsmanlike expedient of gambling.
+One of the schools wanted to toss a coin to settle the matter, but this
+was very properly overruled. There is only one step from this sort of
+thing to the settling of all contests by the arbiter of a coin without
+taking the trouble to go to the field. That is not sport. When it is
+proved (as in a jumping contest) that two contestants can do no better,
+after repeated attempts, one than the other, it is just and proper that
+some method be adopted to determine who shall have the medal--although
+the points _must be split_. If both contestants agree to toss for the
+medal, well and good; for the medal is merely an evidence of success,
+and does not in any way affect the merit of the contest which has
+already been settled and recorded, before the owners of half a medal
+each determined to take the chance of possessing two halves of a medal
+or no medal at all.
+
+The renewal of athletic relations between Exeter and Andover seems to
+have put new life and energy into every branch of sport at the New
+Hampshire school. An enthusiastic meeting of the entire school was held
+a few days ago in order to collect money for the management of a
+track-athletic team, and a very respectable sum was realized. More men
+have turned out for practice than for many years at Exeter, and the
+Captain of the team feels greatly encouraged over the prospects for the
+winter and spring season. A team of Exonians will go down to the big
+in-door meeting of the B.A.A., and a still stronger team will probably
+be gathered to represent the school at the New England I.S.A.A. games in
+June. Dual games with Worcester and Andover will probably also be
+arranged. It is pleasing to note this renewed activity at Exeter, for
+there was a time--just about ten years ago--when the P.E.A. accepted
+second place to nobody in athletics. The decadence which the school has
+just passed through, and from which she is now making a vigorous
+endeavor to arise, may prove to have been a blessing in disguise. The
+fact that all this was the result of questionable methods in sport
+should stand as a glaring proof that straightforwardness, after all, is
+the only path to success in athletics as well as in any other work.
+Exeter now stands as a champion of purity in sport, and for that reason
+we may very well look forward to her brilliant success within the next
+few years.
+
+In connection with the news of activity in northern New England comes
+the report from New Haven that the Hillhouse High-School will not put a
+track-athletic team into the field this spring. At a recent school
+meeting this action was definitely determined, and it was voted that the
+school would support a baseball team only. If it was found that the
+school could only support one of these two branches of sport, the choice
+to keep up baseball was a wise one, but at the same time it is
+regrettable to see so strong a member of the Connecticut
+Inter-scholastic League as H.H.-S. fall out of the ranks. So far as I am
+able to ascertain at the present writing, the reason for dropping track
+athletics was purely financial, but as the Connecticut Association seems
+to be rich just now, perhaps this obstacle may be removed.
+
+The comment upon the dispute over the football "championship" going on
+between the Southbridge High-School and the North Brookfield
+High-School, printed in a recent issue of this Department, has called
+forth a number of letters from partisans of both sides. The actual
+standing of the affair seems, however, to be very clearly settled by Mr.
+T. E. Halpin, Vice-President of the Worcester County South A.A., who
+assures me that there existed no league for football in the Worcester
+County South A.A. this fall, and that therefore there was no possibility
+of there being any "championship" of football in that association, since
+the W.C.S.A.A. claims no jurisdiction over football affairs. It would
+seem that Southbridge and North Brookfield have been wasting a great
+deal of valuable breath and writing-paper over nothing, and if the two
+schools are uncertain as to which is the better in athletics, they might
+preferably wait until next spring and settle the question on the
+baseball-field.
+
+[Illustration: W. S. McCLAVE OF TRINITY WINNING THE NOVICE RACE AT
+STAMFORD.]
+
+At the Skating-races held recently in Stamford, W. S. McClave, of
+Trinity, proved himself one of the cleverest of the skaters present, and
+won several important races. The illustration on another page represents
+McClave winning the novice race.
+
+It has been decided that the race between the crews of the Milwaukee
+East Side High-School and the St. John's Military Academy shall take
+place on the last Saturday in June.
+
+It seems necessary to repeat every few months that the editor of this
+Department can pay no attention to anonymous communications.
+Correspondents who desire to have their questions answered, whether by
+mail or through these columns, must give their names.
+
+"TRACK ATHLETICS IN DETAIL."--ILLUSTRATED.--8VO, CLOTH, ORNAMENTAL,
+$1.25.
+
+  THE GRADUATE.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: ROYAL BAKING POWDER]
+
+Celebrated for its great leavening strength and healthfulness. Assures
+the food against alum and all forms of adulteration common to the cheap
+brands.
+
+ROYAL BAKING POWDER CO., NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+Arnold
+
+Constable & Co
+
+Children's Wear.
+
+SPRING STYLES.
+
+_Organdie, Dimity,_
+
+_Percale and Silk Frocks._
+
+Hand-Made Guimps.
+
+INFANTS' WEAR.
+
+_Real Lace Robes,_
+
+_Hand-made Dresses,_
+
+_Long Cloaks._
+
+Broadway & 19th st.
+
+NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+EARN A TRICYCLE.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+We wish to introduce our Teas. Sell 30 lbs. and we will give you a Fairy
+Tricycle; sell 25 lbs. for a Solid Silver Watch and Chain; 50 lbs. for a
+Gold Watch and Chain; 75 lbs. for a Bicycle; 10 lbs. for a Gold Ring.
+Write for catalog and order sheet Dept. I
+
+W. G. BAKER,
+
+Springfield, Mass.
+
+
+
+
+HARVARD UNIVERSITY
+
+SUMMER SCHOOL.
+
+For Pamphlet apply to M. Chamberlain, Cambridge, Mass.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: PISO'S CURE FOR CONSUMPTION]
+
+CURES WHERE ALL ELSE FAILS.
+
+Best Cough Syrup. Tastes Good. Use
+
+in time. Sold by druggists.
+
+
+
+
+QUESTIONS FOR YOUNG MEN.
+
+
+ON EXAMPLE.
+
+There is a famous statement of the average preparatory-school boy, which
+has been so often made that it is historic, to the effect that he can do
+whatever he pleases because nobody will be fool enough to follow his
+example. He feels that men older than himself--men in college, or
+graduates of college, or grown-up men--may be setting example to others,
+but that he has not sufficient influence with any one to induce him to
+follow his example in anything. Sometime after the preparatory-school
+boy has grown up he will find that from year to year the same feeling
+sticks by him, and that he never considers himself a person worthy to
+set example to any one else.
+
+If he only realized it, he would discover that even as a
+preparatory-school boy he is looked up to by the younger boys in the
+lower classes and by those who have not yet arrived at the point where
+they can enter a school at all. In other words, you, as a schoolboy, are
+setting an example to somebody else just as certainly as is your father
+or your grandfather is setting an example to others; and the feeling you
+have, that you are responsible to no one as an example for what you do,
+is wrong. It is very simple to understand this if you think it over a
+moment. For instance, a member of a college 'varsity team is a great man
+to the members of school teams. If they see a member of the 'varsity
+team drinking and smoking, they believe that it is proper for them to do
+so, and yet if you were to ask this man if he realized what an example
+he was setting, he would maintain that nobody was fool enough to think
+of looking to him for guidance. And this influence not only spreads over
+younger men in the school, but has a strong power in the college itself;
+for the fact that an athletic man is looked up to at the university and
+that the athletic man lives a normal life induces a great many other
+members of the university to take him as an example; and as a matter of
+record the strict training and the loyalty and thoroughness required by
+captains from members of their teams have done much to raise the
+standard in our big colleges to-day.
+
+Every boy, therefore, should always bear in mind that he has a name to
+keep up and a record to keep clean, not alone because it is right to do
+so, but because he can never tell when some one else may not be looking
+to him as an example and may not be tempted to do things unworthy of
+boys because he does them. There is perhaps just as much evil on the
+other side of the question--that is, where a young man (or an old one,
+for that matter) feels that he is continually an example to others, and
+lives two different lives, one for the benefit of his friends and the
+other for himself. The example is of no value itself. It is merely that
+you, living your daily life, entering into sports and into studies at
+school, can never tell when your school-mates or persons whom perhaps
+you may never know may not be unconsciously observing your actions, and
+be accepting them as standards for themselves.
+
+Thus every man and boy and girl is at some time or other, and often
+frequently, a guide or example for others, and it behooves him or her to
+bear this in mind from day to day. It should not cause worry; the
+responsibility of it ought not to weigh any one down; but the idea that
+you can do whatever enters your head, provided that in your mind you are
+satisfied that it is right for you, is not always correct.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+TRYING HER IN A SQUALL.
+
+A good story is told of the late Captain R. B. Forbes, who was
+interested in some seventy sail of fine vessels, and who built many
+clippers for the India and China trade before the general application of
+steam. It seems that while testing the sailing qualities of a
+clipper-schooner, she was struck by a squall in Boston Harbor, fell on
+her side, filled with water, and went down. Fortunately she had a boat
+in tow, which saved all hands. He would not start a sheet nor luff her
+into the wind to prevent her being capsized; he was determined to know
+what she could do in a squall, even at the risk of his life and the
+lives of a select party of nautical friends he had with him; and
+although this experiment may have been of intense interest to Captain
+Forbes, it is doubtful whether his invited guests relished their
+position. Later she was raised without much trouble and had her spars
+reduced. For years afterwards she was famous along the coast of China
+for her speed.
+
+Captain Forbes's brother, Hon. John M. Forbes, now in the eighty-fourth
+year of his age, has an original steel clipper of the following
+dimensions: Length on the water-line, 125 feet, 154 feet 6 inches over
+all; has 27 feet 6 inches extreme breadth of beam; is 12 feet 6 inches
+deep; has engines of 400-horse power; is fully rigged as a two-masted
+schooner, and has a steel centreboard 21 feet long by 6 and 7-3/4 feet
+wide; is a complete sailing-clipper as well as a steamer, and is the
+only vessel of the kind in the world. She is also unsinkable; if full of
+water she will still float, having air-tight compartments along her
+sides like a life-boat.
+
+Under sail, with a working breeze, she will stay within nine points in
+three minutes; by the wind, sail eight knots; and going free, twelve
+knots. She is named the _Wild Duck_, has been in service about two
+years, and has been quite successful under steam and sails.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+THE CAT.
+
+  The cat's a happy animal
+    When blows the winter bluff,
+  Because she purrs and dreams all day
+    Within her downy muff.
+
+  But I am sure when summer comes
+    And roasts us with its glare,
+  She'd like to be the Chinese dog,
+    That hasn't any hair.
+
+  R. K. M.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+SAILORS AND THE SMALL BOAT.
+
+It is a curious fact that few seamen can handle a small boat with
+facility. This applies chiefly to the crews of sailing craft, as the
+large steamship corporations long ago realized this failing among
+sailors, and instituted a series of boat drills on their steamships that
+have been productive of excellent results. Knowledge of the workings of
+small boats is a requisite that every seaman should possess, and young
+men intending to follow the sea for a livelihood should acquire it
+before they tread the decks of a vessel, as they will have but little
+opportunity afterwards.
+
+The wise forethought of steamship corporations on having their crews
+drilled saved many lives at the wreck of the steamer _Denmark_, as
+something like 734 persons were transferred from her to the _Missouri_
+without a single accident in mid-ocean during a heavy swell. It follows,
+therefore, that those who seek recreation on the water would do well not
+to go in any boat, unless it is in charge of an experienced boatman, and
+is amply supplied with life-preservers. Boats ought to be ballasted with
+fresh water in small casks, instead of stones or iron, so that, in the
+event of being capsized, the ballast may help to keep them afloat. A
+young man who may have been only a very few times in a boat, under
+favorable circumstances, assumes he can manage one. He makes up a party,
+the wind freshens or a squall ensues, he loses his head, a capsize takes
+place, the boat sinks, and the chances are that he and his companions
+will be drowned. Those who go boat-sailing ought to leave as little to
+chance as possible.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: STAMPS]
+
+     This Department is conducted in the interest of stamp and coin
+     collectors, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question
+     on these subjects so far as possible. Correspondents should address
+     Editor Stamp Department.
+
+
+This is the height of the auction season. One auction a day is a fair
+average, and several lists with reserved prices have been sent out to
+prospective buyers, who are asked to compete against each other by mail.
+The straight auction where no stamp is held at a reserve will always
+commend itself to collectors. In the few instances where it was
+suspected that "a string was attached to the valuable stamps," such
+dissatisfaction was aroused that no self-respecting or far-sighted
+dealer will countenance any thing which savors of unfair bidding.
+
+In the issue of January 5 I referred to a rumor that the Bureau of
+Engraving contemplated a new issue of U.S. stamps. Although no official
+notice has been given, it is believed the government intends to issue
+the new set during the International Postal Union Convention which meets
+in Washington this spring. I advise young collectors to look up the
+blank spaces especially in the current issue. For instance, the
+guide-lines now used make eight varieties of the 1c. and 2c. stamps,
+viz., guide-line at the top, bottom, left, or right, and the lines at
+top and left, top and right, bottom and left, and bottom and right. Then
+there are the three varieties of triangles in the 2c. stamps, and also
+the marked varieties in the color of the early compared with later
+printings.
+
+     BALTIMORE.--The Nova Scotia 1c. black is worth 30c.; the 5c. blue
+     about 10c.
+
+     E. C. WOOD.--U.S. stamps issued before 1861 are not available for
+     postage, but all issues from 1861 are valid to-day.
+
+     J. E. KINTER.--The "Army and Navy" is not a coin, but is one of the
+     many war tokens issued in 1861.
+
+     J. MANN.--The early Portugal have been reprinted. The Argentine
+     1892 2 centavos and 5 centavos were formerly high-priced, but of
+     late they can be bought for 75c to $1 for the two.
+
+     A. DANBY.--The Cape of Good Hope first issue were triangular. They
+     are slowly advancing in value.
+
+     J. JOYNER and J. RASMUSSEN.--We do not sell albums or stamps or
+     coins, nor supply catalogues. Refer to advertisements of dealers.
+
+     J. R. AVERY.--You can buy a very good 1834 half-dollar from a
+     coin-dealer for 75c.
+
+     H. L. UNDERHILL.--Your stamp is a Swiss revenue stamp.
+
+     H. LEK. DEMAREST.--An unused U.S. stamp which has been creased
+     cannot have the crease removed without taking off the original gum.
+     Trondhjem stamps are Norway locals. A revenue stamp with one side
+     unperforated is worth a little less than one with all four sides
+     perforated.
+
+     D. D. WARDWELL.--Apply to any dealer for list of S.S.S.S. stamps.
+     Confederate bills are worthless, as there are millions of them in
+     existence. The San Francisco find of $20,000 U.S. Revenues will not
+     affect the value of the stamps.
+
+     G. H. C. and E. D. BEALS.--No value.
+
+     C. W. WALKER.--The half-penny is worthless. U.S. half-cent, 1809,
+     is worth 10c.
+
+     J. SMYTHE.--I know very few collectors of postal cards, and
+     personally never collected them. I think it would pay you to join
+     the Postal-Card Society if you are going to collect cards on
+     anything like a fair scale. At auctions postal cards bring very
+     small prices, but probably there are no rarities in the lots
+     offered in this way.
+
+     A. A. FISCHER.--The water-marks on the Tuscany stamps, first issue,
+     are in four horizontal rows of three crowns in each row. It
+     requires quite a block to see an entire crown. The second issue is
+     on a paper bearing interlacing lines, with an inscription running
+     diagonally from the lower left to the upper right corner.
+
+  PHILATUS.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: IVORY SOAP]
+
+
+
+
+IMPORTANT BOOKS
+
+_PUBLISHED RECENTLY_
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+George Washington
+
+By WOODROW WILSON, Ph.D., LL.D. Copiously Illustrated by HOWARD PYLE,
+HARRY FENN, and Others. Crown 8vo, Cloth, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top,
+$3.00.
+
+     We doubt if the career of Washington has ever received worthier
+     treatment at the hands of biographer, historian, or political
+     philosopher.--_Dial_, Chicago.
+
+     A familiar and delightful study of Washington.... We do not recall
+     a popular work on Washington of more graphic interest than
+     Professor Wilson's performance.--_Philadelphia Bulletin._
+
+"Harper's Round Table" for 1896
+
+Volume XVII. With 1276 Pages and about 1200 Illustrations. 4to, Cloth,
+Ornamental, $3.50.
+
+     The book is one which is sure to delight all the
+     children.--_Detroit Free Press._
+
+     One of the best periodicals for children ever
+     published.--_Philadelphia Ledger._
+
+Naval Actions of the War of 1812
+
+By JAMES BARNES. With 21 Full-page Illustrations by CARLTON T. CHAPMAN,
+printed in color, and 12 Reproductions of Medals. 8vo, Cloth,
+Ornamental, Deckel Edges and Gilt Top, $4.50.
+
+     Unquestionably both the most lifelike and the most artistic
+     renderings of these encounters ever attempted.--_Boston Journal._
+
+     Brimful of adventure, hardihood, and patriotism.--_Philadelphia
+     Ledger._
+
+The Dwarfs' Tailor
+
+And Other Fairy Tales. Collected by ZOE DANA UNDERHILL. With 12
+Illustrations. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.75.
+
+     The twenty-two tales form a cosmopolitan array that cannot fail to
+     delight young readers.--_Chicago Tribune._
+
+     Fascinating for old and young.--_Boston Traveller._
+
+A Virginia Cavalier
+
+A Story of the Youth of George Washington. By MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.
+Illustrated. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.50.
+
+     Warmly commended to all young American readers.--_Chicago
+     Inter-Ocean._
+
+     An absorbing tale.--_Philadelphia Bulletin._
+
+Rick Dale
+
+A Story of the Northwest Coast, By KIRK MUNROE. Illustrated by W. A.
+ROGERS. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1.25.
+
+     Lively and exciting, and has, incidentally, much first-hand
+     information about the far Northwest.--_Outlook_, N. Y.
+
+     Capital story of adventure.--_Philadelphia Evening Bulletin._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, New York
+
+
+
+
+THAT MYSTERY TRIP.
+
+Answers and Money Awards in that Exciting Contest about a Queer Journey.
+
+
+The Mystery Trip story proved a mystery indeed to many, for while the
+puzzle was rather easy, it scared out not a few contestants by its
+looks--like the famous animal in the Bunyan narrative. And the questions
+thought by most solvers to be the hardest proved to the successful ones
+the easiest. For example, the great majority could not find "Tidbottom's
+spectacles," nor guess the riddles. The first-prize winner failed on one
+of the easy questions--What was the sea of darkness?--but answered
+everything else. His name is Herbert Wiswell, and he lives in Melrose,
+Mass.; and since he did so much better than any one else he is awarded a
+big prize--$25 in cash. The next two winners are girls. One is Anna
+Whitall James, of Riverton, N. J., and the other Bessie Steele, of
+Chicago. They did almost equally well, but not quite the same. So to the
+former is given $5 and the latter $3. To the other eight of the best
+ten--in addition to the first big prize--the offer was to divide $40
+among the best ten--$1 each is awarded. Their names follow in order: De
+F. Porter Rudd, of Connecticut; Franklin A. Johnston, New York; Bryant
+K. Hussey, of Illinois; J. Lawrence Hyde, of Washington; W. Putnam, of
+New York; Fred P. Moore, of Massachusetts; J. Lurie, of New York; and G.
+Edwin Taylor, of Pennsylvania.
+
+The following are placed on the honor list. All found at least 33 of the
+37 questions: Freida G. Vroom, of New Jersey; Nannie R. Nevins, of New
+York; Maud G. Corcoran, of Maryland; Robert Meiklejohn, Jr., of Ohio;
+Ernest Haines, of New York; Frank J. and S. N. Hallett, of Rhode Island;
+Robert C. Hatfield and William J. Culp, of Pennsylvania; Margaret A.
+Bulkley and Rose G. Wood, of Michigan; and Claude S. Smith, of New York.
+
+Here are the answers to the questions: 1. A travelling-rug that would
+transport its owner anywhere he wished to go. 2. A golden arrow given
+him by the gods which rendered him invisible as he rode through the air.
+3. Vulcan. 4. Spectacles that enabled their wearers to see real
+character beneath an assumed one. (See George Wm. Curtis's _Prue and
+I_.) 5. A broom which he put at his ship's mast-head to indicate he
+intended to sweep all before him. 6. A Druid monument near Aylesford, in
+England. 7. Don Quixote. 8. Rosinante. 9. Dean Swift. 10. John Brown's
+dog "Rab." 11. One that could cover an army and yet be carried, when
+desired, in one's pocket. 12. An offering given to the priest at
+Whitsuntide according to the number of chimneys in his parish. 13. Roman
+coins dug up at Silchester, in England. 14. Old German coins made to
+unscrew; inscriptions were placed inside. 15. The Gate of Dreams. 16. An
+old name for the Atlantic Ocean. 17. A ship made by the dwarfs, large
+enough to hold all the gods, which always commanded a prosperous gale;
+it could be folded up like a sheet of paper and put into a purse when
+not in use. 18. The flying island, inhabited by scientific quacks,
+visited by Gulliver in his travels. 19. A mountain which drew all of the
+nails out of any ship which came within reach of its magnetic influence.
+20. Scotland. 21. Roger Bacon. 22. Charles II. 23. Garibaldi. 24. Robert
+Southey. 25. Should have been "budge," not "bridge." The question is
+therefore ruled out--that is, none who missed it had the error counted
+against them. The answer is: a company of men dressed in long gowns,
+lined with budge or lamb's wool, who used to accompany the Lord Mayor of
+London on his inauguration. 26. Something made of all the scraps in the
+larder. (See _Merry Wives of Windsor_.) 27. An imaginary land of plenty,
+where roast pigs ran about squealing "Who'll eat me?" 28. The Escurial.
+29. Caverns in the chalk cliffs of Essex, England. 30. An old jail in
+Edinburgh, Scotland. 31. A curious stone in Mexico cut with figures
+denoting time. 32. Corea. 33. December 13, 1688. 34. Simple people in
+the time of King John who danced about a thorn-bush to keep captive a
+cuckoo. 35. A badge worn by those who received parish relief in the
+reign of William III.; it consisted of the letter P, with the initial of
+the parish where the owner belonged in red or blue cloth, on the
+shoulder of the right sleeve. 36. The paper that enclosed the cartridges
+which were used in the Civil War. 37. A bookworm.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Boys will be Boys.
+
+In the _Life and Letters of Dr. Samuel Butler_ recently published, it is
+shown that the saying "boys will be boys" was as true many years ago as
+it is to-day.
+
+"There was a certain Exciseman in Shrewsbury who was very trim and neat
+in his attire, but who had a nose of more than usual size. As he passed
+through the school-lane the boys used to call him 'Nosey,' and this made
+him so angry that he complained to Dr. Butler, who sympathized, and sent
+for the head boy, to whom he gave strict injunctions that the boys
+should not say 'Nosey' any more.
+
+"Next day, however, the Exciseman reappeared, even more angry than
+before. It seems that not a boy had said 'Nosey,' but that as soon as he
+was seen the boys ranged themselves in two lines, through which he must
+pass, and all fixed their eyes intently upon his nose. Again Dr. Butler
+summoned the head boy, and spoke more sharply. 'You have no business,'
+said he, 'to annoy a man who is passing through the school on his lawful
+occasions; don't look at him.' But again the Exciseman returned to Dr.
+Butler, furious with indignation, for this time, as soon as he was seen,
+every boy had covered his face with his hand until he had gone by."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Signs of Coming Events.
+
+     Burning ears indicate, you know, that we are being talked about.
+     When the right ear burns, something to our advantage is being said;
+     when the left ear is troubled, something detrimental is being said.
+     An old darky I knew of had a spell to stop this kind of gossip. She
+     spat on her finger, made the sign of a cross on her ear, and said,
+
+  "If yer talkin' good, good betide ye;
+  Talkin' bad, hope de debil ride ye."
+
+     "Mother Goose" is responsible for the following:
+
+  "If you sneeze on Monday, you sneeze for danger.
+  Sneeze on a Tuesday, kiss a stranger.
+  Sneeze on a Wednesday, sneeze for a letter.
+  Sneeze on a Thursday, something better.
+  Sneeze on a Friday, sneeze for sorrow.
+  Sneeze on a Saturday, see your sweetheart to-morrow."
+
+  EUGENE ASHFORD.
+  PORTLAND, OREGON.
+
+     A cat eating grass is a sign of rain.
+
+  "Evening red and morning gray
+  Lets the traveller on his way.
+  Evening gray and morning red
+  Brings down rain on the traveller's head."
+
+     Snow lingering on the ground is a sign that the winter will be
+     severe.
+
+     Stumbling up stairs is a sign of your marriage within the year.
+
+  ROSA ELIZABETH HUTCHINSON, R.T.F.
+  MONTCLAIR.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Knew Himself Best.
+
+The Rev. John Watson, who has written several successful books under the
+_nom de plume_ of "Ian Maclaren," recently visited this country--his
+home is in Liverpool, England--where he met with wonderful success on a
+lecture tour. Just before departing for his home he met a New York
+editor who was a class-mate of his at school years ago in Edinburgh,
+Scotland. Calling him familiarly by his first name, as of old, Dr.
+Watson, in response to congratulations, said: "I am glad this success
+did not come to me when I was young. Why, Dave, if this had happened
+when I was twenty-one, it would have turned my head, and I should have
+thought myself a very great man! But now I know better."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Funny Incidents with Unfamiliar Languages.
+
+The late George du Maurier, an account of whose early student days has
+recently been published by Messrs. Harper & Brothers, was once much put
+out by an Englishman who took him for a Frenchman. The two conversed for
+a while in French, the Englishman stumbling through the conversation,
+thinking it necessary to bring into service all the French he knew in
+order to make himself understood by this greatest of English satirists.
+
+But Du Maurier was not the only man to have this experience. Some years
+ago a party of four American gentlemen met, in the park at Versailles,
+four American ladies whose acquaintance they had made some months before
+in Germany. Desiring to treat them to a carriage ride, one of the
+gentlemen motioned to a cab that stood near. Supposing cabby to be
+French because he was in France, the eight summoned their best French,
+and, after a great deal of difficulty, in which cabby seemed dull and
+the Americans unable to give a French pronunciation to their French,
+succeeded in fixing upon a price for a two-hour ride. As four of the
+party were about to enter the carriage, one lady objected to the small
+seat. The cabby desired, so it afterward developed, to tell the lady she
+could sit on the front seat with him. Thinking of an inducement for so
+doing, he undertook to express it by bending over, shaking his trousers,
+then his coat tails, next his coat collar, and lastly his mustaches,
+which he pulled to their greatest length, having first inflated his
+cheeks to their fullest extent. His performance was so ludicrous that
+the whole party laughed, and some lady, in true American vernacular,
+shouted,
+
+"Well, I never!"
+
+The man straightened up instantly. "Are you folks English?" he
+ejaculated. Assured that they were next thing to English, and that they
+could not speak French, cabby said, "Neither can I."
+
+"But what were you trying to say by those antics just now?"
+
+"That it would be cooler on the high front seat," said cabby.
+
+Of course the objection to the seat was waived, and the party, not put
+out as was Du Maurier, enjoyed a hearty laugh over their half-hour
+wasted in trying to make a bargain with cabby in a language that neither
+they nor he understood.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Societies Active in Good Deeds.
+
+     I write to tell you of the success of the Iris Club, of which I
+     told you in the fall. After I wrote, we decided not to give our
+     dues to a "home," but to give a church fair instead. It was a big
+     undertaking for five schoolgirls, busy with lessons and music, but
+     would bravely, making as many articles as possible. I made about
+     one hundred. We got tickets printed free, and the fair was held at
+     our house. Several ladies furnished music, and tickets, including
+     ice-cream, were fifteen cents. We sold plants, embroidery, and
+     other things on commission. So, although we took in $65, when
+     everything was paid for we had $53.60 to give to the church. At the
+     fair we had five tables, and then one large cake-table, besides a
+     Wheel of Fortune and a fortune-teller. We asked all our friends for
+     cakes and articles for sale, and the girls acted as waitresses. It
+     was a great success, and the club justly feels proud of it.
+
+     Besides the Iris, another club, the Drumtochty, has been started
+     here, also a benevolent institution, for making clothes for poor
+     children. We meet every week, and we sew our garments. After they
+     are finished we keep them until a poor family is found. Instead of
+     reading books, the Iris reads "A Loyal Traitor," in HARPER'S ROUND
+     TABLE, and enjoys it very much. We wish success to any other young
+     society trying to do good.
+
+  ADELAIDE L. W. ERMENTROUT, Secretary.
+  "GRANSTEIN."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+National Amateur Press Association.
+
+     Undoubtedly one of the most interesting and beneficial hobbies of
+     young people is amateur journalism. The chief promoter of this
+     cause in the United States is the National Amateur Press
+     Association, an organization consisting of upward of three hundred
+     members scattered all over the country. Conventions are held every
+     year, when new officers are elected and other business transacted.
+     The last one was held at Washington, D. C., and was a success in
+     every way. The next convention will be held in San Francisco,
+     California. For the nominal sum of $1 any one interested to that
+     amount is admitted to membership. A large number of papers are
+     issued by different amateurs of the association, which are sent to
+     all members, free of charge. Mr. Allison Brocaw, Litchfield,
+     Minnesota, is at present recruiting chairman, and will supply any
+     one interested with further information.
+
+  ELMER B. BOYD.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE CAMERA CLUB]
+
+     Any questions in regard to photograph matters will be willingly
+     answered by the Editor of this column, and we should be glad to
+     hear from any of our club who can make helpful suggestions.
+
+
+A NEW PROCESS FOR SENSITIZING PAPER.
+
+In the _American Annual of Photography for 1896_, Mr. E. W. Newcomb
+tells how to make vignettes with an atomizer by spraying the paper with
+a sensitive solution. This seemed such a clever idea that the editor
+made a trial of the method, and found that many artistic effects could
+be produced in this way which could not be made by any other process
+either of printing or sensitizing the paper.
+
+The sensitizing solution can be applied so as to obtain any form
+desired, and paper thus prepared may be used in many different ways not
+possible with a paper which is coated all over evenly.
+
+The atomizer must be of hard rubber--both tube and stopper--as metal
+either corrodes or injures the sensitive solution. The spray must be so
+fine that it is almost a mist, and the atomizer should be tried before
+purchasing. Clear water will do to test the fineness of the spray.
+
+The first experiments should be made with the blue-print solution, as
+this is not only cheaper, but easier to prepare and handle, and when dry
+it shows just where the solution has been applied. Pin the paper by the
+corners to a smooth board, set it in an upright position, and holding
+the atomizer perhaps a foot away from the paper, direct the spray to the
+place on the paper where the heaviest printing is intended. Squeeze the
+bulb gently, so that the solution will not soak into the paper, and at
+the edges, where the solution must be applied lightly in order to
+produce vignetted effects, hold the spray farther away from the paper.
+By a little practice one can soon make any shaped vignette desired.
+
+If any member of our Camera Club is looking for some new way of making
+prints for gifts, here is a suggestion: Cut plain salted paper in sheets
+8 by 10 in. in size. Take an 8 by 10 in. card-mount, and cut out a
+square from the centre, leaving a margin 1 in. wide on one side and at
+the top and bottom, and on the other side a margin 1-1/2 in. wide. Over
+the corners of this mat paste triangles of paper in the way that corners
+are made for desk-blotters, pasting the edges down on one side, and on
+the other leaving the paper free from the card-board, so that a sheet of
+paper may be slipped under the corners. Take a piece of plain paper,
+slip it into the mat--the corners holding it in place--turn it over, and
+hanging or fastening it against the wall, spray it with the sensitive
+solution in the places where you wish to print pictures. The mat made of
+card-board protects the edges of the sensitive paper, and makes a nice
+wide margin. Half a dozen sheets sensitized, printed, and bound together
+with an attractive cover, either made of rough paper or some fancy
+card-board, will make a pretty gift for a friend, and something that
+will not be duplicated. To make a more elaborate present, select some
+familiar poem, easily illustrated, choose negatives which will make
+appropriate pictures for it, print, wash, and dry the pictures, then
+with French blue water-color letter the verses of the poem in the clear
+spaces left on the paper. If a little taste is used in arranging and
+printing the pictures, putting them in different places on the sheet,
+one can make a very artistic little booklet. The side of the paper with
+the 1-1/2 in. margin is the edge for binding. If a touch of gold is
+given to the lettering the effect is more striking. Small cakes of what
+is called water-color gold may be bought for 10c. or 15c., and is the
+kind used for lettering on paper.
+
+This way of sensitizing paper will suggest many ideas for decorative
+work, such as menu-cards, letter-heads, calendars, mats for pictures,
+etc. The blue-print solution is the simplest to use in preparing paper
+in this manner, but the same result may be obtained with other
+solutions. The formulas given for tinted sensitive solutions in previous
+numbers of the ROUND TABLE could be used, and many delicate and
+attractive tones be obtained. Prints made on paper sensitized with a
+spray instead of being applied with a brush have the appearance of wash
+drawings.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT HUGO KRETSCHMAR sends a number of negatives and asks
+     what is the matter with them. He explains that they were taken with
+     a No. 1 kodak on a day when the ground was covered with snow,
+     making an exposure of ten seconds. The trouble with the negatives
+     is that they are much over-exposed. Ten seconds is a long time to
+     expose a plate even on a dark day, and when the snow is on the
+     ground the exposure should be instantaneous, unless plate and lens
+     are both very slow. The best time to make snow pictures is early in
+     the morning or late in the afternoon, when the shadows are long. If
+     a slow plate is used, make an exposure of two seconds, and develop
+     as for a time picture. The camera which Sir Hugh asks about is a
+     good camera for a cheap camera.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT W. D. CAMPBELL, 420 Fifth St., Brooklyn, N. Y., asks if
+     some member of the club living in St. Louis, Mo., will send him a
+     view of the part of the city which was destroyed by the tornado. In
+     return he will send a good picture of the ocean greyhound
+     _Campania_.
+
+     SIR KNIGHT WILLIAM MERRITT, Rhinecliff, N. Y., wishes to exchange
+     some interesting views taken at Rhinecliff, N. Y., for some views
+     taken in Central Park, New York city. Will some of our New York
+     members write to Sir William? He would also like to exchange
+     scenery photographs with any of the members of the club.
+
+     Any member who does not receive a response to his request for
+     prints may have the same printed again, after a reasonable length
+     of time.
+
+
+
+
+ADVERTISEMENTS.
+
+
+
+
+Postage Stamps, &c.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+=STAMPS!= 300 genuine mixed Victoria, Cape, India, Japan, Etc., with Stamp
+Album, only 10c. New 96-page price-list FREE. Approval Sheets, 50% com.
+Agents Wanted. We buy old U.S. & Conf. Stamps & Collections. =STANDARD
+STAMP CO., St. Louis, Mo., Est. 1885.=
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+=ALBUM AND LIST FREE!= Also 100 all diff. Venezuela, Bolivia, etc., only
+10c. Agts. wanted at 50% Com. =C. A. Stegmann=, 5941 Cote Brilliant Ave.,
+St. Louis, Mo.
+
+
+
+
+500
+
+Mixed, Australian, etc., 10c.; =105 var.= Zululand, etc., and album, 10c.;
+12 Africa, 10c.; 15 Asia, 10c. Bargain list free. F. P. VINCENT,
+Chatham, N.Y.
+
+
+
+
+=AGENTS WANTED=--50% com. Send references. Lists free. =J. T. Starr Stamp
+Co.=, Coldwater, Mich.
+
+
+
+
+1000
+
+Best Stamp Hinges only =5=c. Agts. wt'd at 50%. List free.
+
+=L. B. DOVER & CO.=, 5958 Theodosia, St. Louis, Mo.
+
+
+
+
+U.S.
+
+Postage and Rev. Fine approval sheets. Agts. wanted.
+
+P. S. CHAPMAN, Box 151, Bridgeport, Ct.
+
+
+
+
+"A perfect type of the highest order
+
+of excellence in manufacture."
+
+[Illustration: Walter Baker & Co.'s Breakfast Cocoa]
+
+COSTS LESS THAN ONE CENT A CUP
+
+Be sure that you get the
+
+genuine article, made at
+
+DORCHESTER, MASS.,
+
+By WALTER BAKER & CO., Ltd.
+
+Established 1780.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: MEFISTO SCARF PIN]
+
+A brand new joke; Mefisto's bulging eyes, bristling ears and ghastly
+grin invite curiosity every time when worn on scarf or lapel, and it is
+fully satisfied when by pressing the rubber ball concealed in your
+inside pocket you souse your inquiring friend with water. Throws a
+stream 30 feet; hose 16 in. long; 1-1/2 inch ball; handsome
+Silver-oxidized face colored in hard enamel; worth 25c. as a pin and a
+dollar as a joker; sent as a sample of our 3000 specialties with 112
+page catalogue post-paid for ONLY 15c.; 2 for 25c.; $1.40 Doz. AGENTS
+Wanted.
+
+ROBT. H. INGERSOLL & BRO.,
+
+Dept. No. 62, 65 & 67 Cortlandt Street, New York City.
+
+
+
+
+ARE YOU CLEVER?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+$25.00 $15.00 $10.00
+
+In Gold, will be paid to the three purchasers sending in the most
+solutions of this novel Egg Puzzle. Interests & amuses young & old.
+Requires patience & steady nerves. Send 15 cts. for Puzzle, (2 for 25
+cts.) and learn how to secure a PRIZE.
+
+Walter S. Coles, Neave Building, Cincinnati, O.
+
+
+
+
+HOOPING-COUGH
+
+CROUP.
+
+Roche's Herbal Embrocation.
+
+The celebrated and effectual English Cure without internal medicine.
+Proprietors, W. EDWARD & SON, Queen Victoria St., London, England. All
+Druggists.
+
+E. Fougera & Co., 30 North William St., N. Y.
+
+
+
+
+BOYS and GIRLS
+
+can earn money by working half an hour daily distributing free samples
+of Headache Powders. For full particulars address,
+
+CAPITAL DRUG CO., Box 880, Augusta, Me.
+
+
+
+
+PLAYS
+
+Dialogues, Speakers for School,
+
+Club and Parlor. Catalogue free.
+
+T. S. DENISON, Publisher, Chisago, Ill.
+
+
+
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS'
+
+Descriptive list of their publications, with _portraits of authors_,
+will be sent by mail to any address on receipt of ten cents.
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, New York.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE FIRST VISIT TO THE PHOTOGRAPHER'S.
+
+"WHO WOULDN'T BE FRIGHTENED AT HAVING THAT GREAT BIG-HEADED TWO-LEGGED
+THING COMING RIGHT AT YOU?"]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+RULES FOR BOBBING.
+
+When you start out to "bob," it is just as well to determine in advance
+what kind of bobbing you are going to do. There are several kinds, as
+most young people know--such as bobbing for apples, bobbing for eels,
+and bobbing on a bob-sled. A rule which would do very well when bobbing
+for apples would not suit you at all when sliding down hill, and _vice
+versa_. Therefore, the first general rule for bobbing is to select your
+kind, and then go ahead. The following rules are for the sled variety:
+
+1. First get your bob. There is no use of trying to go bobbing without a
+bob. The boy who tries to bob without a bob is apt to wear his clothes
+out in a very short time, and to experience considerable discomfort into
+the bargain.
+
+2. Having secured your bob, and got its runners and steering-gear into
+good working order, select a convenient hill upon which to coast, and
+start from the top of it. This is one of the most important of the rules
+of bobbing. Boys who have tried the experiment of starting to bob from
+the foot of the hill have met with considerable opposition not from the
+people about them, but from certain principles of nature which make it
+impossible for even the best of bob-sleds to coast up hill, and while
+there is no law against your trying to coast up hill which would result
+in your being put into jail if you broke it, persistence in the effort
+might result in your landing sooner or later in a lunatic asylum.
+
+3. Having started from the top of the hill, then stick as closely as you
+can to the line mapped out before the "shove-off." It is always well to
+know where you are going to land, particularly when you are bobbing. It
+is true that when Columbus started out to discover America he did not
+know where he was going to land, or, indeed, that he was going to land
+at all, but he had a pretty good general idea of the possibilities, and
+that is what you need to have before the shove-off. The experiences of a
+New Hampshire boy who ignored this point will show its importance. He
+shoved off all right, but having left the chosen path, found himself
+speeding down the hill directly at the rear of the village church. He
+could not stop, and the first thing he knew he crashed through the
+stained-glass windows, down through the middle aisle, and out into the
+street, slap bang into the arms of the town constable. He was arrested,
+and his father having to pay the fine imposed, as well as to give the
+church new windows, and carpet for the middle aisle, where the runners
+of the bob had destroyed the old one, made him very uncomfortable by
+spanking him regularly every time it snowed during the following winter.
+
+4. Do not try to coast unless there is snow on the ground. Coasting on
+bare hill-sides or down stony roads is not very exhilarating sport, nor
+will the oiling of your runners help you a bit. The only boy who ever
+got far by oiling his runners for a slide on a snowless road covered
+twenty feet, and then had his bob destroyed by fire. He had used
+kerosene oil, and the friction of the runners upon the road created such
+an intense heat that the oil ignited, and in a short time the bob was a
+smoking ruin. What became of the boy is not known, but it is safe to say
+that if he were scorched at all he would have found the snow rather more
+cooling than the country road without it.
+
+5. If on your way down hill you see a horse and wagon approaching, do
+not try to slide between the wheels and under the horse; nor should you
+trust to a fortunate thank-you-marm in the road to enable you to jump
+the obstruction. Steer to one side if there is room, and if there isn't,
+try your fortunes in a convenient snow-bank, should there happen to be
+one, and if there shouldn't happen to be one, do the best you can with
+what snow there is. It is better to be landed head-first in the snow
+than to become involved with a horse and wagon in any way.
+
+6. In case your bob should run into an unforeseen stump on the way down,
+you might as well make up your mind to keep on your journey whether the
+bob stops short or not. You cannot help doing so, whether you wish to or
+not, and it is always well, in view of possible accidents of this sort,
+to have it understood by on-lookers that that was the way you intended
+to do, anyhow. If you can convince the on-looker of this, he will not
+have half as much excuse for laughing at you as he might otherwise have.
+
+7. The last of the suggestions to be made here at this time is the only
+rule that young ladies need observe in bobbing. That rule is to leave
+the management of the whole affair to the boys. Just take your places on
+the bob and don't bother. The boys will attend to everything involved in
+the preceding rules, and then when the foot of the hill is reached,
+after a glorious trip down the precipitous descent will, if they are the
+right kind of boys, tell you to sit still and they will haul you back to
+the top again. Of course this rule is not available in leap-year, when,
+if the young ladies insist upon having all their rights, it will become
+their turn to take charge and to haul the boys up.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+AT THE SUMMER HOTEL.
+
+"Do you write stories?" asked the kind old lady, meeting Polly in the
+hall.
+
+"No," said Polly. "Papa writes stories, though."
+
+"I know; but why don't you?"
+
+"Well," said Polly, sadly, "it's because when papa is all through there
+isn't any paper left in the house."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 2, 1897, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 60620.txt or 60620.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/6/2/60620/
+
+Produced by Annie R. McGuire
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/60620.zip b/60620.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24b1bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/60620.zip
author	nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>	2025-01-27 14:16:17 -0800
committer	nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>	2025-01-27 14:16:17 -0800
commit	a557096d2658f32bcd341b03f0d199b47730612f (patch)
tree	29ed112f6b16c0b99f93682b998ca70b312202c9